Matrix On Point

Technology and China in the New Political Economy

Part of the Matrix on Point event series

The innovation, use and experience, and exchange of new and emerging technologies today are influenced by the role that China plays in global politics and economy.

Recorded on April 18, 2025, this Matrix on Point panel brought together experts of the Chinese political economy and law and society in a conversation to discuss the political, economic, security, and social dimensions and complexities of technology in China’s internationalization during times of global tensions. Topics covered included the institutional foundations of China’s technological development, technology governance and industrial policy, global technology competition, and legal technology and societal impacts in today’s China.

The panel featured Mark Dallas, Professor of Political Science and Science, Technology, and Society at Union College; Roselyn Hsueh, Professor of Political Science at Temple University and Visiting Scholar at the Berkeley Economy and Society Initiative; and Rachel E. Stern, Professor of Law and Political Science at UC Berkeley. AnnaLee Saxenian, Professor in the School of Information, served as chair and moderator.

Matrix On Point is a discussion series promoting focused, cross-disciplinary conversations on today’s most pressing issues. Offering opportunities for scholarly exchange and interaction, each Matrix On Point features the perspectives of leading scholars and specialists from different disciplines, followed by an open conversation.

The panel was co-presented by the Berkeley Economy and Society Initiative, and co-sponsored by the Institute of International Studies (IIS), the UC Berkeley School of Information, and the Charles and Louise Travers Department of Political Science. This public panel is a part of the two-day Bringing the Sector Back In conference, also co-sponsored by the Institute of East Asian Studies and the Institute of Slavic, East European, and Eurasian Studies.

Watch the panel above or on YouTube. Or listen to the audio recording via the Matrix Podcast below (or on Apple Podcasts).

Podcast and Transcript

[MUSIC PLAYING]

[WOMAN’S VOICE] The Matrix Podcast is a production of Social Science Matrix, an interdisciplinary research center at the University of California, Berkeley.

ROSELYN HSUEH: Hello, everyone. I want to welcome all of you to here, in person, as well as online. My name is Roselyn Hsueh. I am a visiting scholar at Berkeley Economy Society Initiative, and also a professor of political science at Temple University.

And I’m delighted to welcome you to the technology and China in the new political economy panel. This panel is the culminating panel of a very stimulating, bringing the sector back in workshop, that we just had the last two days.

And I’m delighted to have AnnaLee Saxenian, who is the professor at the School of Information at UC Berkeley and also the former Dean of the School of Information, chairing today’s session, and also moderating us and joining our conversation, so on the social, political, economic, and security implications and consequences of China in today’s technology. So thank you so much. And without much ado, let AnnaLee go. Thanks.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Thank you very much, Rosie. I am delighted to introduce this very interesting group of scholars who will speak to you. First, we’re going to, the organization is that we will each, each of the panelists will speak for about 5 to 10 minutes about their research. And then we’ll have a discussion of some contemporary issues, and then we’ll open up to questions from you guys.

But first, I want to introduce Roselyn Hsueh, professor of political science at Berkeley. Not at Berkeley, but she has a PhD from Berkeley. She’s at Temple University. Yes, to my far left is Rachel Stern, who is a professor of law at the Berkeley Law School.

And to my right is Mark Dallas, professor at Union College, who is currently on leave at the US Department of Commerce. So I am going to turn to Roselyn to start a conversation about the institutional foundations of state business relations and China’s technological development.

ROSELYN HSUEH: Yeah, so I want to just provide a little background on what I call the institutional foundations of technological development, and also the consequences of technological development in China and the role that China now plays in technology, how state business relations and market governance in China and the role of the Chinese state plays a role in that.

I want to make three points in this time I have. And point number one– and I’ll go into greater detail for each point. Point number one I wanted to make is that the interconnectedness between China technology and China’s distinctive global economic integration, particularly since China’s entry into the World Trade Organization in 2001, is critical for the role that we see China today, that China plays in technological development, advancement, as well as even the responses globally on China’s growth and technological development. So that interconnectedness, that distinct global economic integration, I’m going to talk about.

Number two, I am going to then also emphasize that there has been sectoral variation in that dominant patterns of market governance, that economic integration into the global economy, and that then affects the industrial policy that has shaped technological development in China.

That sectoral variation in the market, governance that comes along with it, will then lead me to the third point, which is that throughout the last two decades, from WTO accession into the global financial crisis and the rise of Xi Jinping, and then also, the trade war that we see and where we are today, the new political economy, what we see is that, because of that sexual variation, we do, indeed, see the preponderance or the exponential growth of private initiatives.

And, at the same time, we also see political consolidation of the state. So it’s both. And that bifurcation is very much to do with that distinctive economic integration. And so I’ll begin with there. But those are the three points I would like to make.

And so in my own work in the first book that China’s Regulatory State, a New Strategy for Globalization, which took me to China to right around the time of WTO accession, what was really, what stuck out to me, empirically and very different from, intellectually within political science, what was the story about the developmental state was that during this height of neoliberalism, the height of the global, when we could call the liberal international order, we saw that China was, indeed, liberalizing, that it became a member of the WTO and, indeed, made these commitments to liberalize.

But what I also saw empirically was that, as I traveled across the country when I first went to China, was that we saw not just some subnational regional variation, but a lot of sectoral variation. And that what I, then, called the liberalization 2-step. China liberalized on the macro level and then reregulate at the sectoral level. And that reregulation at the sectoral level really then dictated the industrial policies. That was the institutional foundation of technological development.

And so what we had, and this is where the sectoral variation comes in, is that in sectors that are perceived to be of strategic value to the state, capital intensive, value-added sectors that have application for the national technology base that contribute, I mean, contributes to the national technology base to Indigenous development, industrial development, and have applications for national technology.

Those are the sectors, then, the state will have more involvement in, will participate more, will intervene, and will partake in industrial policy that, in many ways, is what many of us might think is the typical pattern, which is that state capitalism.

It must be because of state-owned enterprises and the role that state owned enterprises play in, and the role that the state plays in mobilizing research and development, and the different ministries coming in, particularly at the central level, at the state council level, all the different working groups mobilizing for that technological development. That’s the dominant view. And that, indeed, was true in these sectors that contributes to national technology base and national security.

But then there’s also the other view. There’s a bifurcated picture, which is that, in the sectors that are labor-intensive, less value-added, and have less applications for the national technology base and implications for national security, but nonetheless is important to regions and to some national governments for economic development and economic competitiveness. That’s where we have decentralized market governance.

And that decentralized market governance, we will see some national governments institute industrial policy, and we will see that there are going to be that growth of private sector in China and that, indeed, that distribution of property rights that we see in China today is very much part of that liberalization 2-step.

And how do we make sense of it? Well, it’s that bifurcated capitalism. It’s that bifurcated technological security developmentalism that allows us to see that sectoral variation in those dominant patterns. And those dominant patterns have laid the foundations for the different type of industrial policies, the extent and scope of state control, and the dominance of different property rights arrangements across sectors.

And these have huge consequential implications for China’s technological development, and also, importantly, with how foreign direct investment have been strategically used by the Chinese government for technology transfers, for knowledge transfers. And some of the state methods include rules on market entry, rules on business scope, rules on investment level. And unsurprisingly, in the more centralized sectors, that’s where the government may have more of an intervening role.

At the same time, that doesn’t mean that the government doesn’t involve private business, doesn’t involve foreign direct investment, doesn’t involve the role of decentralized actors, but that role of centralized governance will continue to be there. And we see these dominant patterns play out through the last several decades. And that is true across time, including beyond the political consolidation and centralization that we have seen through Xi Jinping.

And one more point I just want to make is that, that predominance, preponderance, and exponential growth of private initiative, that use of foreign direct investment, that use of private initiatives and private investment and private development of technology, and the role that state plays will have implications at the business level.

And we see that the telecommunications infrastructure, the backbone infrastructure, remains state-owned. But the value-added services, so it goes to the subsector, the value-added services that operate on top of telecommunications backbone infrastructure– the Alibaba’s, the fintech, the Alipay, even TikTok, and the social media– they operate on top of state-owned infrastructure. So they are, many of them, which are private initiatives and foreign direct investment.

At the same time, we do see if political consolidation for the Chinese Communist Party becomes an important imperative, there will be state intervention. And the last point I’m going to make is that we saw that in the 2020s in the internet blitz that intervention into fintech. And we continue to see that in different sectors of high tech.

And so the distinct global integration, the sectoral variation in dominant patterns of market governance, therefore, also industrial policy, the role of multi-level governance, different actors and the wide range of distribution of property rights, including foreign investors, but with that strategic value logic, really have shaped technological development in China today. And so that’s the institutional foundations that I want to leave us with.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Great.

ROSELYN HSUEH: Thank you.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Thank you so much for providing a framework for us. I’m going to turn this over now to Rachel Stern, who’s going to speak to us about legal technology.

RACHEL STERN: I am. Hi, everybody. Good afternoon. This is such a wonderful first for me. I’m a little bit surprised to find myself– this is my first time on a panel on political economy and on a panel on tech. Those are both firsts.

I study state society relations, and I study social legal studies. But I found myself I’ve been working on it for a couple of years on a comparative project, where the two key case studies are China and France, and I’ve done field work in both places on the politics of access to legal information.

And through this project, once legal information, specifically, I’m looking at court decisions, once both countries made a decision to make millions of court decisions available, hundreds of millions of court decisions, a legal tech industry sprung up to capitalize on this new data. So I found myself knowing something about legal tech.

So that’s what I’m going to talk about today. I want to talk about it a little bit first, just as a sector. What I mean by legal tech is it’s the use of software and technology to help legal professionals do their job more efficiently. So that’s a lot of stuff. That’s everything from automated contract drafting to e-discovery software, to billing and accounting software for lawyers.

What I’m interested in is, I’ve been interested in data analytics, legal analytics. So software that takes those millions of cases that are now publicly available, that are now in the public sphere and puts it into a dashboard. And what it delivers is information that can help predict case outcomes, analyze judges tendency to rule one way or another way, or court’s tendency, or even to look at opposing counsel.

And I’ve become, especially, interested in how courts themselves, at least in China, are using legal analytics. And I sort of backed my way into an interest in sectors, partly, by knowing Rosie and reading her really excellent piece that’s forthcoming, I think, in perspectives on politics. But part of it was it gave me a way to think about legal tech as a sector.

And what has resonated with me about a sectoral approach is that legal tech is both embedded in the global arena and in the national arena. And that’s been one of the things that’s hard for me to write about in untangle, that Rosie’s work has helped me to see.

And let me just tell you a little bit about what I mean. It’s embedded in the global arena because it’s adjacent to AI. All of these legal tech companies will tell you they’re doing AI. I mean, it’s contested what is actually AI and what’s not. But this is all like taking AI into the legal space.

And, of course, AI is, this is about global geopolitics. We’re in a global race for AI. It’s a high value strategic sector for everywhere I can think of, but, certainly, in my case studies, certainly in AI, certainly in China, certainly in France. And so thus, you have to talk about geopolitics.

And it’s also global because if you do fieldwork as I’ve done and you go to legal tech offices in different countries, it becomes really clear that they’re all really oriented towards Silicon Valley as their model of how to operate. And they’re more similar than they are different.

Like if you go to a legal tech company and probably some people in this room have been to them, what are people going to be wearing? Hoodies, sneakers. I promise you, there’s going to be breakout rooms, there’s going to be free coffee, there’s going to be free snacks, and there’s going to be a lot of slogans about disrupting something. That’s the orientation.

So this is really interesting for those of us who study the legal profession, because it’s much more so. These legal tech companies are much more Silicon Valley than they are big law. They’re much closer to any startup in the Valley than they are to Paul Weiss, for example.

And so it’s been very, just their very existence in– entry into the legal profession has been disruptive for the legal profession itself. So that’s what’s global. But then, nationally, there’s a lot that’s going on nationally as well. And I think this is what’s interesting about legal tech, is AI adjacent.

It’s a little bit of a backwater. Like, these companies are operating in what’s sometimes called a zone of public inattention. I mean, I think it’s not an accident that nobody ever talks about legal tech on panels like this one. It’s not DeepSeek. Nobody’s ever heard of these people. And so that adds an interesting kind of layer to it.

And second, it’s mostly national markets because legal systems are mostly national. The statutes are national. The case law is national. Law is stubbornly national. So it’s impossible. Not hard, but not impossible to create products that crisscross jurisdictions.

And then sectorally as a sector, we see variation in regulation across countries. So one of the things that piqued my interest in this project was in 2019, France just decided that they were going to ban judicial analytics.

They just banned the whole thing. They said, you can’t run any data on judges. You cannot run and publish data on the case records of individual judges, we’re just going to make that whole thing illegal. Just an example.

So let me bring it to legal tech in China because we’re talking about China today. And I have, and here, I’m going to draw very much on work that I’ve been doing in collaboration with Ben Liebman at Columbia Law School. So he’s been a big part of this as well.

We’ve been looking at legal tech in the courts in particular. And, for me, at least, having also just spent a year in France, one of the takeaways is to just ask, how much of what happens in China is authoritarian, and how much isn’t?

We were talking about this a little bit. It echoes a remark that John made yesterday. Obviously, a lot that happens in China is related to authoritarianism. But I think by the time you get down to the sectoral level and you’re looking at legal tech in particular, there’s also a lot that isn’t about authoritarianism. Let me give you some examples.

So first, in terms of what technology is doing in the courts, we’re interested in this because technology is front and center for the Chinese court system. This is not a secret. It’s in every high level policy document.

They’re really, really interested in integrating and using technology to do their jobs more effectively, and to some extent, to change what the job is, to analyze their own record, to learn about the kinds of disputes that are happening in society, and to become a smarter learning state. So that it’s front and center. And, of course, technology is being used to serve party priorities. It’s a one-party state. This is not a surprise for any of us who study China.

What’s been interesting for us is to see how technology can be used as what we call a policy accelerator, when the party’s priorities shift. So we saw this big quick example. We saw this big push for technology starting in the 2010s.

A man named Jun Zhang was in charge of the Supreme People’s Court. He had a whole series of initiatives called making Chinese courts smart. And a lot of the push for technology, at that point of time, was about bringing cases into the courts, increasing the caseload so that a lot of technology was introduced to make it easier to file cases online. And it was in line with the goal of accepting all cases that should be accepted.

So all these reforms seem spectacularly successful. The number of cases filed surged from just about 14 million in 2013 to 45 million in 2023. So it flips, the party becomes concerned about too much litigation. And Xi Jinping, in 2020, was talking about his fears that China would become a big litigation country.

Anyone know a big litigation country? I’m pretty sure we’re sitting in a big litigation country. So then the use of technology changes and the courts start rolling out what they call litigation risk assessment tools, where people who are thinking about filing cases can go see what their odds are of winning.

And for various reasons that I can talk about, including just the name of the litigation, risk assessment assumes that litigation has a risk. But the publicly acknowledged goal of these tools is to help litigants, rationally, choose methods for resolving disputes and to reduce the public litigation burden. So the deck is stacked. These are tools meant to nudge people away from litigation.

And yet not everything in this space is about authoritarianism. I think a big push for the use of technology has just been that the courts are overburdened. The Chinese, they talk about the too many cases, too few judges problem. Just making the courts work more efficiently to handle that massive caseload.

But I think here looking comparatively is helpful as well. This is not a problem that’s unique to China, nor is it a solution that’s unique to China. I’ve been doing some interviews recently in Taiwan, where they’ve also been experimenting with the use of technology to say, generate decisions because they also have really overburdened courts and that are under strain.

Let me conclude by just saying that where China stands out for me is with the court system’s unusual enthusiasm about technology. And this is, I happen to be looking at legal tech. I think the enthusiasm about technology is probably something that you can notice looking at almost any sector.

It’s been noticed by lots of people, sometimes called the fetishization of technology. But I think, for me, as someone who’s been looking at the Chinese legal system for a while now, I think it raises interesting questions about the future of authoritarian law and legality.

So even if the modest changes on the ground don’t live up to the court’s hype about what’s happening on the ground, because of course, there’s political incentives to oversell what you’re doing and how cool it is and how futuristic it is, I think it’s clear that legal tech is an area in which the courts want to be seen as pioneers.

So if artificial intelligence stays a party priority, which I think it’s likely to, if the courts continue to experiment with it, which I think they’re likely to, I think that Chinese courts are going to become more and more visibly futuristic, looking, at least to our eyes sitting here in the United States.

So I think what we’re looking at is where, I think, the Chinese courts will enter our popular imagination is I think they’ll come to challenge, in some ways, still common popular assumption that authoritarian legal systems are somewhat behind the times, or even benighted. I think that increasingly, that the way in which technology is being integrated in the court system is going to make the Chinese courts look like the future. And so I’ll leave it there. Thank you.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Great. Thank you so much, Rachel. It’s interesting that we’ve accepted that Chinese cities are technologically advanced, their infrastructure. But somehow, the courts, we don’t think about that. That’s a fascinating presentation. And now, I’m going to turn to Mark Dallas, who will speak to us about global value chains and US technology competition.

MARK DALLAS: Well, thank you very much for the invitation. As Ann said, I’m on leave from University. I’m working at the US Department of Education. So I have to say that everything I say today is my own private view and doesn’t reflect the view of the US government or US government agencies.

So I’m tasked with talking more about the global dimension, US-China relations. But then also just China in the world focused on global value chains. And I want to hit on three topics. One is to explain a little bit of what’s the big deal about global value chains. But really to focus on the scoping of security.

So a lot of the discussion today is security-oriented. When I started to study about global value chains, it was all about development issues– Chinese firms upgrading, encouraging development.

Well, that conversation over the past five or six years has really shifted to one of all about security– supply chain resilience, vulnerabilities, and whatnot, let alone other higher level military and other types of security issues as well. So I want to discuss a little bit about the scoping of security and how that concept can just keep growing and growing until everything becomes security.

And finally, which almost contradicts that second point to a certain extent, is a tension of technologies today that have become infrastructures. So internet as infrastructure, cloud computing is infrastructure, even social media as infrastructure, AI servers as infrastructure.

And I know that’s all digital-oriented, but that’s one of the concerns, is technology is not only infrastructure but it’s global scale. And it crosses all these countries. And how do we deal with that situation.

There are sovereignty issues involved there. I mean, if you think of security issues, cybersecurity is very different because there, you have nation states literally inside of each other’s networks. Most security issues don’t deal with that. It’s border issues, security on borders. Military being, obviously, the most typical example of that.

So let me start with global value chains. So just very briefly, previously, you can think of firms as used to be vertically integrated, meaning they made everything from the raw material all the way through to the final product. That’s a vertically integrated firm.

Over many decades, the firm started to break up. And they broke up more and more and more. They outsourced, and they also offshored. So they internationalized. And then they had other companies do other things. And that value chain can get fine, sliced very, very minutely. One company does one process, one task, but it has a global market to sell to.

And what that created is it created a situation of functional integration. That’s different from just globalization. We had trade, global trade, we had global investments, and things like that. Those are resources moving across the world. That’s not new.

What’s new is this functional integration. And what we’re left with is an intense degree of interdependency globally, but also global scale monopolies. In a lot of sectors, 1, 2, maybe 3 firms, sometimes dominate globally in that little minute task that they’re doing. And sometimes it’s not minute. Sometimes it’s a bigger task.

Well, China is kind of, partly, the poster child of a lot of this. They’re deeply integrated in lots of these tasks all over the place. Some are massive scale and whatnot. And so the idea of functional integration, how it differs is you’ve probably seen studies, there’s a study about trade, US-China trade or China trading with the rest of the world, studies about investments, Chinese investments inward or outward whatnot.

But a global value chains, there’s services. There’s IP licensing. There’s software. There’s also PhD students, like, where are they in the world. How much research papers are being– so this is basic research or University research. How many research papers are being published by who and who’s collaborating and everything– patents.

So those can each be a study. And they are people study that. Each of those is a topic. Let’s study it. Let’s look at the relationships, and whatnot. And they’re all great research. I’m not trying to say anything about that.

The global value chains integrates all that together. If you start with a product, let’s say the cell phone, it has all of those things all intermixed together. And that’s where the functional integration happens. So all of those. It’s not separate topics. It’s all these topics integrated into one thing. And that’s really where you start thinking about functional integration.

Now, in a world in which countries are friendly and it’s about development and win, win, no problem. That’s not an issue. And that’s the world we lived in for a very long time between US, China, China and other countries, of course, Europe, around the world. When that starts to– when the lens shifts to security, now you start looking at those value chains very differently. And that’s what has really changed.

I want to just give you a sense of how interdependence can be. What it is, and then how it can be perceived in very different ways. And so now we’re in a security world. And so now people are starting to scratch their head. And that’s where all these terms come from– nearshoring, friend-shoring, decoupling from China, de-risking from China.

There’s endless number of new words out there to deal with this. How do you deal with vulnerabilities from supply chain? Of course, COVID added to this too. We couldn’t get access to vaccines and masks and everything else. So people were like, wow, supply chains.

And, by the way, I’ve been studying that for a long time. Never was it the headline of newspapers. And then, suddenly, especially with COVID, it was headlines. I was, like, oh, wow, what I studied, actually people care about now. They actually know what the word supply chain is. So that was I guess a nice shift.

And now, the second issue about security and what are the boundaries here. I think this is a real quandary because you can already probably imagine about this interdependency and how that could lead to types of security. But the security dialogue is also shifting towards military. So advanced semiconductors.

When I said that, when I said advanced semiconductors five years ago, people were like, oh, that’s cool. We all benefit from advanced semiconductors. Today, the conversation is, well, this is going to go into supercomputers in China that are going to develop nuclear weapons or other types of things like that or AI.

AI should not be considered a military thing. There’s tons of scientific and other wonderful things, legal and everything. But the conversation is shifting. It’s also a military thing. It is a military thing. But the problem is with these emerging technologies, how do you parse that?

Some technologies like nuclear, we could parse the civilian and the military side of things relatively more easily. With a lot of these other technologies, I don’t know. It’s hard, where we’re trying to figure out what that parsing is. But right now, the security side seems to be winning.

And that’s a tremendous problem. Because we don’t know the boundaries of that what should and shouldn’t be regulated. What is a concern and what’s not a concern. So I don’t have an answer to that, where the boundaries are for security. But it’s one of the main issues we’re dealing with.

The final thing I’ll say is about digital technologies, in particular, as infrastructure. I think it’s, particularly, the case with digital. I think it can be applied elsewhere. But this is another type of what is, when we built the internet, no one was really thinking about security issues of famously, it was just, it was the open internet and everything’s good.

And once that infrastructure gets built, then, suddenly, like, oh, wait a minute, bad actors can do stuff. And I’m not just saying about state actors, like mostly non-state actors, can do bad things. Well, oh, geez, the infrastructure is already built. It’s very hard now to securitize infrastructure that’s already been built.

And so, that’s the classic case from the ’90s when infrastructure internet became sort of commercial, was passed off from government military to commercial purposes. But you build on top of this. You’ve got the internet, but then how does the internet work? There’s all this hardware, but then you build on top of the internet, obviously, social media and other things. So there’s a layered stack here of different integrated infrastructures that are largely global.

Now, there’s a lot out there on how countries are trying to regain sovereignty or trying AI sovereignty, data sovereignty, and whatnot. So we’re struggling to figure out how do we strike this balance. I think, in some cases, it’s going to be extremely difficult.

There are, just again, going back to that idea of intense monopolies. And I also just want to give you a sense of the– we hear so much in the United States about US security concerns. Let me just give you just two quick empirical examples from China’s perspective. And again, I’ll use mobile phones as an example.

There’s two operating systems in the whole world right now– it’s Apple and Android, Google and Apple right over here, right next door to each other. They control the operating systems of every single phone on Earth, including all the ones in China. A little bit Android, you can customize and stuff, but the underlying code is that.

Huawei, recently, is trying to develop their own operating system and break from that. So imagine every single phone in China is run by– the operating system is run by two companies here in San Francisco. That’s a security concern that we have to be sensitive to.

Another company– well, a company you’ve probably never heard of but is one of the most important countries in the world– ARM. They’re based in the UK, near Cambridge. Every single major, important chip in every single phone, the underlying architecture of it is designed by them in the UK– every phone in the world.

Not just phones, actually. ARM is not just in phones. It’s actually in every device that requires energy conservation or efficiency. So that means all of that– yeah, I’m just add one more comment.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Yeah, your fine.

MARK DALLAS: So I just want to give you a sense of the security concern of a country like China to think about that. I’ll make one quick comment and then I’m done. So the only thing I cringe, and this is just a generic thing because you hear it in the media a lot, is sort of tech catch up and technology is a horse race– who’s ahead, who’s behind, things like that.

I just want to, just general warning against, to people to just not tune too closely into that. It makes it sound like technology is one linear race, like a horse race, and you’re either behind or you’re in front and it’s just not. It’s so multilinear.

There’s so many different pathways to it. So just as a general, I don’t know, public announcement like just avoid that. Avoid that, if you read about it, which you will all the time. And I will make the same mistake. I’ll be like, who’s behind? Who’s ahead? You almost immediately fall into it, so.

ROSELYN HSUEH: I just want to really quickly make a comment about the economic security nexus. I think Mark does a good job in laying it out as that the technological or the structural attributes of sectors and the functionality of sectors and evolution of that, how that affects the economic security nexus.

But then, I want to bring politics back into that as well. And we can take this from the Chinese state’s perspective. And I think the SMIC, which is China’s, quote-unquote, “state-owned foundry” and the evolution of the corporate governance structure of that company is a really good example of that evolution of the economic security nexus.

So SMIC, in 2000, was foreign direct investment. And it was part of that kind of strategic use of FDI. But over the years, because of China’s response to internal and external pressures– I mean, in addition to technological attributes and advances, but in response to those internal and external pressures on the economic side, but also the security side, globally, but also perceived security issues internally, we saw, over time, that SMIC, through corporate governance interventions, actually is now from foreign direct investor that was foreign invested with the Shanghai state government and Peking University professor by 2010, before Xi Jinping even came into power, was, and became a state-owned enterprise, and dominated with state-owned, as well as state-controlled private entities as investors and on its board, the Chinese Communist Party. And so I just want to bring the politics back into the economic and security nexus.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Well, actually, just to pile on the politics, I mean, I think that a lot of the ways that US AI companies sell themselves to the state or this is security. I think we see lobbyists from OpenAI, from all of these companies in Silicon Valley, Google, going to Washington regularly and talking about the threats of falling behind China. And, therefore, we must, the US must invest in AI. So it’s politically a very–

MARK DALLAS: I think that’s the boundary conditions, is what is not security now. And security just cells–

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Absolutely.

MARK DALLAS: –in the media and elsewhere.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: So I want to just add a few comments about the research that I’ve done on Taiwan because US-China, we always frame it US-China. But Taiwan’s in the middle, and it’s going to stay in the middle. And it’s an interesting position.

In the 1990s and 2000s, I was studying communities of engineers who were educated in the US, but working in Silicon Valley. The story that I tell is about the way that they built very powerful institutional, economic, and technological ties between Silicon Valley, and then in Taiwan, and then after that, China.

And they built these ties because they were going back. After coming to the US, studying almost anywhere, Texas, Arkansas, they then took their knowledge, worked in Silicon Valley, marinated, learned the Silicon Valley model of doing business and learned the technology really well. And then they went to their homes, their home countries, whether it’s first Taiwan or I’ll tell the story of Taiwan. And they started companies there.

They started investing in startups. This was the early semiconductor industry era. Or even earlier, Taiwan was doing low-skill chip assembly, and then games assembly for Atari. And then they started manufacturing for IBM, the IBM PC and the Apple PCs.

So you see that the story I want to tell is that these people going back and forth between Silicon Valley and Taiwan were really the best of the global era, because they were transferring technology, they were building social and business ties that allowed both Silicon Valley to flourish and Taiwan to learn and move up the value chain. And Taiwan became, very, very quickly became very good at manufacturing and at manufacturing semiconductors and electronic systems. So good that they were really better than the US.

So starting as a low-skill assembly center, Acer, if you remember Acer technology, that was a Taiwanese company. You don’t hear much from them anymore. But quickly, through this back and forth and learning by doing and a lot of other state investments, a lot of processes, they became the leading in the world, really, in terms of the quality of and the speed at which they could design and manufacture motherboards, electronic systems, and also chips.

You hear now about TSMC. But I want to suggest that it goes deeper than that. So by the end of the ’90s, Taiwan, through this brain circulation, I call it, had have become a central node in the global value chain for manufacturing electronic systems.

In the 2000s, this value chain, this piece was moved lock, stock, and barrel to China, to Southern China, to Shanghai. And it was the same people. I mean, and so then you saw this linkage between Silicon Valley and Taiwan and China, and you saw the same people investing and starting companies, with the know-how of the, then, emerging semiconductor industry.

So the transfer of technology from Silicon Valley, Taiwan, and then to China means that now China takes over a piece of the value chain, and Taiwan needs to move up the value chain, and so does Silicon Valley.

So Silicon Valley becomes, for all of these advanced technology products, the design center, maybe the architecture, center of architecture. Taiwan moves up, becomes better at manufacturing mobile devices and things like that, more advanced semiconductors.

And then China enters first as a low-cost assembly and then builds up its own clusters of suppliers, which are, by the way, mostly managed by Taiwanese managers. So the transfer just happens across the Taiwan Straits. This process was– and actually, SMIC was created in that period. And a lot of investors from Silicon Valley and Taiwan involved in this forming of SMIC.

ROSELYN HSUEH: The founder, Weijia Jiang, is Taiwanese.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Yeah, exactly.

ROSELYN HSUEH: Former Texas Instrument executive, but Taiwanese. Yeah, Taiwanese-American.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Well, and TSMC has also started by a TI.

ROSELYN HSUEH: Yes.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: So we have this small world that, at the same time, that you’re seeing what Mark has described as products functionally disperse across. You see these communities of people doing it. And they all know each other. They all knew each other.

So that period, however, of the global value chain sort of spreading out via people has ended. It started to end after 9/11. The US started to clamp down on migration and immigration. Xi Jinping emerges in China. Over time, there’s been anxiety. The security anxieties have led both the US and China, I think, to shut the doors more and more and more, and today they’re sort of slamming shut.

I just want to say that we all know because it’s in the news all the time. We hear about TSMC, Taiwan Semiconductor, because that’s the leading chip foundry in the world. And it really started in the ’80s and has become, again, the– well, interestingly, just to bring this to the present, people heard of NVIDIA.

Those are the most advanced chips that go into all of the data centers that power AI today. NVIDIA CEO Jensen Huang announced that he was going to onshore his advanced chip making to the US, again, to Texas and Arizona. If he does it, that’s a big deal. We’ll see if it happens.

But four of the five partners that it announced would move there were Taiwanese. So it’s TSMC, Foxconn, Wistron, and a company called SPIL, S-P-I-L. The other one is Korea of the five. So that’s not really that different than the process that happened with Apple computer.

When Apple decided to diversify its manufacturing, iPhone manufacturing out of China to India and Vietnam, it relied on Foxconn, Wistron, and a company called Pegatron, all Taiwanese companies, to do the heavy-lifting of rebuilding or building or rebuilding manufacturing capabilities. It’s tremendous know-how. There’s tacit knowledge. There’s also deep knowledge. There’s institutional knowledge. Doing this kind of very, these are very sensitive manufacturing processes.

So they’re being, it’s the same Taiwanese that set up in China and India, moved the iPhone. And now they’re being tasked to set up in the US, which helps explain the recent decision. When China announced their reciprocal tariffs on the US, they exempted chips.

And why did they exempt chips? Because they wanted to keep getting these chips even though they were designed in the US and they don’t want US products, but they were made in Taiwan and they will not be subject to the tariffs.

It’s an acknowledgment that we all, China depends on Taiwan. We depend on Taiwan. And that, in spite of politics, this interdependence continues. This functional interdependence that Mark described.

So with that note, I guess we are at now 1 o’clock. We have half an hour left. Do we want to discuss contemporary issues or open up what people have thoughts about contemporary issues like about the tariffs, or would people like to raise some questions? Looks like we have an audience that would like to get engaged. Why don’t we start here?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: So I appreciate the talk. It was an expatriate living in China during the good times when we had reform. And it was interdependence was good, not this functional integration. And I think about the higher theme of how do we avoid confrontation and war, and go back to deterrence, cooperation, competition. What is needed for that? That’s on a whoever can figure that out. I’m happy to hear– number one.

And then number two is on the domestic side, private sector. I was just in China and Taiwan two weeks ago, and privatization is still going on very well. Good thing will Xi Jinping be able to pull it off from an economy, high domestic internal consumption, keeping high export, and then also trying to become a technologically advanced country? So will he be able to pull it off?

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: We have two questions. How to avoid war? Minor question. And then the second question is about will Xi Jinping pull off this self-sufficiency in technology? Both really big really interesting questions. Who wants to start?

ROSELYN HSUEH: I guess I’ll dive in and try to see if I can answer these questions. So I mean, if we in terms of the first question, I think, we could think about the US-China trade war, when it first got launched in 2017.

Some of the very firms and sectors that were against the tariffs, the three rounds of tariffs, they did keep piling up. Not in the same way we’re seeing today. But those three rounds, some of the very businesses and sectors that were opposed are companies that needed the components from China because they were being produced in China.

And some of the components did have indigenous technology that China was producing. And so I think one very just good way politically for cooperation would be for some of these sectors and businesses to come together and step up and say, hey, we’re not going to stand for this. It’s this interdependent world and we do depend on China.

Now, I do think that it is true. There are security concerns and there some of the diversification of supply chains make it so that, maybe there’s less need or maybe perhaps there’s less opposition from sector and businesses in this round of trade war. But the domestic private interest groups can play a very big role in global cooperation in terms of, at least, this very next round.

And then on the domestic side of issues I think I mentioned. And so in my most recent book, Micro-Institutional Foundations of Capitalism, where I do compare China to India, Russia, across industrial sectors. But on the China side, part of what Xi Jinping in the party is kind of grappling with are internal pressures.

And some of those internal pressures are not just political, they are economic pressures. And so I will, I do believe, and maybe I’ll go out on a limb to predict it, is that there will be, certain tinkering and recalibration of how the Chinese government is dealing with industrial policy, even security concerns and economic policy as well.

MARK DALLAS: I’ll just add. So you were referring really to kinetic war, like real war, not just trade war or?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yeah, or a confrontation with Taiwan. Just saying the distance between confrontation and war is a lot shorter than you think it is.

MARK DALLAS: Sure. Yeah, I think one of the key things that can be done and should be done more of is just communication between the countries. I mean, you’re not going to solve, I mean, in an ideal world, we solve the security dilemma and we got peace. It’s been several thousand years. We haven’t solved the security dilemma. So I don’t think that’s going to happen overnight.

But what’s been declining is communication, and particularly between the militaries. That was at a real low point during the spy balloon incident and whatnot. But that’s a major concern. I think, just general communication, I mean, military-to-military communication and whatnot, to avoid anything like that sort of mistakes.

But then communication at different levels of government also would be better. And then also among civil society, I mean, I think business has a role. But national security in both countries is very much hived off intentionally from lobbying and things like that.

And so I think there is a role, but I think that won’t be like a silver bullet to solve that. Now, in terms of, I think your other question was about Xi Jinping achieving self-sufficiency. Is that a fair way to frame it?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: You, obviously, maintain the Communist Party is critical. At the same time, he’s got to continue economic growth.

MARK DALLAS: Sure.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I think if those two don’t happen, he’s got a big problem.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: You’re right.

MARK DALLAS: Yeah.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: –put it off.

MARK DALLAS: Yeah, I mean, I don’t know if he can pull it off. I think the pressures on, the general pressures on China’s economy, I mean, their well-known demographic, their big structural stuff, creating a social safety net and all sorts of things to encourage consumption and whatnot, the property sector and whatnot.

In terms of, specifically, global integration issues and the drive for self-sufficiency, and whatnot, I think that’s a fool’s errand. I think the answer is going to be no. Or I think actually the better answer is going to be, China’s going to have to choose.

Do they want a second tier in terms of technological sophistication? Do they want second tier technology then they can probably do a degree of self-sufficiency? Or if they want to remain at first tier, they’re going to have to integrate.

And that goes back to my point before that, the supply chains are so fragmented and there’s expertise all over the world, and those expertise are extremely concentrated. The memory, for instance, I mean, in Korea, it’s just the global market share of two companies is just enormous.

You just can’t replicate all of that in a single even one. With as many smart people as China, with as much resources, which is much will, I just don’t think that’s possible. So I it is a bit of a fool’s errand. And I think some of these, what Rosie was saying earlier, are examples of, oh, geez. Or sorry, what you were saying about keeping semiconductors open is an example– like, oh, geez, we can’t close the door.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Yeah. Good point. And there’s that company in Netherlands, AML.

MARK DALLAS: ASML.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: ASML, I mean, it is really, literally, very sophisticated knowledge all over the world.

MARK DALLAS: And China is trying to replicate that in a different way. They’re taking the EUV technology in a slightly different way. But what they’re doing with that EUV technology, which is the most advanced chip making, was done back about 20 years ago by Japanese and other companies, and they felt like that was a pathway that wasn’t going to lead anywhere. So that is a good example of second tier technology, potentially.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: OK, Rachel has a comment on these questions.

RACHEL STERN: I want to open it up for more questions. I’ll just say one line, which is just to say that your first question about how to avoid war is a really live conversation in the China studies community. Just because the Washington Consensus has so hardened in both parties around a consensus that China is a threat. And I really think that has to do with our own domestic politics, in a way, and political polarization, and China being the thing that allows us to agree and get things done.

So anyway, just to say that people are thinking about this and thinking about other sources of ballast in the US-China relationship besides the business people that Rosie mentioned, whether it’s scholars, whether it’s students, diversifying opinion so that not all the voices on China come out of Washington, because that’s so much one voice at the moment, very hawkish. So I think just to flag that this is a conversation that’s happening in the field.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: That’s very helpful. We have a question up here. And then the next one over.

RACHEL STERN: Yeah.

MARK DALLAS: The question is, is the technology of fintech in, legal tech, excuse me, is it different than it is in France? In other words, is it being used for authoritarian for monitoring purposes the way, say, social credit was? So how is legal tech different in China– the actual structure of it and what it tells you about users, et cetera?

RACHEL STERN: So I was talking about legal tech as it’s used in the courts. And the French courts have, in keeping with Europe being kind of tech skeptical in general, have just not rolled out the same type of technology as China has. I think that what they’ve done in China is that they can use it to monitor judges. And they want to make sure that judges are doing their work.

It makes sense in a highly centralized court system, you want to make sure that everybody, that has concerns about case overload, you want to make sure that everybody’s doing their work. So on the one hand, you could say that’s about surveillance. And it is. And I’m sure it’s resented by the judges.

But on the other hand, they’re also doing that in Israel and Taiwan. So it’s not exactly about regime type in a simplistic way. I think it’s more about having a highly centralized court system, where the high court wants to know what’s happening in the lower courts.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Your response had to do with the volume of cases. [INAUDIBLE] What about the nature of the decisions?

RACHEL STERN: I don’t think they have the capacity to monitor that right now. But one of the things that’s been the most interesting application of this, and if I had slides I would have shown you, is you can analyze, one of the ways that the software can be used is you can analyze all those past cases, and the judge can pull down some drop-down factors from a menu.

Like imagine you have a DUI case, Driving Under the Influence case, a drunk driving case. You pull down some factors. What was the blood alcohol level? How many damages were caused? What was the damages caused? And the software will analyze past similar cases based on the factors that you chose and give you a recommended sentence. Give you, the judge, a recommended sentence.

And it doesn’t tie your hands. It’s not telling you what the sentence should be, but anyone, anything. All the research at the intersection of law and psychology suggests that it has a really strong anchoring effect, such that you wouldn’t go outside that sentence.

And then once that technology exists, it becomes possible to identify maverick judges who are making outlier decisions. Now, I have no evidence that any legal system in the world is targeting maverick judges in this way. But what I know is that it’s possible.

ROSELYN HSUEH: One point I have about that is, it struck me as the information collection of the use of technology there. And that is Janus-faced. It could go either way.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Totally.

ROSELYN HSUEH: Yeah.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: [? Asema ?] had a question.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: So I have a question for Rachel and one for Mark. My question for Rachel is that the initiative for this legal tech and courts, is it from the party state or is it court-generated? And then a second– I have a quick comment, which is that a professor Pei, who teaches at Claremont McKenna College, actually has a recent book on the sentinel state.

And he actually talks– the book is really about the low tech kind of aspects of the surveillance of common people, like neighborhood committees, but they also use tech like cameras and streets, and things. But how it is organized, he has a very interesting work. But I was wondering, the source of court, is it the party state or is it the court initiative on its own?

And one question for Mark. Great, very interesting presentation. My question really has to do with is there any product or any global chain where there is a disconnect or dissonance between these control policies to prevent the global value chains to existing and actual functional integration.

So has actual functional integration, is it proceeding the same way, or is there any product or any supply chain where all the protectionist and other control and self-reliant measures have actually affected the material basis of functional integration at the product level or at the supply chain level?

I was wondering because I find a dissonance. So all countries are doing all these great things. But as you said, there are a material limits to whether it can actually happen and whether there is any one supply chain where it is beginning to happen or has happened.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: OK, why don’t we start with the courts, Rachel?

RACHEL STERN: Sure. That’s a complicated question to unravel. It comes, the initiative to a technology comes from the courts, but it also, is responsive to central priorities, if that makes sense. Like I mentioned, just in passing, that one of the key figures was the head of the Supreme People’s Court. And this is in the 2010s, a man named Zhiqiang.

But he very much framed technology as dovetailing with this national push for AI. So in a sense, it’s the courts fitting in to the broader priorities of the party state. And Xi Jinping is, around that time was, he had a huge anti-corruption campaign. And so the technology is also being framed as a way of combating corruption in the courts.

Maybe this is responsive to your question too. Letting judges know that they’re being monitored. And that it’s not clear what the mechanism is exactly, except it’s sort of a Foucauldian panopticon, is that, if people feel like they’re being watched, they’re less likely to stray, would be the logic.

So it’s kind of a back and forth. And I think in China as in France as in other places, these kinds of technology projects, they need champions. It’s hard work to do this within any state. So there’s champions within the court system, but very much framing their work as responsive to national priorities.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Great.

MARK DALLAS: Great. Yeah, good question. So I didn’t want to give the impression that functional integration of global value chains is equivalent to free markets. Those are very different things. And so I would, one answer to your question is, every single global value chain is shaped by various policies that you may have been referring to, whether it’s tariffs or everything else. They mold and sculpt themselves to all of those policies, of course.

And, of course, there’s a large literature about which countries are more favorable or less favorable. So a lead firm is going to decide where to go based on that. But no, there’s no value chain that is not affected by some of the things that you’re referring to. But you were also suggesting– so in a way, it’s all of them.

But you’re also, I think, suggesting is there any product that is completely enmeshed within these regulations. I mean, the classic case is military. So military goods and military companies are very much tied to the national economy. There’s lots of laws and other, depending on the country you’re in, reasons why military production is often purely national and they’re not as integrated in global value chains, not as integrated.

So Raytheon and Boeing, they’ve got military and commercial dimensions to what they do. Airplanes are very complex. They’ve got tens and hundreds, maybe even hundreds of thousands of parts. So you’re not completely walled off.

And so one of the concerns is, what is the defense industrial base at least in the United States? What is the quality of that defense industrial base in terms of producing some of these more less sensitive but critically important, but more conventional products that are more commercially oriented, let’s say?

And then all these companies like Raytheon, RTX is like their commercial arm. So even in the military space, there’s a degree to which. But if you wanted to choose one industry in which it’s much more hived off, let’s say, from functional integration, it would be that one.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Question here and then you’re next.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Venezuela, I’m a policy fellow at the law school. So I have a question related to your views about the role of industrial sectors, particularly more in maintaining the international regimes in amid the more intensified geopolitics.

So in the world of climate policy, so we see technology can be a factor for international collaboration, but they can also become a factor for intensified geopolitics, even though for the globalization of green technology productions, it used to be a factor to get more countries together. Now, it becomes more of a major factor US want to decouple with China.

So then, I’m thinking about OK, state actors seems cannot be helpful, in a way, to figure out a way to keep different parts together. How about the AI sector and also the industrial sectors, are they, in some way, can actually maintain the international like systems, which used to be very helpful, particularly after the World War II because of the UN systems and the international trade? So I was kind of, yeah, see you on that.

MARK DALLAS: Do you want to, who wants to take that?

ROSELYN HSUEH: I mean, just thinking about, you’re mentioning that you work in the climate sector. And to wet that with the question about industrial sector, I think Greentech would be a good example of where, perhaps, we could see international cooperation and collaboration. And if we could get countries to work together around the idea of the Paris Agreement, for example.

And I think Greentech achieves both climate change goals as well as economic goals and growth and development for countries and also sustainability. So, in many ways, it has these multi-dimensionality goals that can mean many different both country level goals, as well as economic business incentives. And so I think that’s how I approach your question.

MARK DALLAS: Yeah, I think, I don’t know if you were referring to particular products or whatever, but new electric vehicles as an example or something like that. I think there’s potential. I mean, clearly, China is at the leading edge of that sector. And so I’m not sure in the United States, but let’s say in Europe, I could see a lot tie-ups happening between Chinese firms, both in battery as well as in the vehicle assembly, given China’s advances in that.

And the China, truly, is exceptional, has done a wonderful job in developing that. It would be great if the whole world could benefit from that for exactly those reasons that you talked about. But whether or not, I think, the United States would be resistant to that, but I think Europe could be open to that, and they would benefit greatly from that. So then, you get a degree of that reintegration over common issues. I mean, obviously, there’s money making there, but the climate is a great offshoot of that development.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: That’s a great point. We had a question right here. And then you’re next.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name is Sergey Donskoy, Professional Competence Institute. That’s my research organization. And I got two questions which tackle my own research I conducted 10 years ago. So the first question is mostly to Roselyn. And the other question is to Rachel and AnnaLee.

First question, it’s been said that China is liberalizing the sectoral part in country But, at the same time, infrastructure is still under control. So what do you think, will government of China liberalize the infrastructure? That’s the first question.

And the second question is about the knowledge transfer. So it’s been said about the chain, United States, Taiwan, and China. And there was a lot of discussions about it, about stealing technologies. So yeah, we’re open to speaking about it.

So what do you think– well, is there any legal basis for regulating this knowledge transfer? That’s my first question. And maybe it would be reasonable to create this treaty between the United States and China, for example, maybe the other country too, in order to regulate this knowledge transfer instead of implying balancing tariffs.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Yeah. Do you want to start?

ROSELYN HSUEH: Very interesting. Thank you for those questions. So the way I conceptualize thinking about infrastructure is that you can actually take it to the sector. And so think about infrastructure as a subsector of telecommunications, for example. And then you have services. Even the value-added services, as I mentioned before, that operate on top of that infrastructure.

And so, in that sense, then, that strategic use of foreign direct investment, that reregulation that we see is, there’s even some sectoral variation within one industry like telecommunications. But to your question, is there a possibility that China would ever liberalize that critical infrastructure? Telecoms is very critical. It has security implications and so forth.

I think that simply, and I think, perhaps, this is where authoritarianism might play a role more so than other sectoral questions, is that if party state legitimacy or political stability is important political goals, then letting go of infrastructure may counter to that, to those goals. And so particularly in critical infrastructure, where even countries like European countries and US have regulations around, then I think for China, I think the question would be probably less likely.

And in terms of knowledge transfers versus technology transfers, I think technology transfers could be seen and conceptualized as knowledge transfers. But I do think that software, for example, as knowledge is sometimes less tangible than maybe knowledge in chips. And in micro institutional foundations of capitalism, where I compare China to India and Russia, and for the Russia cases, I look at post-Soviet Russia Federation and patterns of market governance across sectors.

And when I look at software, that was where because it was more intangible. And as a result, even though much of telecoms and ICT was perceived as a military industrial complex sector and was actually never privatized in the way that we the conventional wisdom tells us software was, and it was because it was less tangible in terms of knowledge transfers.

And so there, I mean, I don’t know if this is the answer to your question about legal barriers, but when it’s less tangible, maybe there are opportunities for countries to come together and collaborate on how we could think about frameworks of regulating that.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Rachel, do you want to take a whack at that question or?

RACHEL STERN: Yeah, just briefly. So knowledge transfer and legal bases for dealing with knowledge transfer. That was a key point of, like that’s always a key point in Joint Venture contracts. So it is legally, like, there is a legal way to negotiate it between companies that are contemplating tie-ups.

I mean, doing it as a treaty on a national level, I can’t think of any examples. I mean, it’s possible to imagine but it’s also, you’d have to be at a really different world. You kind of connects us to the first question that was asked about, we’d have to be in a world with far more exchange and far more possibilities for cooperation than the one that we currently find ourselves in. So not impossible, but.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Yeah, I think this is a challenging conversation because there certainly has been IP theft. I think we know that has happened. On the other hand, the knowledge transfers that I’m talking about, there’s often tacit knowledge that happens. So you cannot start a chip plant without having people go who know how to do it. And we don’t know how to write it all down.

There’s a lot of transfer of knowledge that is just moves with the people. So much to know-how exists. You can’t write down how to run a venture capital fund or how do you– there’s a lot of things that are happening.

You can explicitly license technology, or you can steal it. But I do think that the people flows made this allowed for a lot different kinds of less explicit knowledge get transferred, which are very important as well.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: So we’re talking about stealing people.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Well, no, these are–

AUDIENCE MEMBER: [INAUDIBLE]

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: No. I think the problem is these are Taiwanese people who worked in the US and went home. So they’re running a company that, yeah, I mean, so if you want to call it stealing, you can. I don’t think anybody, at the time, would have seen it as stealing. I think that in the industry, it was mutually beneficial.

I think with China we have, there are cases. And I think we need to follow those and try to clamp down on them. But I would not do that at this. I think it’s terrible that we no longer have students going back and forth as much as we did. The student exchanges have been incredibly productive in terms of building common understanding and avoiding war. And having those cut off is very dangerous.

MARK DALLAS: Can I take a crack at that also?

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Yeah, please do.

MARK DALLAS: Your question is very broad. I think breaking down knowledge is important. On the basic knowledge side, basic research, it’s completely open. And there’s no controls and whatnot. So you’re talking about knowledge that is in some way proprietary, and sensitive, and whatnot. So you’re at one end of that knowledge spectrum, let’s say.

And I think Anna is absolutely that there are, quote-unquote, “controls, regulations in place,” in companies, even for people– non-disclosure, if you leave this company, blah, blah, blah. So there’s plenty that companies are regulating it. Trade secrets are an important part, not just in semiconductors, but even aircraft engines. I mean, something like that. Lots of trade secrets. It’s all based on that. And so, yeah, companies do a lot of that regulating.

I mean governments I think probably would be doing less. But I’ll give you an example for people to people. In export controls, there’s actually a thing called deemed exports. And what a deemed export is, is basically two people. One is a foreign national, one is domestic in a particular country, and they talk to each other. That’s, quote-unquote, “a controlled item.” So government I mean, the US government does intervene at that level to regulate, quote-unquote, “knowledge between people.”

And just so you know that it’s possible. But I think most of it’s done by companies in terms of regulating knowledge. And I think also that the idea it’s not right, it’s not stealing people. It’s really about, you hire them away. There are certain things that they can divulge and they cannot divulge. And there’s a time limit over when that is.

But knowledge is abstract and then specific. It’s the specific stuff that’s associated with a particular company. And their particular processes that should, cannot and should not be transferred, at least in the United States. And you can be sued for doing that. So there are knowledge controls in place.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: I mean, your argument would lead you to think that all these people have moved between companies in Silicon Valley. They work for one, they take with them. They can’t take the trade secrets. That’s illegal. They will be sued, and they should be. But there’s so much knowledge that they transfer just from their base of experience that you don’t want the government stepping in there. I think we have time for one more question back there.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hi, thank you so much for this panel. It’s very fascinating. I think my question is actually very related to the last question, and it’s on digital infrastructure and the materiality of software and how that changes the way we’re thinking about it. So this also relates to a cybersecurity question that you brought up, Mark.

So I guess my question is if we think about you, several people mentioned, like the operating systems and how American corporations are dominating this sphere. If we look at the production of these operating systems, open source software is a huge component of that. One example that I’m thinking of is in 2024, the Microsoft engineer caught this backdoor that was going to be released, and that would have huge implications.

But the larger point here is when we look at the materiality of software and the different network effects of software, that has sort of moved the industry toward this open source model that Silicon Valley is very reliant on, how do we think about that in terms of cybersecurity, and how we should think about digital infrastructure as something materially different from other sources of infrastructure, and like the telecommunications industry, and how are we thinking about this? Yeah.

MARK DALLAS: When you say materiality of it, are you referring to people or?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I guess I’m referring to the, especially the network effects of software and how the libraries are always dependent on each other and the way it’s produced, yeah.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: When you say the open source model, you’re just referring to the development process. I mean, Silicon Valley is very split. I mean, there’s a lot of people developing software using the process, the open process that is open source, but they’re also commercially, they’re private companies that make profits. So you have that, I’m not sure what you’re referring to. Is it the process or?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I guess I’m asking you to hold both of, holding both of these together. Like, yes, there is the proprietary knowledge, but also a lot of the software industry is reliant on open source and have funny way there’s a software joke that goes around about it.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Yeah.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I wish I could pull up the meme.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Yes.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: But like Linux–

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Yeah.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: –which is like–

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: I totally understand. Some people will tell you that 95% of software is run on open source. I don’t know how they figured that out, but, yeah. Go on. So you want the whole software sector. Do you want to?

ROSELYN HSUEH: I mean, I think one way I would approach this is how I answered the previous question, which is, if we think about traditional critical infrastructure as being physical. When it’s physical, in some ways, we have their existing processes and existing frameworks of thinking about how to regulate physical things.

But I think what you’re trying to get at is that when something that is open source or less physical, intangible, less tangible, as I mentioned, in software like that, then can we regulate it? And is it even desirable to regulate it?

And that kind of reminds me of one of the papers that was in one of our panels in the bringing the sector back in workshop that we just had, was that Jeff Ding at George Washington University, he presented a paper about how there’s still interdependence between US and China in the open source software space.

Because as, indeed, as you were saying, that network effect. The people to, and as Armando had mentioned, the people to people flows that’s part of that network effect, makes it. Maybe we don’t have the models yet anyway to try to regulate it. And is it desirable?

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Well, you can’t patent it. I mean, it can be patented. So software can be.

MARK DALLAS: Do you want me to add something?

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Yeah, please respond.

MARK DALLAS: So, I mean, it’s a fascinating topic that you hit on. It’s extremely complicated as well. Open source software in particular, I do think it’s a type of infrastructure, depending on how you define what that is. And I think, I mean, it’s a classic example of what I started off with, which is a transfer from a world in which we’re all friendly and there’s development issues to a security world.

And so, yeah, open source software was like this global, everyone contributes, it’s free, you download it, it’s free, you can customize it and then you give back to the community. It was like this global community, wonderful, almost for some anti-capitalist way of approaching things that was going to revolutionize everything.

And it still has that spirit. I think a lot of it. That’s some of that spirit is still there, although a lot of it has been commercialized, privatized, or services have been built on top of it or other ways of monetizing it.

You shift to a security world. And so I used Android. Android is open source. The source code underlying it, AOSP is open source. Everyone contributes to it. Google guides, it’s hard to say, use the word guide. They control it. What are they doing with it? I mean, technically, Google owns Android, but Android is open source.

So it’s this weird combination of private company, money making on the advertising. But with the operating system all over the world. So it feeds into their advertising model, but it’s open source as well. So it’s a strange world, which, I think, is what you were getting at.

But on the one hand, I already mentioned about China’s security dilemma, let’s say, just with something like that. On the other hand, open source is protected by First Amendment rights in the United States. So all the security folks out there are saying, hey, let’s leverage open source and really get the Chinese now, because so much digital infrastructure is built on open source. It’s a First Amendment right.

So it’s a higher bar. I’m not saying that when there’s a security issue, that First Amendment can start to get thrown out the window, too. I’m not saying that. First Amendment is a protection of, foolproof protection against security, but it’s a higher bar. It’s a stronger protection around it.

And so, I think, what you’re hitting on really it’s a topic that’s going to become more and more important. DeepSeek, for instance, was open source. That was the most recent case of a Chinese company that actually is using open source and has open sourced their product. So–

ROSELYN HSUEH: I do think this were regime type could come in, is that, if you are an authoritarian regime and you have the discretion and there’s no First Amendment protections, then maybe there’s not been any intervention, but could that potentially be an issue.

MARK DALLAS: That’s right. And I think one thing I’ll mention– I know we’re already over– is that a lot of this is based on trust. We don’t really talk about trust in the economy. I mean, there is, the sociologists do, sorry. But a lot of this is based on trust.

So when you talk about, will China develop its own open source models, they have to convince the rest of the world to build their products on top of an open source foundation that’s housed in China. And so that might be a hard sell for China. They may be able to create an internal to China open source system, but then you lose a lot of the magic of it.

ANNALEE SAXENIAN: Listen, I want to thank our panelists first, and the audience for a really fascinating conversation. Thank you so much for coming.

MARK DALLAS: Thank you.

RACHEL STERN: Thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

[MUSIC PLAYING]

[WOMAN’S VOICE] Thank you for listening. To learn more about Social Science Matrix, please visit matrix.berkeley.edu.

Matrix On Point

Governing Giants: Law, Politics, and Antitrust

Part of the Matrix on Point event series

Large corporations increasingly dominate markets, the flow of information, and political influence. In response, many governments have used antitrust policies in an attempt to rein in companies. Examples include investigations and cases brought by the United States and the European Union against Google, in addition to major investigations against Microsoft, Facebook, and others.

Recorded on April 25, 2025, this panel brought together scholars of political science, economics, and law to discuss the changing landscape of antitrust policy in an era of multinational corporations. The panel included Michael Allen, Assistant Professor of Political Science at Stanford University; Prasad Krishnamurthy, Professor of Law at UC Berkeley; and Amy Pond, Associate Professor at Washington University in St. Louis. Ryan Brutger, Associate Professor of Political Science at UC Berkeley, moderated; he also convened the panel as a Matrix Faculty Fellow.

The panelists spoke about new challenges in competition policy, the domestic and international dimensions of antitrust policy, and the economic, political, and social considerations that shape antitrust policy and enforcement.

The event was presented as part of Matrix On Point, a discussion series promoting focused, cross-disciplinary conversations on today’s most pressing issues. Offering opportunities for scholarly exchange and interaction, each Matrix On Point features the perspectives of leading scholars and specialists from different disciplines, followed by an open conversation. These thought-provoking events are free and open to the public.

Podcast and Transcript

[MUSIC PLAYING]

WOMAN’S VOICE: The Matrix Podcast is a production of Social Science Matrix, an interdisciplinary research center at the University of California, Berkeley.

SARAH HARRINGTON: Welcome. Thanks for coming today and joining us for this Matrix On Point panel discussion. My name is Sarah Harrington. I’m the program manager here at the Social Science Matrix. Today’s event is co-sponsored by the Department of Political Science. I want to thank the Matrix staff here for helping put on this event. And then also a big thank you to Ryan Brutger for bringing this group together today.

We’re pleased to have an outstanding group of scholars to help us examine the evolving landscape of antitrust policy in an era of multinational corporate power. Now, I would like to introduce our moderator, Ryan Brutger. Ryan is an associate professor of political science at the University of California, Berkeley. Professor Brutger specializes in experimental methodology, public opinion, and international relations. His research crosses political economy, international law, and international security, examining the domestic politics and political psychology of politics and economics. This is very challenging.

He’s also a 2024-2025 Matrix faculty fellow, so we’re really happy to have him here today. Without any further ado, let me hand it over to Ryan.

RYAN BRUTGER: Great. Sarah, thanks so much for that kind introduction and for helping organize this whole event. Thank you all for coming to be a part of it. And thanks to the panelists.

I’m excited to be talking about this because I think it’s a subject that is really important these days of thinking about how we regulate large firms and their influence on the economy, on politics, et cetera. And that’s why we’ve brought together a group of scholars who have studied corporate regulation and antitrust policy from a number of different angles. As you’ll learn, we have political scientists. We have economists. We have folks who work on international and domestic law, as well.

And by looking around in the audience, I think we have as much knowledge about antitrust in the audience, maybe more than we have in the front of the room, as well. So we’re going to progress by– I’ll do some quick introductions of our panelists, have them each share some thoughts on opening remarks.

I’ll facilitate some conversation and Q&A amongst our panelists initially. Then we’ll open it up to the room for more Q&A. And given who’s in the audience, I think, also just conversation about some of these topics and issues.

As a little background for those of you who maybe aren’t immersed in thinking about corporations and antitrust regulations and things, we’ve seen increasing consolidation of industries, especially over the last few decades. As someone who comes at this from an international relations perspective, this has been incredibly important when it comes to say, international trade.

For example, at the turn of the last century, we know that the world’s largest firms, just 10% of, say, the US exporting firms, were responsible for over 96% of the US’s total exports. So that’s a huge amount of business being done by a relatively small number of companies. And that concentration has continued to increase.

And so something that led me to be interested in this was actually a conversation that Professor Pond and I had years ago, when we were thinking about increasing power of these firms, not just in the economy, but their effects on democracy and governance. And I think that’s an issue that’s become increasingly important.

And so she and I have actually co-authored a couple of papers together on these topics and have really continued to just see a rising salience of these issues. And so that’s the motivation for today’s conversation. So I feel especially lucky to be joined by this group of panelists.

As I mentioned, Professor Amy Pond is joining us today. She’s an associate professor at Washington University in St. Louis. She received her PhD from the University of Michigan and was previously a professor at the Technical University of Munich at Texas A&M. She conducts research in a number of areas in international and comparative political economy, with a strand of current research that looks at how market concentration and international ownership affects domestic policies, including the provision of public goods like property rights and democratic representation. And so will bring a great deal of insights into today’s discussion.

Michael Allen is joining us from Stanford, where he is an assistant professor. He received his PhD in government from Cornell University and was also a postdoc at Yale and Harvard University before making the journey across the country. His research interests span international political economy, institutions, and law, with a focus on the politics of global capitalism. And he studies how the growth of private authority influences domestic legal developments and the power of countries to regulate foreign commerce. And he also has ongoing projects and related areas, including special economic zones, anti-corruption efforts, and global competition law.

Last but certainly not least, we have Prasad Krishnamurthy, who is with Berkeley’s Law faculty. He holds a JD from Yale Law School and a PhD in economics as well, so brings a wide variety of perspectives. His research includes financial regulation, antitrust and competition policy, consumer law and policy, and distributive justice.

I will say, in putting together this panel, I was more familiar with my fellow political scientists research, but really enjoyed reading some of your research on the regulation of banks and the consequences for, say, wages and small businesses. And I think that’s really relevant for the conversations we’ll be having today.

So without further ado, we can dive into some opening thoughts. And, Amy Pond, why don’t you kick us off, please?

AMY POND: Ryan, thank you so much. It’s just it’s a complete pleasure to be here. And thank you all also for joining us. It’s really nice to be here. It’s really nice to get to talk to people across different disciplines, because when you study antitrust, right, you really have to channel some divides. There’s people working on this in law and economics and political science and others.

And so sometimes I’m more familiar about the work in my area, but it’s so important to become informed about what others are doing as well. So I’m especially excited to be part of this.

I guess most of my work began with just this really simple motivation. So first, I’ll talk a little bit about what I think we know in terms of the parts of the field that I know the best, and then I’ll talk about what some of my research and most of this is co-authored with Ryan.

So in terms of the simple motivation, I mean, markets are becoming increasingly concentrated. If I were to put some– if I were to put a picture up right, I would have probably put this picture of the number of firms that are currently publicly traded in the United States, because the number has halved between 1997 and 2017.

And this isn’t necessarily a bad thing. And there are a lot of different explanations for this. When I think about the economics literature, I think the big one tends to be that it’s an increased number of mergers and acquisitions. And so we just have firms exiting the financial market. Another aspect of this is global trade and investment. It’s being dominated by the largest firms, that’s led to an increase in concentration in general.

So as I said, this isn’t necessarily a bad thing, but I think there are important reasons to be cautious about this. So in economics, we tend to think that more concentrated markets are going to be less competitive. This is going to lead to elevated prices and costs for consumers. There’s also some evidence that there are lower returns to labor, for example, as a share of value added. So firms are earning larger profits, but they’re not necessarily passing that along to laborers.

When we think about this in politics, we often think of these really large firms having an advantage in terms of overcoming collective action challenges. And so they’re better able to lobby and thus, have more political influence. And so this is kind of where I entered the literature. And I’ll talk about three separate projects.

I think the first one is just that– I argue that concentration doesn’t just affect the political influence of firms. It might also affect what they’re actually demanding from politicians. So if you think about potentially two ideal type markets, where you have one that’s focused on just one large firm, another that has many small firms, that large firm is going to be better able to secure their political preferences, so policies that are biased in their favor potentially creating entry barriers to their competitors, whereas if small firms tried to do that, there’d be a bunch of firms lobbying against them. And so those efforts would cancel out.

And so I argue that these markets that have many small firms are going to– the firms operating in those markets are going to prefer more public-goods policies that attempt to level the playing field, like strong property rights. And we in political science tend to think that property rights is a really important building block on the way to democratization.

And I have some survey evidence from business executives operating in Latin America. It’s consistent with this kind of argument. I’m happy to talk more about that research, if you all are interested. And then I have another set of papers looking at the context in which antitrust policy is made. And one of these papers just came out in Business and Politics. We have our editor here in the audience, so very excited to be here.

And so one of the arguments in this paper is that because these large firms are so effective at getting their policy preferences realized, they are going to earn larger profits. Like there’s more concentration, less competition. So they earn larger profits. They’re going to be able to use these profits to influence policy.

And so those firms that earn larger profits, we’re going to see them making larger tax payments and potentially also, unofficial payments like corrupt payments, are going to be better able to protect themselves from the enforcement of antitrust policy. And so in a cross-national sample, I show that firms that provide more revenue to governments are allowed to grow larger. This is controlling for their profit level, actually. It’s not sensitive to that.

And these effects are especially pronounced under authoritarian political institutions, which we think should be less attuned to consumer interests and also more able to violate the independence of regulators. So I think one crucial topic that we’re often talking about with antitrust law is how independent are regulators. And I’m happy to return to that any time if you all are interested.

And then the third project that Ryan and I have worked on is looking at citizen support for antitrust. So when do regular citizens, when are they willing to demand that the government do something about concentration? I think this is a really important question, because if you think about who benefits and who pays the costs of concentration, it’s going to be large firms are going to be demanding weak enforcement of antitrust, and the beneficiaries potentially have much harder time overcoming collective action problems. But politicians aren’t going to do anything unless citizens are motivating them to do so.

So we just to give you a preview of some of our results. We find that everyone is really worried about how competition might undermine the ability of firms to compete abroad. They’re also very attuned to fairness concerns. And we find that people who position their political ideology on the left are more concerned about the anti-democratic effects. And people on the right are more concerned about punishing companies who are successful.

And so, just to conclude, I think one of the big unanswered questions that we don’t know is how increases in concentration are going to be met. There’s a historical literature arguing that as you see more and more concentration, that’s going to foment support for antitrust and lead to stricter regulation. But there’s not a clear prediction about when that would happen or under what conditions it would happen.

And there’s a recent formal literature in economics looking at how concentration can create a vicious cycle. And if concentration begets political control, then they’re going to implement policies that just further that concentration. And so you can see this cycle. So I’m really looking forward to your comments and just having a conversation with all of you.

RYAN BRUTGER: Great. Thanks so much, Amy. Appreciate that. And Michael, we’ll turn it over to you.

MICHAEL ALLEN: All right. So I made some slides. So I’ll just go over here to share these. Yeah, so while I’m getting this, thanks, Ryan, so much for– and the Matrix– for hosting us. Yeah, super interesting panel. Very happy to take part in it.

What I thought I would spend my time and, I guess, your time to doing was just presenting some data on the kind of global diffusion of antitrust laws around the world. And then also just to give a high-level overview of how political scientists and historians and economists have thought about how to make sense of these kind of global patterns in enactment of antitrust legislation around the world.

So just to give a quick sense of how this stuff has changed over time. So this is just a snapshot, this is presenting data from this great project called the Comparative Competition Law Data Set, which was led by Andrew Bradford at Columbia and Adam Chilton at Chicago.

And so what they do is they coded all of these different antitrust laws around the world, going back to 1889 with the first law that was passed in Canada. And so as you can see here, the ones in blue signify the countries that have passed some kind of law. And so by the end of World War II, there’s basically limited to the US, Europe, and some commonwealth countries and Canada.

By the end of the Cold War, though, it had been a pretty dramatic expansion. Though it was limited, it seems to be kind of biased towards countries that heavily trade with the United States. So you see, a lot of the expansion is in East Asia, with Korea, Japan, Latin America, India, and some of the commonwealth countries.

But this changed a lot after the end of the Cold War and the decline of the Soviet Union. Countries are transitioning to market economies. And you see this really dramatic expansion in every region of the world and countries that have enacted these kind of general antitrust or competition policies. So this is not looking at sector-specific policies that we might get into during the discussion. But these are laws that set the rules of the road for competition across the economy as a whole.

And so I thought I’d categorize these different buckets of explanations into things that are kind of purely domestic factors that might explain why a country might adopt a competition law. And then I’m going to end with talking a bit about the international forces, in particular, like the role of global trade and how that affects the incentives to enact these laws.

And so the simplest, earliest explanation that you might see related to what I was just saying is that there’s been this kind of gradual transition amongst a number of economies around the world, away from planned economies towards market-oriented economies. And so competition authorities, obviously, play a bigger role in those kinds of jurisdictions.

Particularly, you can see on the right-hand side there, which plots the number of any type of antitrust law. So even reforming existing antitrust laws per year, there’s been this huge explosion after the end of the– dissolution of the Soviet Union at the end of the Cold War. These countries are transitioning to market economies.

And then another way that political scientists have thought about this, too, is not so much related to the structure of the economy as a whole, but to think about the kinds of interest groups that might benefit or lose from policies like competition policy or antitrust laws. And so one way to think about it is that antitrust law is they promote competition, which lowers prices, increases quality, incentivizes innovation, and which benefits consumers and consumers vote. And so in a democracy, they prioritize the interests of– these types of interests. And you might get more antitrust laws in those types of settings.

To add a kind of twist to it, you can then add different twists to this type of story. So, for example, Steve Weymouth has an argument that says, well, you might think that labor would benefit from antitrust rules, but there’s some types of labor organizations that have real leverage over their employers and might be able to extract some of the benefits of operating in a concentrated market. And so he finds in countries, where you have larger amounts of labor power, that you don’t see as strong of a connection between democratic transitions and enactment of democracy.

So the basic idea, though, is however you want to– what theory you want to apply, the idea is that– you might think about how different kinds of interest groups benefit or lose, and how the political institutions prioritize some types of groups over others as a way to predict how whether or not a country will enact its something like a competition law.

And then the second aspect of the domestic feature is– so I’m borrowing this term from a Robert Pitofsky, who is the chair of the FTC under Clinton, who, in an article in 1979, drew this distinction between what he called the political content of antitrust law and its economic content. And so this quote, there’s a lot to debate about it.

And so setting aside whether or not it is good or bad policy to incorporate political values in how you interpret the antitrust laws. I never find that it’s a kind of a useful distinction in thinking about how politicians or activists generate political coalitions that support the enactment of antitrust laws, or maybe oppose them.

And so what he meant by the economic content was kind of just what I was just describing. So there’s certain winners and losers, and you can see how those preferences get aggregated within the domestic political system. But then there’s something else that he argued, that there’s something kind of resonant between the goals of antitrust and just general democratic values writ large. So the basic idea is that there’s this fear that excessive corporate concentration can disrupt or corrupt democratic political processes.

So one thing I really like these old comics, I just felt like this kind of characterized some of the popular attitudes around antitrust in this was in, I think, the late 1880s from Puck magazine– that’s a P at the top of the page there– where it’s showing this snake with monopoly on its chest. Snakes have chests.

And then it’s wrapped around the US Capitol and it’s threatening Lady Liberty. And it says down here, Puck [INAUDIBLE] is asking Uncle Sam, what are you going to do about it? And so this has led to a kind of greater expectation that democracies have this– on top of the types of people, types of interest that democracies tend to prioritize, there’s this kind of deeper connection between democracy and the goals of antitrust that we should allow us to expect to find a more democratically oriented political systems to adopt similar kinds of policies.

So in one paper that I have jointly with Ken Scheve at Yale and David Stasavage, we use the– we find that– so when a lot of these early antitrust laws were passed in the United States, it was during a period in which not all senators were popularly elected. And so one of the things that we found is that senators that are popularly elected are more likely to support antitrust reform, like strict, more stricter antitrust laws than those that were nominated or selected by their state legislatures.

And then just from a global perspective, this is plotting similar data from that comparative competition law data set. And so on the y-axis is just this goes from 0 to 1. You can happy to talk about it more, but you can think about this as just higher values stricter antitrust laws. And then I’ve just plotted the average across democracies and non-democracies over time.

So you can see there’s this pretty consistent democratic advantage or preference for antitrust that shifts after 1990, when you have more countries that are transitioning to market economies, but not transitioning to democratic political systems. But the gap between democracy and non-democracies stays pretty consistent and actually kind of grows over time.

Now, the last point I want to make is about the kind of international aspects of antitrust law. So from the very beginning of these debates, there’s this connection made between trade and concentration. And so you see this, this is just a screenshot of a speech that was given at a pretty influential conference in Chicago in 1899 about the trust problem in the United States. And this is a common political refrain at the time that the tariff was the mother of the truss.

And so there are some scholars that argue– [INAUDIBLE] argues that the Canadian law, passed in 1889 prior to the Sherman Act of 1890, was primarily passed because as a kind of compensation for enacting after that a really high tariff. So you’d have the tariff that would protect the domestic industry. But to prevent some of the other ills of having concentration that might be caused by the tariff, there was an antitrust law to try to mitigate some of those negative consequences.

And on the flip side, you might think that trade was seen as– the reason trade was the mother of the tariff was because it would make it more difficult for domestic firms to collude, because a foreign firm could then could undercut the agreement made by the domestic cartel. And there are two problems with this view. The first is more just empirical, is that just what you would expect there is that, as trade expands, there’d be this kind of negative relationship with antitrust. But that’s just not how the kind of global economic cookie crumbled.

So you have, in the ’90s, a dramatic expansion of global trade. And at the same time, lots of countries were enacting antitrust legislation. On the other side, it just turns out that, and some people argue, that it might actually– global trade might not just make it harder to clue. It might make it increase the incentive, because it might be harder for domestic regulators to track agreements between firms to carve up markets across multiple jurisdictions.

So this led to a separate view that rather than being substitute for each other, antitrust and trade might be complementary and serve the same goals. So you have some– so Anu Bradford and Adam Chilton, who developed this data set that I was just presenting some data from, find that there’s this very tight connection between a country’s level of trade openness and their antitrust policies. The more open you are, the stricter your antitrust laws are.

And because of this possibility of increased collusion across borders, you would expect to see more cooperation between jurisdictions over antitrust laws. And what you’ve seen in the last probably 30 years or so is that there are agreements between countries to share information, maybe assist in investigations that are cross borders.

What I’ve plotted here is just the countries in blue are the countries that have– whose competition authorities have signed cooperation agreements with the US Federal Trade Commission, which is one of the bodies that deals with antitrust in the United States, for cooperation specifically related to antitrust. And you can see there’s a pretty heavy bias here, too, towards the countries that the US trades with a lot, like it’s China and lots of South and Central American countries, Japan, India, the EU.

And then to add one last wrinkle before I stop talking, to build off of one of the points that Professor Pond made, is that there might be a kind of– in this world with trade and antitrust, there might be a kind of a disadvantage for enforcing or having strict antitrust laws domestically.

So suppose you have these big export firms that are trying to compete in global markets, you might be able to give them a little bit of a competitive edge by weakening your own laws. So it creates a kind of free rider problem or cooperation problem.

And so one of the things that you see when you look at preferential trade agreements today is there’s been this increasing shift towards including provisions in those treaties that stipulate different provisions of how the country’s antitrust laws or competition policy ought to be structured. So, particularly the EU, which is generally seen as having a pretty strict competition regime, has been at the forefront of conditioning trade agreements on the other country, also having and enforcing its own competition laws.

So there’s benefits in terms of maybe harmonizing rules across jurisdictions for firms that are operating across jurisdictions. But I think there’s also an element in which this might help resolve some of the competitive elements that might lead to weakening antitrust in a world of global trade. And so I will just leave it there. And thank you and looking forward to the discussion.

RYAN BRUTGER: Thank you. All right. We’re getting lots of interesting thoughts and conversation starters. What’s that? I know I’m just giving him time to come back to my seat. All right. So we’ll now turn it over to Prasad.

PRASAD KRISHNAMURTHY: Thank you, Ryan. Good afternoon, everyone. It’s been really interesting to hear this discussion of antitrust from a number of different perspectives, and I will keep with the theme of the afternoon so far by offering a very different perspective from than what has come before.

I am a lawyer and also an economist, and I’ll have a few things to say about economics, but I will take more of a US legal perspective on how to think about current trends in antitrust. So I hope, especially for some of the students here, that by the end of this, you’ll feel more confident reading articles about Google and Meta and so on and the cases against them. And I have a sense of what are the stakes in these.

So in preparing these remarks– there are hundreds of antitrust cases a year. In preparing these remarks, I read all the cases since the Trump administration in 2016. And that’s a lie. I looked at some of the big cases, and I thought, let me try to pull out some of the big themes.

So in my time here and I’ll try to finish an expedited way, I want to advance three main arguments. First is that contrary to a lot of what you might read in the media and even what some of the defense side law firms are circulating in their publications, I want to suggest to you that all of the recent cases that are being brought that you read about in the news are very traditional antitrust cases.

And the kind of claims that are being bought– I’m not saying whether the plaintiff or defendant should win, but the kind of claims that are being brought are kind very consistent with the US tradition of antitrust. There’s nothing kind of really radical or a departure from the past here as far as the major claims.

Second, that if you– I think, unfortunately, it’s hard to read anything in the media these days on US antitrust without the reporter at some point getting into a debate over whether antitrust follows a consumer welfare standard. So I want to try to clean some things up in that area. And I want to suggest that when you read that should more or less ignore it.

And the reasons why it will be that, in general, as a matter of ordinary language and law, antitrust does not follow a consumer welfare standard. That is the language that economists use for what antitrust does. But in what economists are doing, it’s perfectly fine. Within their self-understanding of what consumer welfare means, that approach is quite valid and quite useful. So I’ll say more about it, but that’ll be the basic line.

And then third, many of the issues that were talked about in this panel that the public is concerned with antitrust rising concentration in the United States and in many other countries, domination of certain key infrastructure by a few companies, the entire communication infrastructure and internet infrastructure by a few companies, all of online retail by a few companies, that these concerns are perhaps better addressed by laws and regulation and political action that is actually quite distinct from antitrust. That antitrust maybe has to be a little bit more humble with respect to what it can do in light of these issues.

So let me start with the first claim on the tradition of US law in the recent cases. So first, I have to describe US law. The nice thing about antitrust is that the structure of the law is very simple. There are two kinds of antitrust claims. There is a claim of collusion, and there is a claim of exclusion. What’s collusion?

Collusion is a situation in which firms get together and agree to, say, fixed prices on a consumer or fixed prices on some customer. And we can understand from the economics that we shouldn’t allow that because that’s going to create, under most economic models, a deadweight loss and a harm.

Now is this a harm that is focused on computers– or excuse me, on consumers? In the law, not at all. If firms get together and fix prices on a consumer, it’s illegal. If they fix prices on some customer, who’s a business, also illegal. Fixed prices on a supplier, illegal. Worker, illegal.

Any agreement between firms to limit prices, quantity, quality, innovation, investment levels, credit terms, it’s illegal. And it’s illegal because it causes that kind of a deadweight loss. So it applies across the board. And so as a matter of ordinary language and as a matter of law, because in law we have to define, well, who can bring the case? What are the damages/ to whom are the damages are owed? So we don’t use a consumer standard for the law because the claims can be bought by anyone who’s suffering a harm, any direct party to the transaction.

Now, economists will say this is governed by a consumer welfare standard. And they are correct, because the idea is that there’s a deadweight loss. And in economics, when there’s a deadweight loss, that means there must have been some harm to someone’s consumption. And that’s what the economists are talking about. And they can analyze antitrust policies within that framework. And it’s really quite valid, but it’s separate from the law and it’s separate kind of from ordinary language. So that’s collusion.

The chief area of collusion cases and the easiest to prosecute in a way, but as a legal matter, are cartel cases. And I think it’s worth noting because some of the panelists have talked about this, there are many international price fixing cartels. And they often require a cross-jurisdictional coordination in order to figure out whether the cartel is taking place.

But from a lawyer’s perspective, these cases, there’s no interesting law in these cases. If you can prove that they fixed the prices, you have a criminal indictment, you’re going to win the case. The difficulty is the proof, because they’re going to try to hide it. So these cases, they don’t make the headlines very much. But they’re a very important part of domestic and international antitrust enforcement.

And I’ll note parenthetically, as a local matter, recently, the Trump administration has said they want to close the Chicago and San Francisco field offices of the DOJ for antitrust enforcement. And I don’t know much about the Chicago office, but the field office in San Francisco specializes in cartel cases. And they have prosecuted– if you go to their website, it’s pretty fun. Cartel cases are fun to read about because what’s going on is kind of interesting.

They have prosecuted dozens of cartel cases in the California economy in the past decade or so. And those cases require investigation. They require public enforcement because private parties can’t get the information in the same way that DOJ can. As anyone who saw the TV show The Wire knows, the feds can get wiretaps, and they can get information the way private parties can.

So collusion cases or cartel cases are very important. The collusion cases that get the most interest as far as the newspapers are concerned and online media is concerned are mergers. And I’ll have something to say about mergers following. OK, so that’s collusion.

Exclusion happens when one firm or a firm working in concert with other firms takes some action against its rivals. For example, cutting them off from a source of supply or cutting them off from a source of distribution, in a way that isn’t just about competition on the merits, but is done solely to harm that rival. So this is illegal.

Is it, for example, and is it described by consumer welfare standard? No, but the harm is to businesses rivals. The harm is to their competitors. Competitors are often the ones who are bringing these suits. Competitors are the ones who are getting damages. Competitors are the ones who are showing that there was a harm to them. So as a matter of ordinary language, you wouldn’t say that it’s consumers that are harmed.

And as a matter of legal language, we don’t. But the economists are still correct in their models that this is a harm for consumer welfare, because we’re not counting all harms. But if I, as a firm, make a better product or service than my competitor and they’re harmed, there’s no antitrust claim.

It’s only harms that will have some downstream effect, some downstream effect on other parties, which will mean some harm to consumption, some harm to welfare. And that’s what the economists are talking about when they say even exclusion follows a consumer welfare standard. They’re right, they’re right in their kind of conceptual worldview. But that’s not the worldview of the law and kind of public discussion.

And so let me talk about some exclusion cases. So we’ve got now, if you go to law school, just skip taking antitrust. You’ve got it all. You’ve got collusion. You’ve got exclusion. You can go to the cases. So let me talk about a few of the cases. I don’t think I’m going to get to talk about everything.

So one of the recent cases was against Google with respect to how it was prohibiting or other parties from getting their search engines onto Google’s commercial partner. So Google would say to Apple, we want you to place our search engine as the search engine in Safari, and of course, the search engine in Chrome as a default matter. And then consumers, they wouldn’t change that from that practice.

So Google, the claim by the DOJ against Google is that they were using these kind of paid tactics to cement their market control in search, like Google is clearly the leader in online search. So that would be considered an example of exclusion because Google is paying Apple and saying, here’s the money, and we want you to make it hard for our competitors to access your Apple interface. So you can make it out as a claim for exclusion.

But it also shows that exclusion cases are hard to win. It’s easy to win those cartel cases, but the exclusion cases are hard to win because Google has a defense. And Google’s defense is that we’re just paying for shelf space. When you go into the supermarket and you walk along the aisle, the aisle that is at your eye level costs a lot more to place the products than the aisle that’s near your feet. And companies are bidding for that.

When you click on something online, you see an advertisement, that advertisement is the result of a competing auction and simultaneous bids in a market clearing mechanism that allowed someone who wanted to give you an ad to pay money to show you that ad. So this is ubiquitous in the economy. And Google would say, why should it be illegal if we’re doing it?

So these exclusion cases always have that character, because the conduct that they’re being accused of is conduct that if the firm didn’t have market power, it would be just fine. It would be just fine. It’s only that we’re potentially calling the action illegal because of their power.

If there are any sports fans and you listen to– and you’re following the NBA playoffs, you might watch TNT, and Shaquille O’Neal is one of the commentators. And Shaq will always say, they’re calling all these fouls on me and I’m just touching people up. Now Shaq is enormous. He’s like 7 feet tall and 300 pounds.

So when Shaq touches someone, they go flying across the court. And the refs are calling a foul. And he says, but yet all these little guards, they’ll throw a punch at me and the ref won’t even call it. So that’s antitrust. Shaquille O’Neal understands antitrust very well. We have different rules for companies that have market power. We don’t just let Google touch up. DOJ won the case. So we don’t just let Google touch up its competitors.

A similar case for exclusion involved Google and the online ad space where Google controls firms that help– if you’re a publisher of a website, how do you place your ads? And then there’s an exchange that matches the ads. And so there’s a whole ecosystem of online ads.

Another case against Google that was recently decided, last week, was that Google monopolized in that ad by tying together its services. Again, ties happen all the time. And if you go to a burger place and they tell you we’re giving you a burger and fries, you’re not going to turn around and sue them for antitrust violation. But if a firm has substantial market power, then its ties can potentially be illegal.

I’m not going to be able to do all my exclusion cases, but that’s a take on some of the exclusion. Let me say a little bit about mergers. How much– how much time is it?

SARAH HARRINGTON: Five more minutes.

PRASAD KRISHNAMURTHY: OK, perfect, perfect. So collusion cases, we’ve got cartel cases. Not that interesting legally. Collusion cases are also merger cases because the idea is that two firms are merging, so we’re losing the competition between them. They’re in a way colluding by having the merger.

We also worry about whether after the merger, the market is now less competitive because more players have been kind of taken off the field. So that’s the major concern with mergers. But it’s important to get a sense of what is and is not possible as far as merger enforcement.

So I’m going to focus on 2022, where we have the full regulatory report of all the numbers. So mergers have to get reported to the federal government, the FTC and the DOJ, if they’re above a certain size. That size is about $120 million as far as the size of the transaction.

From 2013 to 2020, so in that seven-year span, the highest number of reported transactions was 2,111. And that was in 2018. So that means, more or less the last decade of 2010 to 2020, the highest number of mergers in a year was about 2,000

In 2021, there were 3,520 transactions reported. So that’s more than had ever been– you have to go back to 2000, you have to go back to the beginning of the century to find a higher number. And yet whenever I would open the Business Press, I would read articles about how the Biden administration and Lina Khan was suppressing US mergers.

Now, how is that possible when there are 3,520 transactions? Now, they might have been deterring specific transactions. That could very well be the case. But could merger policy have been substantially dampening mergers during that period of the Biden administration? I would say no. And so it’s important to keep that limitation in mind.

So when these 3,152 HSR like these filings came in, what did the Feds do? 47 times, they offered what’s called a second request. That’s where the FTC, DOJ say, we’ve looked at your initial filing. We think there could be some problem. We’d like some more information. So the 47 out of 3,152, that’s 1.5%. So 1.5% of transactions get a second look.

What did the DOJ do with the 47 transactions? They brought six lawsuits, 10 of the mergers were abandoned. They just didn’t want to deal with it after the second request. And then [INAUDIBLE] lawsuit. And in those lawsuits, there was some abandonment. They won a couple. They lost a couple.

So four suits litigated right by the DOJ essentially for mergers for that entire year. So this is not going to have a substantial deterrent effect on mergers. What it can do is it can affect the mergers that took take place. And some of those mergers involve firms that are very substantial from the standpoint of their injuries or standpoint of their industry.

So it still has a big impact on the industry [INAUDIBLE] down that really takes place and the limited way in which the mergers can happen. So I’ll talk about one merger and then conclude.

So it’s a case that wasn’t really litigated as a merger. And this is Meta’s acquisition of WhatsApp and Instagram. And so that acquisition took place 10 years ago. It wasn’t challenged by the DOJ at the time, but it is being challenged now and they’re going to trial. And Mark Zuckerberg testified last week. So it’s a hot topic in contemporary antitrust.

And the issue is that, at least according to the plaintiff, according to the government, that Meta bought these two companies and they bought them with the intention of actually shelving them. And so that’s problematic. And after having consolidated them into one company, they are now using the combined platform to deter other rivals from entering into the social media space.

So that’s an exclusion claim. What they’re doing is they’re using their control over a particular ecosystem to try to prevent other rivals. That’s the exclusion part of it. And the purchase of the two competitors is a kind of collusion claim. So they’ve got two of them mixed together.

Parenthetically, I think, so in a case like this, you have to prove that Meta is a monopolist, that they have substantial market power. And you have to prove that the harm was exclusionary. I think the government may succeed that Meta has the requisite market power. But trying to prove that the harm was exclusionary is going to be difficult because WhatsApp and Instagram have thrived.

But keep your eye out on it and understand the nature of the claims there. So in conclusion, I have sought to advance three arguments. Admittedly, I haven’t said much about the third, but I’ll say a little more about it.

The first is that all of the high profile cases we are reading about what Lina Khan did as head of the FTC, the cases brought by the Biden administration, the cases that are being continued by the Trump administration, these fit into the collusion exclusion paradigm. In that way, antitrust is a fairly mature body of law. I don’t see that much legal innovation that’s kind of taking place at that broader level.

But this is not to say that the cases are not innovative and new. They’re innovative in that they are being brought against these major companies. And the cases were not brought against these major companies in the past. Investigations took place and the investigations ferreted out activity that was potentially problematic. And all of that is a kind of a new situation where these companies are now on notice that they’re not going to get potentially a free pass for things that are potentially exclusive and are tilting the playing field in their favor. So those aspects of these cases are quite new.

Consumer welfare standard, I told you it doesn’t describe the law, but it does describe what economists do and the way in which economists analyze different antitrust laws and their implications is very useful for antitrust law and policy. So we just have to keep the languages distinct.

I had said this collusion and exclusion is all we’ve got in antitrust. We’re in an academic institution. And so I don’t want to discourage innovation. So where can there be new conceptual thinking in antitrust? I’ll offer one possibility. Hopefully, one of you will take me up on it.

In the early 20th century, there was a lot of discussion in antitrust cases of harm to small businesses. And it was thought of as being a discrete harm. And that has completely disappeared from the case law. And the question is why? And that’s the kind of historical question. And then I think a normative question is, well, how could it be reintroduced? And how could you create legal standards or a policy framework that takes into account small business harm as well?

Because the public clearly cares about it. And they clearly expect antitrust to do something about it. But in its current guise, it doesn’t do so directly. I mean, there’s still exclusion, which there can be exclusion of a small business, and then you’ve got a case.

But there’s nothing like, in some of these early merger cases, it was said, look, these are mergers. Bigger companies are taking place. Smaller companies are no longer able to compete. And so we’re going to consider that a harm. We don’t do that anymore. And the interesting question is why. And if not– and if we were going to do it, how we were going to– how would we do it?

And then lastly, I mentioned, and I’ll try to be brief, on the limits of antitrust. In my view, when you read what the public is concerned about with respect to Google and with respect to Apple or Meta and WhatsApp and Instagram and so on, they’re concerned about the general information ecosystem of our society, where we get our information, where we get our news, how we create our political ideologies and alignments and so on.

And I just don’t think antitrust is ultimately capable of solving policy and political problems in those areas, that it requires legislation and requires rulemaking by agencies, that’s just different from what we have seen in the past. In many ways, antitrust is going in the opposite direction to some of these concerns, because antitrust is a one-way competition ratchet. All you can do is make the economy more competitive Under antitrust law.

Do we want the Facebook, WhatsApp, Instagram sphere to be more competitive? If it’s more competitive, that means people spend more time watching it, because they are more addicted and more glued to it. But is that what people’s concern is? It’s like Instagram is not good enough. We need it to be even better, so that it can be the Instagram of our dreams, at least as the parent of a nine-year-old kid. That’s not what I’m thinking about with respect to– similarly, with respect to Amazon.

Like all these cases are presumably going to do is create more competition in online retail because that’s Amazon’s market. But with Amazon, we’re concerned about mom-and-pop businesses that are being pushed away by Amazon. If there are five Amazons that are even better than Amazon, that’s not good for a brick-and-mortar bookstore here in Berkeley.

So I think it’s important to keep in mind, competition only goes in one direction. And often society is concerned about something different than competition or things, even too much competition may not be a good thing. Lastly– and I’m done. I’ve talked over my time.

RYAN BRUTGER: All right. Well, thank you all for giving us a really good primer for our conversation today. And I want to pick up on one of the– or some of the points that Prasad were raising and connect them to some other ideas. So I’ll start by asking or thinking about how the technological change that has led to some of these companies that you were just mentioning might have changed the politics and incentives for stronger antitrust.

And so I’ll start with this being posed to the whole panel. But when we have now companies that use social networks as part of their product and social networks are more effective when they are larger, not fragmented. , how has that changed things? Or that many of these provide free products, you mentioned Google search. You mentioned you can engage with these and the consumer isn’t paying for it necessarily.

They pay for it through advertising and things that happens. But it’s a very different marketplace than perhaps when we think of the first Gilded Age and what led to some of the antitrust. So I’m curious if any of you would like to comment on how that might shape the push for antitrust or the lack of push for it politically for our political scientists.

Or potentially, how that also maybe has altered, if at all, the cases that are being brought on those dimensions, even if we’re not using a strict or using a consumer welfare standpoint, but whether that has even changed the motivation to bring those types of cases. So I’ll open that up to the panelists if you’d like to jump in, anyone.

PRASAD KRISHNAMURTHY: Maybe we’ll just move this way.

AMY POND: I don’t know. Go ahead.

MICHAEL ALLEN: Oh, sure, I can– yeah, I think there’s definitely a connection between technological change and these demand for changes in antitrust. So maybe because of my interest in the history of this stuff, it’s not an accident that you saw the initial push for antitrust in the United States happened in the late 19th century, when there were these big technological shocks that had, for the first time, created getting closer to a real national market within the United States, like prior to these communication technologies and transit through railroads and stuff, that type of national market wasn’t really didn’t really exist.

And that led to a lot of adjustments by local markets and exploitation, maybe through these kind of new monopolies that had controlled the railroads and so on. And so I think there’s definitely a sense that when you have these big shocks, and there’s clear winners and losers, antitrust is part of the political response that comes out of that kind of political mix.

And I think also getting at the point about whether or not antitrust is the right way to do it, one of the things that I think gets discounted in the history of the US history is that three years before the passage of the Sherman Act, they passed a law creating this thing called the Interstate Commerce Commission, which was that we say antitrust started in 1890, but that was really kind of a law to deal with railroads and how they set their prices and who’s allowed to use them and so on.

And so that’s kind of like a bill that was designed to resolve a very specific problem to that came out of this kind of big technological change and the economic concentration that resulted from it. And so I think if you look at also in the United States, but elsewhere, there’s this other side of the not the antitrust tradition, but how do we deal with economic concentration, very specific sectors, that is another key part of how to think about the politics of antitrust or concentration.

PRASAD KRISHNAMURTHY: Yeah. I agree with what you said. I think there are a lot of historical parallels in the sense that there was tremendous industrial concentration around economies of scale in the early part of the 20th century. So in that way, yes, the economies of scale are different now in many of these industries, it’s network effects and things of that nature. But I think antitrust was built around that idea. And we’re not– shouldn’t be shocked by the newness of that one.

One thing I think has changed on the consumer side is that I think many more of the consumer issues that we see, and you mentioned the free goods and so on, that we see that are of concern in these dominated markets are involved the behavioral economics of consumers, as opposed to in the early 20th century, was the milk rotten or not?

It’s fairly straightforward kind of question. And you don’t want the cartels to rot in the milk– rot the milk. So I think we, in that way, face more difficult questions of paternalism and freedom and the like, around regulating in these spaces where many of the big tech firms operate.

On this issue of when this choice between antitrust and kind of direct regulation, I think one interesting current area where the EU and the US have differed, for example, is around search. And I’m not a deep expert in this area. But as I understand it, the Europeans have more or less promulgated regulations around what any search engine has to do so as to be kind of fair and transparent and so on. We don’t have anything like that.

And the cases that have tried to be litigated against Google, claiming that Google favors its own content in its search have not gone anywhere. And so I think an important area. And it’s one where it’s directly at that kind of antitrust regulation interface.

And even if we were to win a suit against Google, it would only apply to Google, because it’s an antitrust case. Whereas if you have a regulation for search engines, it applies to any search engine, whether it has monopoly power or not. So I think we’re going to grapple with these issues.

RYAN BRUTGER: So one question I want to pick up on then is thinking about whether it’s grappling with these issues through specifically antitrust policy or potential legislation in other areas of what might lead to a political moment and political will to get to that point.

So you mentioned that there was a time when thinking about antitrust as being protecting small businesses or the harm to small businesses as being unique. That’s actually something that came up in Amy and I’s research, is looking at public attitudes towards protecting small businesses versus other things. And as Amy mentioned in her opening remarks, one of the findings we found was that Americans were very concerned about the competitiveness of US firms in international markets, and that seemed to move them much more than concern for protecting domestic small businesses.

Admittedly, that surprised us. We thought that protecting small businesses would be really important. So, Amy, since you and I have done some of the work, I might put you on the spot and say, do you have any thoughts on what’s most likely to lead toward a political will potentially coming from constituents, but maybe other actors as well, since I know your work crosses many spaces?

AMY POND: I mean, when I think about small businesses and antitrust, I think this is another one of the big differences between US antitrust law and European antitrust law, where I am not an expert in this area. If you’re not, I’m really not.

But my impression from reading some of this literature is that there’s been more of a tolerance for allowing small businesses to coordinate their behaviors in Europe, whereas in the United States, we apply this kind of same standard of no collusion across firms of all sizes. And this is what allowed small businesses in Europe to remain to be able to compete with these larger firms. And so maybe antitrust law is not the right– I don’t– maybe, yeah, I mean, it’s just not the right tool for this.

One area where I think there is a lot of political pressure to do something right now, and again, maybe antitrust law is not the right tool for considering this, but in terms of information provision. So if we think about a lot of people are getting their news and information from these social networking sites, it’s not clear that it should be one company that’s allowed to continue to do that.

And maybe that’s regulation. But I think historically, regulators haven’t been separate from antitrust law breaking up large firms. That’s just how we’ve been thinking about it, I think. So maybe we need a bigger departure.

RYAN BRUTGER: Great. So I have lots more thoughts to guide the conversation, but I realize with only 20 minutes left and a room full of interested people, I’d like to start a list as well. So we’ve got lots of people. We’ll start here in the front. And Sarah is going to help us make sure we have microphones.

And so please begin. And please introduce yourself if you don’t mind just.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yeah. My name is Clayton. And I’ve worked in Asia as an expatriate. So one question I have is on a global basis, what is the remedy for all this? And does the remedy involve ensuring our US companies are very competitive on a global basis?

Because if you look at China, they’re entrepreneurial, but they have state-run, they have large companies. We have to– in my opinion, we have to make sure our companies are competitive across that. The old rule of [INAUDIBLE], they’re not going to be effective. I think China is a different game than Japan was, that’s not necessarily a good model. How does that work onto it?

And then quickly, you indicated, when you look at some of the harms at the same time when large companies buy smaller companies, they bring resources to the smaller companies. You get national distribution or global distribution. And then the question also is on the number of acquisitions that was done. Was that a lot because of PE and venture capital? They may have not existed 50 years ago. There’s a lot of VCPE, et cetera there. So a series of questions there.

RYAN BRUTGER: Great. So you want to jump in on the global component first?

AMY POND: I can if nobody has burning– I mean, I was thinking about this from the perspective of antitrust regulation. And there’s just some really interesting challenges when we start comparing regulators across contexts. There’s lots of challenges in terms of how they write the laws, but then also the capacity to enforce the laws and the ability to collect all this information and other countries, and the potential for regulators to be more politicized.

I mean, this is something that’s talked about in the US context, but I don’t think politicized to the same degree that antitrust regulators might be in other places.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I think the political issues will be global, like ensuring our global capability goes beyond politics or policy. What is the right policy to ensure that our companies are competitive on a global basis, not just in the domestic side?

RYAN BRUTGER: And one thing that comes to mind here is, I mean, there’s the competition, but then what creates the landscape for competition is also the interaction of our own antitrust policy with others. So for example, when China decided to put in place a new antitrust policy that was viewed as being more stringent, at least my reading on it was that this was really led to divisive reactions amongst businesses, some of whom thought, oh, if this is applied apolitically, this might actually allow us to compete better. And others saw it as a potential tool for hidden protectionism that if it is applied in a biased manner, that could disadvantage foreign firms even more in the Chinese market, for example.

And so I think, I mean, a question that I had hidden here, but we haven’t gotten to yet, was sort of, is there space for coordination on this? Because I think what we do in any one country certainly doesn’t function in a vacuum anymore. And it affects our competitiveness, both firms domestically against each other, but internationally.

In the long run, I’m of the mindset that there is much more room for international coordination and cooperation on that, but it’s a really hard area to bring jurisdictions into a level of harmony that I’m not optimistic that we’re going to make much progress on. Do you want to touch on this?

PRASAD KRISHNAMURTHY: Yeah, I wouldn’t mind jumping in on this as well. Vinny is here. He knows a lot about these issues.

I think you have to separate out antitrust policies that try to create new businesses and the innovation side of things, where I think, in general, there is an alignment between antitrust policy and of national policy. But when you get how to think about the antitrust practices with respect to large firms, I do think some trade-offs come into place, where, in the ’80s, for example, after the ’70s stagflation, ’80s merger policy was very open and policymakers were quite clear. We would need to allow mergers so that we can get let the biggest ones survive, and they will be our national champions because we have to be competitive in a global marketplace. So merger enforcement was relaxed with the idea of creating national champions.

You might think are the same way about monopolization practices. Even if firms are exercising monopoly power to inhibit competition, it might have a domestic cost, but it might have– if it leads them to conquer foreign markets, then it has foreign benefits and things would have to be traded off now.

Actually, courts don’t do this right. There is no court that’s going to sit and balance those things. But policymakers who think about enforcement and things like that probably do.

RYAN BRUTGER: So next, we have Vinny and then Steve on the list. And I’m happy to take more as well.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: So I really enjoyed the presentations. The more current discussion seems more international than your presentations, but I understand you’re presenting. But different countries, as Ryan just said, have a very different perspective on competition policy, and as Prasad just pointed out.

I mean, I have a good friend who is in the Justice Department doing foreign antitrust, and he was helping the Japanese, quote, “develop antitrust law,” and the Chinese developed antitrust law. And he went to Japan for a year. I said, so what’s it like? He said, it’s really different than Washington. Here, they’re trying to make trusts. There, we were doing antitrust.

So it’s a very different environment for me. And by the way, no one wants to talk to me because the Japanese are terrified that I might spill the beans on something. So his experience was interesting.

But when we think of the politicization of antitrust– and you could argue the Chinese have politicized antitrust in the current Trump campaign against with tariffs and so on. And they’re using antitrust as a potential weapon against large American corporations.

But they’re not the only ones. I mean, we can think of the Europeans have done it for a long time. I was speaking to an antitrust regulator in Europe, DG Competition. And they said, well, I said, you’re pretty anti-American. Oh, no, no, we’re just going after Americans because they happen to be big. I said, really? And you’re not worried about the fact that you can’t compete in the AI, you can’t compete in all these industries, and you have really no search engine? Oh, no. No, of course not. That’s not the way we operate.

But following on that, there’s also now, as we all know, a great deal of politicization of antitrust in the United States. So I would like any of you, whoever, would like to take up this question, to think about the politicization of antitrust and getting away just from what we would hope would be a legal policy that’s kind of indifferent to the politics, but that’s clearly not happening in many countries or in the United States. Thank you.

RYAN BRUTGER: Who wants to jump in? That Pitofsky quote, so I think–

MICHAEL ALLEN: Yeah, no, I think– yeah. On the point that the different, yeah, different regimes have very different goals that they’re trying to accomplish with their antitrust rules. And I think that’s part of the thing that also would limit– is what are the limits on a deeper cooperation around antitrust.

So you have some countries that have these kind of national champions and the competition laws are really about managing these large conglomerates to promote some level of competition between them and also their smaller domestic suppliers versus maybe the more traditional– not traditional, but the way it had done historically in the United States, where it wasn’t about inculcating these big national champions in export markets. And these kind of domestic little agreements over how antitrust operates in the country can create big disagreements on how different countries pursue different goals that will limit that cooperation.

But the other side of it is I think as an idea like antitrust is– it’s s of like a black box, and you could put all sorts of demands into it, and it kind of makes sense. So you have Jim Jordan on the right, who sees antitrust trying to make antitrust claims against the social media companies for, in their view, censoring conservative speech or now against the Ivy League schools for DEI and so on.

And so there’s lots of different ways that they’re capacious enough to allow for political actors to exploit them rhetorically to make all sorts of demands. And then whether or not, though, they work as a different question, I guess, but you can imagine that those are actually part of the coalition that might lead to explain certain kinds of political outcomes. And it could sway how judges will rule, depending on who gets appointed and things like that. But it definitely, at least at the rhetorical level, antitrust allows for that kind of politicization in the United States.

RYAN BRUTGER: [INAUDIBLE]

PRASAD KRISHNAMURTHY: I would agree with that. I would say, I think the system works well when the political views around antitrust are kind of channeled in a coherent way. And so the Trump administration backing the case against Meta, because they think social media is suppressing conservative voices, like that’s not within the traditional set of values and things that we ask antitrust to do.

But that framework, the frame– the existing framework can be quite broad. And in 1946, ’44, there was a famous case against Alcoa. And in that Alcoa case, the judge whose name was Learned Hand, and that’s not by accident. That’s a badass name for a judge, Learned Hand.

He gets very close to saying that Alcoa has violated the antitrust laws because it is a monopoly in the sense that it’s simply its status and size mean that it’s violated the law. He gets very close to saying that, and then he backs away from it and says, no, you’ve got to be a monopolist, and you have to have done something unfair. And so we have both of those prongs.

But you could have an antitrust law that says status size enough is a violation. You can’t have a framework like that. And many– some academics have advocated for it in the ’70s and so on, distinguished academics, even some at the University of Chicago.

And even if you didn’t go with that, you could have that conduct standard be very light. So that you’d be very close to status. Pretty much anyone with monopoly power who even trips over their shoes in the wrong way is violating the Sherman law.

You could have a law that we don’t have that, but you could have that. So those are the permissible boundaries of where the law can exist are very broad. And people have to contest them by electing– petitioning the legislatures and making rules and the like, so as to figure out where we’re going to fit in that spectrum.

AMY POND: Ryan, can I–

RYAN BRUTGER: Oh, yes, please.

AMY POND: I don’t think this adds– I think you already know this, Vinny, but maybe I’ll say it anyway. I mean, we talked about two different sources of politicization. We’ve talked about international for sure, like targeting antitrust towards international firms. You talked about a number of really recent examples, but also domestic targeting of antitrust.

This is something that the Chinese government has– people have said that they’re targeting specific firms domestically with antitrust law. And this happens in Russia as well. And so typically, the institutional design that we point out in response to this sort of challenge of politicization is that we’re going to make antitrust regulators independent from political oversight.

And so that’s– so then that independence becomes very important and maintaining that. But the ability to do so I think really relies on people making sure that politicians don’t intervene with these independent agencies.

RYAN BRUTGER: And we’re seeing some challenges and concerns with that in various ways, that was the part that was left unsaid. You turned the microphone off. OK. Steve.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Fantastic panel. I’m Steven Vogel, political science and political economy. My question is for Professor Krishnamurthy. So you kind of suggested that the Biden administration represented not a change in paradigm, but a change in practice in the sense that they took more cases.

So I guess my question is, does the difference between paradigm or principle and practice get a lot muddier than maybe you suggested, in the sense that they’re taking those cases because– or they’re pursuing them more aggressively because they have a different evaluation of the economic analysis, and also they have a different view on what the breadth or narrowness of antitrust should be.

And I guess, related to that question would be maybe a second part to that question, which is you ended by saying, that antitrust really should be limited in its remit, shouldn’t try to do all kinds of things. So I agree with you that it can’t necessarily solve those other problems. But I think that still filters back into whether other concerns should be part of the antitrust.

So you mentioned small business, but so for example labor, that you could worry about the effects of a merger on labor or you could not. So I guess, my point is that you still have the question of whether you should consider a broader range of things as you’re making those decisions or not. Just curious to get your thoughts.

PRASAD KRISHNAMURTHY: Yeah, I agree the world is muddier than I made it out to be. I think one way I would characterize the Biden administration is of having a much broader view of what antitrust should do than collusion and exclusion, but having to operate within the parameters of winning cases.

So it’s like you be a Marxist in the Biden administration and on the antitrust staff, but you’re not going to convince a federal judge win your case unless you put out a theory of collusion and exclusion. And so then there is, I think, an interesting translation game between a political, economic worldview that’s wider than current antitrust and how to translate that into the language of current antitrust.

And my guess is that I know Lina Khan and my guess– and she’s certainly not someone who thinks that the world should begin and end with collusion and exclusion. But yet she had to operate within that framework. So I think– so I would take what you said as a friendly amendment, and I would accept it.

But I think still within that you could still push the boundary, not just of facts, but of law. And there– I mean, certainly, some of that was done in their jurisprudence. But for example, they didn’t try to push the monopoly standard, so that– the monopoly standard of conduct is still wider in the 1950s than what the Biden administration was trying to push. So they didn’t even try to even go for New Deal antitrust in terms of their particular theories of case, maybe just because they thought they couldn’t win. But you do see that.

And I think it’s good that we are now paying much more attention to labor markets in antitrust. But I see it as very consistent with the paradigm. These are just harms to actors from a merger to through the collusion, through the potential collusion, and whether they’re workers or whether they’re suppliers or whether they’re customers, antitrust law, the traditional approach doesn’t militate against that.

RYAN BRUTGER: Next, we have in the back of the room, Juno.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hey. Thank you so much for the inspiring discussion. And I was quite interested to hear that about Professor Krishnamurthy’s question on whether more competition in social media is a good thing or a bad thing. And it really resonates that having more social media companies might not necessarily be a social good or a public good.

In that regard, I was wondering whether this idea contrasts with the traditional conceptualization towards innovation, which is that monopolized firms have lower incentives to innovate, and that is– that greater regulation of monopolies would stifle innovation. Because if we look at the cases of social media, these firms’ innovations sort of happened already in a previous stage where they were not big firms. So this led me to question whether the idea that monopolization stifles competition is really a valid thesis, or I may be mischaracterizing things, but I just wanted to hear your perspective.

RYAN BRUTGER: I think, Prasad, that was primarily directed to you, but– if you want to start, I don’t know.

PRASAD KRISHNAMURTHY: Sure. I think there are these competing theories in economics about when innovation takes place. Some suggest that more competitive circumstances, you’re likely to get innovation from new firms and the like. There are others that suggest that incumbent firms invest the most and produce the most innovation, and some of both of that is true. And it kind of depends on the circumstances.

I think the social media landscape is an interesting one because it raises the specter that potentially that not all innovation is good. If consumers are not necessarily always the captains of their own well-being, then firms can innovate in directions that make consumers worse off in the long run or worse off with respect to their better selves or something along these lines.

And in that case, innovation isn’t necessarily the thing that policy should aim for. Now, then, it also raises the question of whether antitrust law is the right framework to deal with that, or whether we would have more direct social media regulation, more direct to consumer laws.

The FTC would pass rules on what social media companies can and can’t do to us, and what types of situations, and show us what type of information and have what kind of data. But I think the policy tension in that area is like– the antitrust cases sometimes feel like all we want is uninhibited competition in this area, and that’s going to redound to the benefit of us all. And I think there’s a growing public skepticism with that view in many areas.

RYAN BRUTGER: Well, with only one minute left, I think that is going to be the last question we can take. So please join me in thanking our panelists. Thank you all very much for joining us.

[MUSIC PLAYING]

[WOMAN’S VOICE] Thank you for listening. To learn more about Social Science Matrix, please visit matrix.berkeley.edu.

Matrix On Point

150 Years of Border Control: The Legacy of the 1875 Page Act

Recorded on April 23, 2025, this panel marked the 150th anniversary of the Page Act of 1875, one of the first federal laws to restrict immigration to the United States — especially Asian immigration, as the law prohibited the importation of Asian contract workers, prostitutes (a provision targeted against Chinese women), and criminals.

The interdisciplinary group of UC Berkeley professors discussed their current work related to race, gender, or labor in US immigration history or Asian American Studies, and their thoughts on the legacies of the Page Act and related issues for the United States today.

Panelists included Catherine Ceniza Choy, Professor of Ethnic Studies at UC Berkeley; Cybelle Fox, Professor of Sociology at UC Berkeley; Leti Volpp, Professor of Law at UC Berkeley; and Matrix Faculty Fellow Hidetaka Hirota, Associate Professor of History at UC Berkeley and Thomas Garden Barnes Chair in Canadian Studies.

The panel was co-sponsored by the Berkeley Interdisciplinary Migration Initiative (BIMI), the UC Berkeley Department of Sociology, the Department of HistoryDepartment of Ethnic Studies, the Asian American Research Center, and the Center for Race and Gender.

Watch the panel above or on YouTube. Or listen to the audio recording via the Matrix Podcast below (or on Apple Podcasts).

Podcast and Transcript

[MUSIC PLAYING]

[WOMAN’S VOICE] The Matrix Podcast is a production of Social Science Matrix, an interdisciplinary research center at the University of California, Berkeley.

SARAH HARRINGTON: Welcome. And thank you, all, so much for coming today and joining us for today’s Matrix On Point panel. My name is Sarah Harrington. I’m the program manager here at the Social Science Matrix. A quick thank you to the Matrix staff for helping us put this event on today. And then a big special thank you to Hidetaka Hirota, who’s one of this year’s Matrix faculty fellows, for putting this fantastic group together for this panel.

We’re really pleased to have this excellent group of scholars here today to help us reflect on the legacy of the 1875 Page Act, one of the earliest federal laws restricting immigration to the United States. This event offers an opportunity to examine its enduring implications for race, gender, and labor in US immigration history.

I would now like to introduce our moderator today. Hidetaka Hirota is a social and legal historian of US immigration, specializing in nativism, immigration control, and policy from the Antebellum era to the Progressive era. His research has appeared in leading history and migration studies journals. At UC, Berkeley, he teaches US Immigration History and codirects the Canadian studies program. He is also one of this year’s Matrix faculty fellows. So without any further ado, I would like to turn it over to Hidetaka.

HIDETAKA HIROTA: Thank you.

SARAH HARRINGTON: Thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

HIDETAKA HIROTA: Hi, everyone. Thank you for joining us this afternoon. Before we start this event, I’d like to thank the Social Science Matrix team, especially Sarah Harrington, for enormous assistance with the logistics of this event.

And I also want to thank all of the departments and centers who generously cosponsor this event, including Berkeley Interdisciplinary Migration Initiative, BIME, the Department of Sociology, the Department of History, the Department of Ethnic Studies, the Asian-American Research Center, and the Center for Race and Gender.

So this year, 2025, marks the 150th anniversary of the Page Act of 1875. This law was passed in the midst of growing anti-Chinese sentiment in the 19th century in the United States, especially here in California. And the law criminalized the importation to the US of women for the purposes of prostitution, and abandoned admission of such women as well as convicted criminals.

And the law also prohibited Americans from importing to the US forcibly recruited contract workers from Asia, from China, Japan, or an oriental country. The law prohibited the admission of so-called coolie workers, laborers. And the law made a violation of this provision a criminal offense.

So this act was one of the first national immigration laws that developed in the 19th century. But also, it had enormous implications for the discourse on race, labor, gender, sexuality, and morality in the US in the subsequent periods.

So I’m hoping to use this event as an opportunity to think about the significance of the Page Act related to issues of race, gender, and labor in US immigration history and Asian-American history. So the goal is big. The Page Act is important, but also, I’m hoping to provoke discussions of broader issues, as I said– race, labor, gender, and immigration, and Asian-American history.

And today, we are extremely fortunate to have three specialists in these fields at US Immigration and Asian-American history. All are UC, Berkeley professors, esteemed scholars. And I’m going to introduce all of them now. And then we’d like to develop around table conversation based on the questions that I have in the next 15 minutes. And then we will do Q&A toward the end. OK?

So right here on my left and to your right, I guess, Catherine Ceniza Choy is a professor of ethnic studies at UC, Berkeley and an award-winning historian of Asian-American history. She is the author of Asian-American Histories of the United States, published 2022. The book examines nearly 200 years of Asian migration, labor, and community formation in the US.

Her previous books include Empire of Care, on Filipino nurses in US history, and Global Families, on Asian international adoption. Professor Choy has been widely cited in media outlets such as New York Times, CNN, and The Atlantic. She previously served as chair of the Department of Ethnic Studies and associate dean in multiple university divisions.

On your right edge, Cybelle Fox. Professor Cybelle Fox received a BA in History and Economics from UC, San Diego, and a PhD in Sociology and Social Policy from Harvard University. Her main research interests include the welfare state, immigration, race and ethnic relations, American political development, as well as historical and political sociology.

Her most recent book, Three Worlds of Relief, compares the incorporation of African-Americans, Mexicans, and European immigrants in the American welfare system from the Progressive era to the New Deal. Professor Fox won six book awards for Three World Relief, including the C. Wright Mills award from the Society for the Study of Social Problems.

Her next book project focuses on the rise of legal status restriction in American welfare, social welfare policies since the New Deal. Her work has appeared in the American Behavioral Scientist, American Journal of Sociology, Journal of American History, Social Forces, Sociology of Education, Social Science History, Political Science Quarterly, Sociological Methods and Research, Law and Social Inquiry, and Studies in American Political Development. She is also co-author of Rampage– The Social Roots of School Shootings.

And in the middle, Leti Volpp, is a professor of law at UC, Berkeley, and a scholar of Immigration Law and Citizenship Theory, examining how law is shaped by culture and identity. She has published extensively on issues of immigration, gender, and race, with work appearing in Constitutional Commentary, Columbia Law Review, and UCLA Law Review, among others.

She is the editor of Looking For Law in All The Wrong Places and Legal Borderlands. Professor Volpp has received numerous honors, including fellowships from the Rockefeller and MacArthur Foundations, and is a member of the American Law Institute. Here at Berkeley, she directs direct the Center for Race and Gender and is affiliated with multiple interdisciplinary programs on campus.

As you can tell, we have a wonderful group of scholars for this event. And I would like to start our conversation at this point. So my first question is actually about your work. So this event is about Page Act. So I think it makes sense if I ask, how your earlier or current research intersects with the Page Act itself or related issues, as I said, race, gender, labor, class, sexuality, morality in US immigration or Asian-American history? So yeah, it’s a time for you to introduce your work to the audience. So why don’t we start with Professor Choy?

CATHERINE CENIZA CHOY: OK. Thanks so much, Hidetaka. Thanks so much for being here. The Page Act certainly intersects in terms of the historical theme of migration, how migration is gendered, racialized, and classed in all three of my monographs, from Empire of Care, which was about Filipino nurse migration to the United States, certainly, a gendered professional stream of migration to global families, which was about Asian international adoption, the history of that here in the United States.

The United States is an international adoption nation. It’s the leading country that receives internationally adopted children. We tend not to think of that as a form of migration, but it is.

But the Page Act and my work intersects most directly with my most recent book, Asian-American Histories of the United States, which you pointed out was published in 2022 by Beacon Press as part of their series on revisioning history. And it’s an overview kind of book, and it’s really meant for the broadest audience possible.

And you had mentioned, it spans 200 years. And one of the unique or distinctive aspects of the book is that it has a nonlinear or what some people have described as a backwards chronology. And what I point out in the introduction is that, when and where Asian-Americans enter in US history is a complex question. These are complex questions because this is such an incredibly large, I mean, the fastest growing racial ethnic group in the United States coming from over 20 sending countries– from East Asia, Southeast Asia, and the Indian subcontinent, over 24 million strong at this point. So it’s such a diverse group. And so how do you approach an overview of a history with so much diversity?

And so the way I approached it was through this idea of taking different origin years in history and saying that there is no one singular linear history that actually, you can take different origin years, and then through what I call this constellation approach, learn about and further explore particular themes in various Asian-American histories.

And so the first chapter begins in 2020, and the conclusion ends with 1869. But one of the years that I chose to feature was 1875, precisely because of the Page Act as an important origin year for history of the objectification of Asian-American women. And each of the chapters goes back to a particular origin year, but then also moves forward in time.

And I wrote the book primarily during our COVID-19 years, 2020, 2021. And so very much what had happened in Atlanta with the spa shootings in March of 2021, where six of the eight people who were killed in those shootings were Asian-American women. And this was such an important moment for our Asian-American communities, for communities in Atlanta, this idea, where is this coming from? Why did this happen? The perpetrator of these heinous crimes said that race had nothing to do with it, that he was having a bad day.

And so throughout that chapter, I posed certain kinds of questions to the reader. And one of the questions is, why is it that the perpetrators of violence get to establish this discourse about what happened? And I emphasized how important the Page Act is for not only the racialization, but also the sexual objectification of Asian-American women. How it’s not the only thing contributing to these kinds of discourses, and knowledge, and experiences that Asian-American women have had historically? Certainly, popular culture contributes to this as well.

And I think the last point I want to make, because I know this is a discussion, is, another point about the Page Act is the way that it was enforced. I mean, it was really about the immorality of women in connection to prostitution and the exclusion of that. But the way it was enforced was to have enforcement, specifically in ports in Asia, and even more specifically, Chinese women were targeted.

So part of it is the law. And then part of it is the enforcement. Part of it is the legacy that we’re living in today. And that association continues with us. And the Atlanta spa shootings was just one iteration of that.

So I’ll end with another question that I present to the reader regarding the Page Act and the association of Asian-American women with prostitution or immorality, historically, which was brought up by the historian, Mae Ngai, which is, how do you prove a negative? When you’re in enforcement, and the officers are deciding whether or not you’re a prostitute, I mean, how do you go about proving a negative?

HIDETAKA HIROTA: Thank you. I think we will go this way.

LETI VOLPP: OK. Well, this is fantastic, because what I’m about to say is completely in dialogue with these really wonderful remarks. So I wrote something that briefly talked about the Page Act. 20 years ago. And it’s basically a story about intersectionality. So this term, coined in 1989 by law faculty member Kimberlé Crenshaw, perhaps, best encapsulated by the title of a book, which was, All The Women Are White, All the Blacks Are Men, And Some of Us Are Brave. So it’s like, what happens if you try to look at particularly, the experiences of women of color and see how discourses that are focused on race and on gender tend to occlude what their particular experiences were?

So I was trying to write a history of dependent citizenship and marital expatriation centering Asian and Asian-American women. So I will say, we have Nancy Cott in our audience, who wrote the, I won’t say seminal, this is something I’m actually trying to get people to not use as the word “Seminal,” but to say “Germinal.” Exactly. Germinal or foundational work, Public Vows– A History of Marriage and Nation, if I remember correctly, which basically paved the way for people thinking about how to write a history of marriage and its intersection with nation in the United States.

So we had a history, where the logic of coverture, This Idea that when a woman married a man, her legal identity was subsumed into that of her husband. This idea was imported into immigration law. So a woman’s status would follow that of her husband. And that enabled both women, who were foreign born through the act of marriage, become citizens of the nation state, but also, as of 1907, meant that US citizen women who married non-citizen men actually, through the act of marriage, lost their citizenship.

So there was campaigning about this. There was a legislative remedy, what was called the Cable Act in 1922, which many people had pointed to and said, well, this solved the problem. But when you look at the legislation, that actual bill specifically says that if you are racially ineligible to naturalize, you will still lose your citizenship. And if you’re racially ineligible to naturalize, you cannot basically be a citizen. And so there was then piecemeal legislation fixing this in the early 1930s.

Anyway, so looking at that, it made me think about the Page Act and the conventional statement which is that Chinese Exclusion started in 1882, or that the first race based federal immigration law was enacted in 1882, or the first federal restrictive immigration law was in 1882, which was the Chinese Exclusion Act.

And it puzzled me like, why do people periodize history in this way? Why are they not thinking about 1875 as the advent of Chinese Exclusion? And is it possibly because there are questions of, as the act says, lewd or immoral conduct involved that this doesn’t seem purely about race in the same way as the Chinese Exclusion Act?

But if you think about the Chinese Exclusion Act, it was also about conduct, and that it wasn’t targeting all Chinese, it was specifically targeting Chinese laborers. That’s a form of conduct. You’re a laborer, and you’re not a merchant.

So anyway, so something that I think is interesting to think about, and in doing a little bit of research for this talk, I found a piece posted in 2022 by the National Park Service about the Page Act. And in it, they point to the fact that there was actually a Senate apology in 2011, issuing a statement of regret for its earlier passage of restrictive immigration laws, including the acts of 1875 and 1882.

I thought, wow, that’s really amazing. Let me look at that apology. When you actually look at the apology, it doesn’t say anything about 1875. It starts in 1882. Anyway, so there’s something very, I don’t know, telling about these repeated occlusions, which, perhaps, we can think about a way in which stories of race are told about male bodies, typically.

The other thing I’ve been thinking a lot or a little about more recently is actually, I love, by the way, this idea of, history is constellations and problematizing, that you take a year, and x starts in this year. But thinking also about how history is used to explain the present. And so there’s a way in which the Page Act has been used as this really interesting shorthand.

And I’m not at all saying, this is what you’re doing at your book. This is in the popular press. And the popular press, it feels like the Page Act serves as this kind of like too much explanatory force is given to it. It’s like the Page Act explains Atlanta.

I think it’s people are searching for something that proves right that the US nation state is founded on racism and sexism that is particularly aimed at Asian, Asian-American women, and here is proof. The Page Act explains this, there’s a piece in the nation I saw which is basically titled The Roots of the Atlanta Shooting Go Back to the First Law Restricting Immigration.

I think it’s also interesting for us to think about, what is occluded in that story? And what is occluded about thinking about anti-Asian violence against Asian women? How is this formed by, this is a particular workplace? What is the role of US militarism in creating massage parlors that have typically accompanied US military bases? How that was brought to the United States by people who had been involved in that and then in Asia and then moved to the United states? The question of, I mean, staggering age of a lot of the women that were killed in this.

Anyway, so there are, I think, other things going on in there. So questions of localism, globalism, militarism, labor, sexuality that tend not to be thought about when there’s this unilinear direct line that gets drawn.

HIDETAKA HIROTA: Thank you.

CYBELLE FOX: Thank you. So unlike these two brilliant scholars, my work is not directly related to the Page Act of 1875. I do study the race and immigration and the American Social Welfare System throughout the 20th century. So my first book, as Hide mentioned, Three Worlds of Relief, compare the incorporation of African-Americans, Mexicans, and European immigrants into the American social welfare system in the Progressive era and the New Deal.

And my new work, which is fully drafted and about to be sent out for review, explores the rise of legal status restrictions in American Social Welfare Policy from the new deal all the way up to 1994, with the passage of the Proposition 187 Ballot Initiative here in California, which you might remember, attempted to bar undocumented immigrants from all non-emergency social services as well as public education, from kindergarten through college, and then tried to require cooperation between social service providers and immigration officials.

So central to all of my work is the importance of race and racism for the treatment of immigrants in the United States, just as racism was central to the passage and impact of the Page Act. Racism is important in helping us understand why restrictive immigration laws are proposed or passed. And certainly, nonwhite immigrants in my work have typically been disproportionately targeted or affected by restrictive policies that have been adopted.

So in both the first book project and the current one, I show that European immigrants were incorporated into the early American Social Welfare System, while Latinos, especially Mexicans and Asians, were often excluded or at times, expelled from the nation for their attempt to gain access to these benefits.

So let me give you a little example. At various moments in time in the 20th century, social welfare agencies have cooperated with immigration enforcement in ways that made those who tried to apply for assistance either for themselves or sometimes, for their American born children, targets of deportation.

So in my first book, I discussed the role that social welfare workers in particular played in the expulsion of Mexicans and Mexican-Americans from the nation during the mass repatriations of the Great Depression. And those similar social workers in areas where there were lots of European immigrants protected European immigrants from immigration enforcement actions. So instead of encouraging and trying to expel Mexicans from the nation, social workers who worked with European immigrants tried to protect them from that sort of treatment.

Now, in the new book project, I detail a second less well-known episode but really important one, actually, of cooperation that occurred in the 1970s, when the federal government weakened confidentiality provisions embedded in welfare law that allowed cooperation between welfare, hospital, and immigration officials.

So during the 1970s, welfare and hospital officials sometimes reported undocumented immigrants to immigration officials. They threatened to call immigration officials to achieve other ends, including consent to sterilization. There was a huge episode of that in Los Angeles. And they forced welfare applicants to visit immigration offices to verify their eligibility for benefits.

When, due to understaffing or underfunding, immigration officials actually refused to deport individuals who were reported to them by these agencies, hospital officials sometimes hired private ambulances to repatriate migrants themselves. And welfare officials stationed welfare caseworkers in immigration offices in order to clear the backlog in immigration status verification forms, so more people could be expelled from the country and taken off the social welfare roles.

Alarmed by this rise in cooperation between welfare, and hospital, and immigration officials in the 1970s, Peter Schey, who, at the time, was this young immigrant rights attorney in California, one of the few who were working there, he later became a very prominent attorney, he charged that welfare agencies in the 1970s were being transformed into, quote, “the law enforcement arm of the migra or the IMS, the immigration service, a phenomenon that activists linked directly to the great repatriation that happened in the 1930s.

So these 1970s era restrictions affected men and women, young and old, of various nationalities, including immigrants from China, and the Caribbean, and Central and South America. But since Mexicans were both legally and socially constructed at that moment in time as the prototypical unauthorized immigrant, they were disproportionately impacted by this policy shift.

So, again, to reiterate, the tie for me is the centrality of race and the targeting of specific ethnoracial groups in the construction of restrictive immigration and immigrant policies, and then in the implementation of those policies.

HIDETAKA HIROTA: Thank you. This is great. My original plan was to let the panelists respond to each other, but I want to actually follow up with a really quick question based on what you said. So I see, what’s common here is labeling, legal status, determining somebody’s status. Page act was essentially about labeling, who’s prostitute? Who’s coolie? And Leti mentioned the Cable Act as well, and the legal treatment of immigrant women, and legal status restriction in Cybelle’s case.

So what’s the challenge of doing research on legal status? Policy about labeling. What’s so interesting, exciting about doing research on policies about labeling or legal status? Yeah, if anybody has any ideas. I thought that’s interesting, before we move on.

And Cathy introduced a really interesting point in Page Act. Yeah, it technically it prohibits prostitutes, but then how can you prove the negative? And that’s really an important struggle. I mean, it’s a very important, I think, dimension of this act. But again, yeah, I wonder if any of you can address the importance of the challenge of studying labeling or legal status in relation to immigration of Asian-Americans.

CATHERINE CENIZA CHOY: You see how challenging that question was?

[LAUGHTER]

 

I can try to take a stab at it. I mean, I think that one of the things that’s challenging is, I think, in terms of historical methodologies, that you have to understand the time period on its own terms. And I agree with you, what we do as historians is not this presentist kind of approach.

So in some ways, at the same time, we are here in the present and doing this kind of research. So I do think one of the challenges is understanding or trying to understand– why are there particular labels at that particular time? And what do they mean? And how do they translate today? Or how they’ve changed? Because they have.

I also think, another challenge is something that we work on, which is this not knowing, this occlusion or in Asian-American histories of the United States, I call it this theme of erasure. It’s like when the general public doesn’t necessarily know, even though this is such an important legal statute, the Page Act. But if you would ask someone about an important law, that’s not what they would remember. And so part of the challenge is also remembering and making those connections. I don’t know. What do you think?

CYBELLE FOX: Oh, sure. The question of labeling comes up a lot in my new work in a variety of different ways. The book is really about why we started to get legal status restrictions in American Social Welfare Policy. And they emerge in the 1970s, when the federal government, which I think I’ll talk about a little bit later, barred undocumented immigrants from virtually all social welfare programs. And then state and local communities had to do the work of implementing this new federal ban.

And there were lots of questions. It was really hard to implement in practice for a whole variety of reasons. It had all these horrible consequences. But it was actually challenging for social welfare workers on the ground, because they had to figure out, well, what does it mean to be an illegal alien, for example? Which was the language that they were using at the time. Who counts? And who doesn’t? And they didn’t actually have any great definitions on the ground. So there are lots of battles about who counts as undocumented and who doesn’t count as undocumented.

And part of that has to do with the language in the federal law that restricted benefits to either legal permanent residents or individuals who are called PRUCOL, Permanently Residing Under Color Of Law. But no one defined what PRUCOL was. And the entire intent of it was to make undocumented immigrants ineligible.

And so you get all these different definitions across various federal programs but also from state to state, about who actually counts as PRUCOL and who doesn’t count as PRUCOL. And therefore, who is undocumented for the purposes of the food stamp program, but not undocumented for the purposes of the Medicaid program? And then different states adopted different language about who was eligible for state benefits.

So even just the idea of, who counts as undocumented in this country? Who is meant to be barred by these laws? It took a long time for folks to try to start to sort that out.

And I’ll say, the other way in which labeling comes up a lot in my work is that undocumented immigrants are barred by virtually, every federal social welfare benefit. But they’re thought of and labeled as costly, and for state and local communities, unfair burdens.

And so a lot of the book is actually trying to understand if undocumented immigrants are actually barred by federal law from the vast majority of federal social welfare benefits. And if study after study after study shows that they contribute more in taxes than they consume in social welfare benefits, how does this idea of undocumented immigrants as costly and unfair burdens arise historically? Why is it so powerful?

And I’ll just say quickly that I actually think that the reason that stereotype comes about is because of federal restriction in the 1970s. I won’t go into the details of it, but I’m happy to talk about it further. But there’s this paradoxical consequence that when the federal government barred undocumented immigrants from all these federal social welfare benefits, this idea of undocumented immigrants as costly and unfair burdens actually followed in the wake of that, as a direct result of that federal change in policy.

LETI VOLPP: So I’m just thinking about just two examples, both connected to things the Trump administration has been doing. So one of them actually links to something Cybelle was saying about permanently residing under color of law, or we could think of temporarily residing under color of law. And the way in which JD Vance, I don’t know if you remember in his debate with Mike Waltz and then in subsequent lots of administration rhetoric, has tried to portray people who are here on temporary protected status or here on humanitarian parole as, quote unquote, “illegal.”

So it’s like this labeling, putting people from what a Biden administration perspective would be. These people have lawful presence. Even if they don’t have lawful status, they have lawful presence into another box.

The other thing I’m thinking of is the argument that’s being made by the Trump administration and litigation around the executive order, around birthright citizenship, which is that Wong Kim Ark’s parents were lawful permanent residents, which is a category that didn’t historically exist at that time.

So basically, if you remember, the executive order purports to deny birthright citizenship to anybody born to parents who are– if you have parents who are here on either temporary visas, so they’re what are called non-immigrants, they’re here on a H-1B visa, or student visa, or there’s tourists, and/or your parents are undocumented, you, according to this executive order, are no longer supposed to get birthright citizenship.

And there’s no relationship between those categories of legal status of person and the historical jurisprudence on this issue, which does exempt certain people from actually being able to access birthright citizenship, but it’s not on the basis of their legal status, it’s on the basis of whether they’re, quote unquote, “subject to the jurisdiction” of the United States.

And there are three categories of people that, clearly, historically, were exempted– people who have diplomatic immunity, so you work for the embassy of such and such. This is why people don’t pay parking tickets when they work at the UN in New York City. They’re millions of dollars owed in parking tickets.

So you have diplomatic immunity. You are born to a hostile invading army. So one possible argument that certain people have floated is like, oh, undocumented immigrants are an invasion. But it’s clear that what is meant by a hostile invading army in the historical jurisprudence, including in the Wong Kim Ark case, is a situation where this invading army actually is in control of the government, which is not the situation at all that one would think of, there’s no context in the United States where people who are undocumented immigrants are actually in control of the US government.

And the third category is a historical category of people who were born to Native American tribal communities, where their sovereignty is recognized, which is why there was subsequent statutory citizenship granted for those persons.

And so the thread here is about obedience. Like, do you have to obey US law. That’s what is supposed to mean subject to the jurisdiction thereof. OK. So nonetheless, there’s this argument that Wong Kim Ark’s parents were lawful permanent residents, and so there’s a correlation with what the administration is trying to do.

And they’re described as residents in the case, but that doesn’t mean that they had the category of lawful permanent resident today, which includes the possibility of naturalizing as a US citizen. They couldn’t naturalize as US citizens because of racial restrictions on naturalization that began in 1882, with a specific provision within the 1882 Chinese Exclusion Act against persons who were Chinese, and then was extended to lots of different groups of persons and were not lifted until the middle of the 20th century.

HIDETAKA HIROTA: Thank you. Thanks so much. This is really insightful. I was going to ask three questions in total, but I want to make sure we have time for questions for the end. So I’m going to skip the next one. I’m going to skip my third one, actually.

So yeah, it’s something about what we do as public intellectuals. So immigration, Asian-American history remain really important subjects today. But nevertheless, I think, those Asian-American immigration history are often told in a misleading ways, or simply misunderstood, or even distorted in the public discourse as we hear them.

So as a public intellectual, what are the things that you would like your nonspecialist audience to know about immigration or Asian-American history? What kinds of misunderstanding, or neglect, or distortion in public discourse on immigration Asian-American history would you like to correct? Put simply, as a scholar, what would you like to say in response to what’s going on in public discourse on subjects related to immigration or Asian-American history?

CATHERINE CENIZA CHOY: Well, there are so many things I’d like to say.

HIDETAKA HIROTA: Yes, I know.

CATHERINE CENIZA CHOY: But I will try to keep it succinct. I’ve been asked before, I’ve been in conversations before about, what is it about Asian-Americans? Is there no understanding about Asian-Americans in US history or contemporary American issues? And I’ve responded that it’s not that there isn’t a common understanding, but it’s often a misunderstanding. And there are multiple levels of this misunderstanding. I mean, the first is the perpetuation of the popular stereotype of the model minority that has multiple iterations, but some of the iteration is that Asian-Americans are honorary whites, they don’t complain, they’re quiet and submissive.

Partly related to this is another kind of discourse that I’ve been engaged with, where people will say, even in the most benign terms in conversation, that Asian-Americans just don’t really matter. When we’re talking about race and US history, they’re just not as important, and that’s not even meant to be hostile. But that is some of the discourse that is being shared with me.

And I think I’d like people to know that Asian-American history is such an integral part of American history, and that you can’t really know American history without knowing Asian-American history. I mean, one example that Leti has emphasized here has to do with the Wong Kim Ark case and its establishment of birthright citizenship, which is, in our discourse very much in the present day regarding immigration and the United States. So that’s just one example of that important precedent.

The Page Act is certainly another. And I’m glad that you’ve been doing so much work to change the public consciousness with all these events that you’ve organized about how important the Page Act has been for this precedent, for exclusion, based on not solely race, but that intersectionality, that race, gender, sexuality, class.

I mean, there are other things, things like, of course, 1882 Chinese Exclusion Act, but the importance of the 1965 Immigration Act or the Hart-Celler act, how important that was to civil rights legislation? And what an impact that had on the Asian America we know today, which is such a large group? Part of it is highly educated. Part of it has to do also with the provisions and the infrastructure of the Immigration Act of 1965.

I think about the 1980 Refugee Act. How important Asian-American history, our US participation in the Vietnam war, the secret war in Laos? I mean, we are you’re also commemorating the 50th anniversary of the end of the Vietnam war, the fall of Saigon. And how it led to historically, one of the largest refugee resettlements of Southeast Asians in the United States? This is so important because it changed our country from an ad hoc policy regarding refugees to something more institutionalized.

So there’s so much more I could say, but I’m going to leave it at that.

HIDETAKA HIROTA: Perfect.

LETI VOLPP: So like Cathy, I also have a whole list of things, just quickly. I mean, I think something that’s interesting to think about are ways in which the government will frequently say, oh, we’re concerned about conduct, like behavior. That’s what we’re trying penalize. It’s not about your identity or your status, but I think it’s important for us to think about ways that these are fused.

So, for example, with the Page Act, it’s like lewd and immoral behavior makes you a prostitute, which is racialized as Chinese. Unlawful immigration renders you, quote unquote, “illegal,” which gets racialized as, quote unquote, “Mexican.” Criminal conduct turns into, you are a criminal, which is also racialized.

And we can see right now, what’s happened with people from Venezuela. And people are being subject to kidnapping and rendition, disappearing, either put into torture prison in El Salvador. Also, there’s reporting of one person who’s just completely disappeared, and nobody will say where he is.

Because they have a particular national origin, and that seems to be enough, possibly, there’s a tattoo they may have, absolutely no bearing with being put in this category of a gang member. There’s now all this documentation that there’s no relationship between having tattoos and being a member of the particular gang, the [INAUDIBLE], which they say they’re targeting. Anyway, so that’s something that I would like people to think about.

The fact that there was a statute of limitations, historically, on deportation, I think is amazing. You’d been here for a year, that’s long enough. You’ve set down roots. We’re not going to deport you. And then it was extended to five years. And then it was abolished.

But the fact that this existed once might suggest, maybe we can imagine it again. So I think it’s also fantastic to think historically about alternative realities that could possibly exist. The idea that, why don’t people just get in line in terms of getting legal status, thinking about trying to explain to people all the time, why there is no effective line?

For many, the idea that undocumented migration is this new phenomenon, this is something that particularly is surfacing around, again, birthright citizenship, where the presumption is that when the legislators who created the 14th Amendment said, all persons born in the United States and subject to the jurisdiction thereof are citizens, that they didn’t imagine that there were undocumented immigrants, and therefore, they could not have contemplated this. And therefore, this clause has no meaning for people who are born to undocumented immigrants.

But there’s wonderful research, Gerald Newman writing an early piece, and then more recently, Jack Chin and Paul Finkelman, that people who were trafficked here in violation of the federal laws regulating or prohibiting the slave trade and were, in fact, living in the United States in violation of federal law, were foreign born people who were illegally in the United States in 1868. And this is a historical analog to today’s parent who’s undocumented, who has a child in the United States. And that’s precisely who the framers were thinking of when they created the 14th Amendment. So that’s just a few of the things I think about.

So one myth that I think is especially pernicious is this myth of the bootstrapping white ethnic. I think a lot of white Americans, we like to tell ourselves that unlike today’s immigrants, our ancestors didn’t make much use of government services and came in lawfully. So in the run up to welfare reform, one congressperson said, quote, “My ancestors and most of our ancestors came to this country not with their hands out for welfare checks.” Or someone wrote in to a newspaper, “Our ancestors came here legally and didn’t place great demands on government services.” And national polls suggest, these attitudes are totally widespread.

And so my first book, Three Worlds of Relief, was really meant to interrogate that assumption, by comparing, again, the incorporation of Blacks, Mexicans, and European immigrants into the early American Social Welfare System.

And I was able to show that these groups were treated very differently by both the Progressive era and New Deal Social Welfare System. European immigrants were largely included within the boundaries of social citizenship, people who should be incorporated into the American welfare state. Black Americans were largely excluded. And Mexicans straddled the boundaries of social citizenship until relief officials forced them out, not only from the boundaries of social citizenship, but also from the nation.

And the book tries to show this by looking at a whole variety of different social welfare programs that were in existence during that period. But I’m going to focus in on one important piece of national legislation, which is the Social Security Act of 1935.

So the Social Security Act is really important because it essentially created the modern American Social Welfare System. It creates social insurance programs, like Social Security and unemployment insurance. And then it also created means tested public assistance programs for the elderly, for the blind, and for dependent children.

And the traditional way that scholars told the story about inclusion and exclusion in the Social Security Act along racial lines was that because of occupational restrictions that barred agricultural and domestic workers from Social Security and unemployment insurance, Black Americans were far less likely than white Americans to be covered by social insurance programs. And then they’re relegated to the more demeaning means tested public assistance programs, which had few federal standards or protections. And this is true. And it’s a very important part of the story.

But in my work, I show that those same occupational restrictions also barred the vast majority of Mexicans and Mexican-Americans, as well as Filipinos and Japanese residents from the more generous social insurance programs.

And the real winners here in terms of inclusion are not just whites, but foreign born whites in particular. So why is that? First, foreign born whites, especially Southern and Eastern European immigrants, were disproportionately represented in the occupations covered by social insurance, by Social Security.

Second, the Social Security Act contained no federal citizenship or even legal status exclusions. So both authorized and unauthorized immigrants had a federal right to Social Security and unemployment insurance. And this was true from 1935 all the way up into the 1970s, when I told you that the federal government first barred undocumented immigrants from virtually every social welfare program.

So to make sure that European immigrants understood this, that even if they had entered the country without authorization, that they were still going to be eligible for the Social Security Act. A prominent immigrant advocacy organization put out a newsletter during the Depression, assuring their readers that the applications forms for Social Security didn’t ask questions about citizenship, or when or in what manner a non-citizen entered the United States. And they also told noncitizens that they could file for benefits under their American names, decreasing the possibility that you could ever match Social Security files with immigration records.

And then to even prevent that possibility, Frances Perkins, who was the Secretary of Labor but in charge of the immigration service at the time, specifically instructed immigration field officers to quote, “refrain from requesting information from the Social Security board for immigration, naturalization, and other purposes.”

Not only that, European immigrants are not only more likely than native born whites to work in occupations covered by Social Security and then eligible, regardless of their citizenship or legal status, they’re also more likely than other groups to be nearing retirement when the program was first created. The age structure of the population of these European immigrants was such that almost half of foreign born whites were in their later working years by the time the first Social Security checks were issued. And this was not the case for any other group, including native born whites.

And the way they design the Social Security program is that workers who are nearing retirement needed to only work a few quarters to be eligible for Social Security for the rest of their lives. So consequently, these European immigrants contributed very little to the Social Security system, but then became eligible for this benefit their whole working lives. So instead of insurance for these retirees of European origin, Social Security was much more akin to welfare, but without the means test and without the stigma that often comes with it.

So I think this really reinforces that we have to be really wary of this romanticized notion of the bootstrapping white ethnic, who came to the United States the right way, who didn’t make use of the social welfare system that existed at the time. I think it’s very clear that the early American social welfare system was designed for all European immigrants, including those without authorization to be in the country. And that was never the case for Mexicans and for many Asian immigrants as well.

HIDETAKA HIROTA: Thank you. Does anybody want to respond to any comments? I have comment, but– [CHUCKLES]

CATHERINE CENIZA CHOY: Well, I would love to hear how you would answer that question, Hidetaka, because you’ve organized now multiple events regarding remembering the Page Act for organization of American historians, and the Immigration Ethnic Historical Society, and now, this. What’s on your mind about what you would like the public to know about Page Act?

HIDETAKA HIROTA: First of all, thank you.

[LAUGHTER]

 

Well, this is not necessarily about the Page Act itself, but I want to respond to some of the comments you three just said. So for example, Leti mentioned this statute of limitation to deportation. So if you’re in the United States for five years, for example, deportation would not apply to you, so your status here is guaranteed. That’s the policy that this country used to have, but that was abolished.

I think a few things that we need to know that existed in this country, because today, I think one of the things that I noticed is that some of those things are considered as if they were even unthinkable. So the statute of limitation is one thing. And then for example, 1950s and later, there was government’s policy for legalizing undocumented immigrants. And that was part of the US policy. But again, it seems like that’s not even thinkable at this point. So it’s not even considered a political option.

So when I speak to the public, I try to refer to this, just to let us know that these were the actual policies that existed here. It could be conceivable if there is a political will. And I have so many things to say about this myth that all the European immigrants came here legally. It’s a gross myth. And I’ve written some op-eds on this topic.

But let me tell you, everyone here, a lot of Europeans came to the United States through the Canadian borders, unlawfully. As of 1895, seven inspectors guarded the entire Canadian border, seven individuals. I mean, how could you guard the border with the team of seven people? So, I mean, there was no way to establish strong surveillance against unauthorized immigration.

And so we’re talking totally different periods between then and now when it comes to an authorized immigration. And even Ellis Island, if you have $30 in cash, you could be admitted, you could be considered a self-sufficient [INAUDIBLE] immigrant. But then if you’re an international student here, you know how much money you have to have in your bank accounts to get an F-1 visa, tens of $1,000, just to prove that you’re not going to be a public charges.

So again, I think, yeah, our ancestors came legally. Our ancestors were virtuous, law-abiders. I think that is one of the myths that I’ve always challenged in my own work.

Anyway, we have 20 minutes or so. And at this point, I would like to take questions from the audience. And yes, please raise your hand. And maybe you can identify yourself.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hi. I’m Yumi Kim. I’m in the History Department. I arrived just a few months ago. I’m a historian of Japan and Korea. I have actually so many questions, but I’ll just pick one. We usually do this thing where we’re like, I have two or three, but I’ll just do one.

Especially in thinking about what, is it Cybelle, you were saying about the Social Security Act and the various contingencies involved, it made me want to ask the question of– for you three or four, how much white supremacy is an explanatory factor for you when you’re thinking about the histories, and events, and peoples you’re looking at?

And I asked this question because this is feedback I get from students. It’s something I think about myself. There are always contingencies. And yet, the way white supremacy is often dehistoricized and seen as a transhistorical universal phenomenon, I’m often asked this question, or I ask myself the question too, is– does white supremacy have enough force as an explanatory factor? Or is it better to really insist on the various contingencies?

But when you insist on the contingencies, it often makes it seem like then white supremacy is not at play as much. And so I’m just wondering, how the concept or the ideas around white supremacy, if that is something you think, with and if it’s useful for you.

CATHERINE CENIZA CHOY: Yeah, that’s such a great question. So thank you for asking. I’ve been wanting to meet you, actually.

[LAUGHTER]

It’s great, you’re here. For me, the answer is both. I think it is important to take into account the historical racial formation of white supremacy. But I also think the contingencies are important. I’m just going to give one historical example.

When I write about the rise of the United States as a historical power through imperialism, including places like Hawaii and the annexation of Hawaii, the take over, as well as American colonialism in the Philippines, among other places, I also point out that it didn’t have to be that way, and that there was actually also an anti-imperialist movement here in the United States. And so it’s always, I think, more complicated than the factor of white racial supremacy.

On the other hand, it is also white racial supremacy. And we also have to take into account today, I mean, I think about, I’m so influenced by David Roediger’s book, Wages of Whiteness. And I think it really helps me understand not only the 19th, early 20th century, but also why there might be continuing anti-immigrant sentiment today, even among other immigrants.

It has to do with that psychological wage of whiteness, even when it’s going against your interests. Actually, solidarity, common class consciousness could be very empowering, but there is an attraction of white racial supremacy and those wages of whiteness. So that’s a concrete way, I hope, to address your question.

LETI VOLPP: Welcome to Berkeley. It’s such an interesting question. And I think I haven’t really thought about this consciously. I will say, I think everything I write is shaped by the presumption that racism is foundational to this historical and present day structure of US state and society. I don’t tend to say, it’s white supremacy, in my writing. And I think that’s something that I should think about.

I wonder if a corollary of this might be the ascendancy of anti-blackness as a theoretical lens through which many scholars are now writing. I’m thinking, for example, Claire Jean Kim, who famously wrote about what she called racial triangulation of whites, Blacks, and Asians, where there’s a field of racial positions.

And you can see that as incredibly exemplified in justice Harlan’s dissent in Plessy versus Ferguson, where he says there is a race so different from our own, we will never allow them to become citizens, but they are allowed to ride in the White train car the way that brave soldiers, who fought for the Union, are not, who are African-American.

So you see simultaneously, white social supremacy, white civic belonging. In this earlier piece, she said, Black civic belonging but Black social subordination. Asian somewhat elevated social subordination but completely debased civic belonging. And then more recently, she said, I’m stepping away and think anti-blackness actually is foundational. And the civic belonging that I was thinking about earlier is actually less belonging in that people were also expelled from that.

And so anyway, so I feel like these are, I think, active questions that I need to struggle with. I would say that, I think, whenever we’re thinking about, just as people tend to periodize history around certain bodies, there’s a way in which certain historical experiences are correlated with certain racialized bodies, which needs to be opened up.

This is from the wonderful foundational, germinal, Omi and Winant, racial formations. So it’s like, Asians experienced exclusions. Native Americans experienced genocide and removal. Mexicans experienced conquest. African-Americans experienced racial slavery in Jim Crow. But it’s like then, you don’t think about ways in which those racial communities also experienced those other phenomenon as well. So, for example, how do we think about exclusion, like immigration exclusion, that they experienced as well?

CYBELLE FOX: Yeah. And I would say, white supremacy is central to the construction of the Social Security Act. I may have made it seem like it was all contingent. I think the only piece of that that was contingent was the grandfathering people in and the age structure of the population. But the people who crafted the Social Security Act had European immigrants in mind when they were designing the early modern American social welfare system.

The two key people in there were Harry Hopkins and Frances Perkins. And they both had long histories working as social workers in the Northeast and Midwest with immigrant populations. And Frances Perkins had even worked in a settlement house.

And so when they were imagining, who are we building this welfare state for? Who are we building Social Security for? They were imagining the immigrants that they had been working with for a long period of time, the White immigrants from Europe that they’d been working with for a long time. And they knew exactly who would be included and excluded from the more generous social insurance provisions of the act.

The act was drafted by the Committee on Economic Security. And so going through their records, you can actually see that they estimated, what proportion of each population, including foreign born whites versus native born whites versus African-Americans, who’s going to be included and who’s going to be excluded from this policy that we’re designing right now? So in crafting it, they had full knowledge of what they were doing. And the goal was about protecting the White worker, including the foreign born white worker in particular. That was why Social Security was even necessary.

And it wasn’t an accident that there were no citizenship or legal status restrictions in the act, either. The principal alternative to the Social Security Act being debated at the time barred all noncitizens. Anti-immigrant sentiment was incredibly high.

The first public opinion polls that were fielded nationally were fielded during the Great Depression. And they asked multiple times whether noncitizens should have access to relief, or if those who used relief should be expelled from the country. And the vast majority of Americans did not think they should have access to these programs.

So against that, the people who are, again, crafting the Social Security Act are very consciously trying to make sure that this population not only will be covered by this legislation but then won’t be excluded by citizenship or legal status restrictions. So white supremacy is foundational to– who’s included? And who’s excluded? Who’s imagined as deserving of this new welfare system that’s being born and who’s not?

HIDETAKA HIROTA: Thank you.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hi. My name is Helen. I’m a junior undergraduate here. So I had a question going back to the change in the social welfare system that you talked about in 1971. So considering who was on the Supreme Court and the rise of neoliberalism in that era, to what extent do you think neoliberalism may have played a role in restricting access to the social welfare system?

CYBELLE FOX: I think most people date the rise of neoliberalism to the late 1970s and not the early 1970s, when these restrictions in federal policy are formed, so more important than something we might call neoliberalism. I would say, actually, anti-blackness in particular is really foundational for why we start to see the rise of legal status restrictions. It comes at a moment when there’s a racial backlash against the Civil Rights Movement and against the rising welfare roles.

And the main targets of that racial backlash are Black Americans. Many of them assumed to be recent migrants to California or the Northeast and Midwest from the South, so not international migrants, but domestic migrants. As well as in New York City, they were also thinking about Puerto Ricans from the island. And there was this huge backlash against this group and this perception that they were migrating to these parts of the country that had higher welfare benefit levels and that they were placing an undue burden on the social welfare system.

And so there’s this huge effort in the early 1970s that state and local officials are engaged in, in trying to reduce the size of the welfare rolls. And in part, again, the main target are Black Americans and maybe Puerto Ricans from the island, but the Supreme Court passes a decision, Shapiro v Thompson, that prevents them from barring people from access to benefits if they hadn’t been in the state for a certain amount of time, so these residence restrictions.

So state and local officials are desperately looking for, well, who can we bar from assistance? And so in the process of trying to figure out– what can we do? What is legal? What is in our control? They start to think about international migrants instead of domestic migrants.

And at that same moment, the Immigration and Naturalization Service, their union, they want to get more resources for immigration enforcement. And so they start to construct undocumented immigrants in particular as welfare-dependent.

And so there’s this convergence of state officials desperately looking to reduce the welfare roles, primarily motivated by anti-blackness. Immigration officials often rank and file who are desperately looking for more resources for immigration enforcement, who both construct this stereotype of undocumented immigrants as welfare dependent. And then state officials end up barring state. And then federal officials end up barring undocumented immigrants from these programs. So it’s much more, I would say, is race matters at this early moment much more.

HIDETAKA HIROTA: I think we have five minutes. So we take multiple questions and then let the appellants respond.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hi. Hi. My name is Nancy Cott. I’m a historian too. I want to get back to the Page Act. And I would certainly applaud making the common knowledge as to when Chinese Exclusion anyway, if not all Asian, began. But I wanted to ask you all to perhaps, comment on, how come something even earlier didn’t come up in any of your comments, which I see as even more or equally foundational to treatment of Asians in America, which is the exclusion of anyone who was not either white or a descendent of Africa from the change in the Naturalization Law that was passed in 1870?

And actually, Harlan’s opinion, which you just referred to, makes reference to it, that Sumner’s idea was to just say, anyone can be naturalized. And the Californians, I think it was, or the Californians and the Coloradans said, no, we don’t want Asians ever to be able to be naturalized. And when was that overboard in the Hart-Celler Act?

LETI VOLPP: 43, right?

CATHERINE CENIZA CHOY: 52.

HIDETAKA HIROTA: 52 for all Asians.

CATHERINE CENIZA CHOY: For all groups.

HIDETAKA HIROTA: For Chinese, 43.

LETI VOLPP: 43 Chinese. 46, I think, Filipinos and Indians.

CATHERINE CENIZA CHOY: Asian and Indians.

LETI VOLPP: People from Guam, 50. And then everybody, 52.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: So I was struck that you mentioned that. So maybe just–

HIDETAKA HIROTA: We can take a few more. Yeah.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name is Lila. I’m an undergrad. I probably don’t need a microphone, I’m loud. But anyway–

CREW: It is recording.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: OK. What impact did the Page act have on the creation of the border patrol, the US-Mexico border? That’s what I’m curious about.

HIDETAKA HIROTA: One more? Yes.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: All right. My name is Judy. I’m a former US history teacher. So I also like going back to the Page Act, because I’m wondering, we haven’t really specifically referenced reconstruction. And we’ve referenced the 14th Amendment. And I really love the fact that you brought up the anti-racialization of the movement against Black people in America really came from the 1860s and ’70s, when there was pushback against reconstruction. And so I just would like to know, in the context of reconstruction and the election of 1876, how the Page Act of 1875 may have been pushed?

HIDETAKA HIROTA: Anybody wants to respond? I can try, as a historian, 19th century US historian here. Broad answers. I’m going to give a really broad answer here.

So the Page Act should be really understood as part of the US government’s attempt to establish control over, essentially, membership, the who’s in? Who’s out? And the 14th Amendment, 15th Amendment, those were really created as the efforts to integrate the African-Americans or formerly enslaved people into the American polity.

But then Page Act is a forerunner of the later Chinese Exclusion. And I think it’s not an Exclusion Act, it’s only exclusion. But again, they think that purpose is essentially the same, that is, the federal government creates control over, who’s in? Who’s out? In other words, it’s a control over membership. So I think that’s the context. That’s how Page Act fits into the broader reconstruction politics.

And the Page Act itself doesn’t really affect the Mexican border. But again, I think Page Act still is important because it paved the way toward Chinese Restriction Act and then later, Chinese exclusion laws essentially encouraged Chinese to go to Mexico and Canada first. And then as a result, the United States responded by militarizing US-Canada borders first and then US-Mexico borders later. So the Page Act itself might not heavily influence US-Mexico border control, but again, I think we need to understand this as part of a longer process.

And again, the naturalization was incredibly important because the 1870 act is really the boundary. Who’s in? Who’s out? And exactly, Charles Sumner, former abolitionist from Massachusetts, said that, why don’t we make naturalization colorblind? But then the California politicians, realizing that that’s going to make Asiatic Americans, and we don’t want that. And thankfully, from my perspective, towards the end of the 19th century, birthright citizenship was guaranteed for people of Chinese descent, as a result of Wong Kim Ark. But again, as we responded, the naturalization was not permitted for Asians as late as 1940s and 1950s.

But again, I think the Citizenship Act, Naturalization Act of 1870 was again part of this broader reconstruction package that was designed to reestablish the federal control over territorial sovereignty and membership. Any response?

CATHERINE CENIZA CHOY: Yeah. Well, I’ll respond to Nancy’s question. I mean, I think citizenship is such an important theme in Asian-American history. I do see, just from my standpoint, the Page Act being more about entry and migration, the exclusion of it, who’s included?

It is in the 1882 Chinese Exclusion Act about the ineligibility of Chinese to become citizens. And I have no doubt there’s an intersection here. But I think that was just my emphasis when I was presenting about the Page Act and when I’ve talked about it in scholarship. They absolutely go hand in hand.

Again, I think with the issue regarding Border Patrol, this is about federal statutes now as opposed to local regional ones. And so the idea of immigration being connected historically at this point to US national sovereignty, and with it, enforcement, even though I don’t think it’s necessarily always directly connected to US-Mexico border patrol, I do see there’s a connection there regarding systematic enforcement.

LETI VOLPP: I’ll just add that we could think of the citizen is correlated with the idea of freedom at this moment. And that you can see in the Page Act, the Chinese male worker a.k.a. “The Coolie” and the Chinese female a.k.a. the prostitute are correlated with both ideas of unfreedom. So there’s definitely a lot of scholarship on thinking about ways in which the recently emancipated Black Americans from slavery or enslavement, ways in which Chinese immigrants were positioned in relationship negatively to this recently emancipated population in terms of, we don’t want another phenomenon like that.

CYBELLE FOX: And I’ll just add that racial bars to naturalization certainly mattered in the early American social welfare system, not in the federal welfare state that was created and survived the Great Depression, but the WPA program initially had no citizenship or legal status restrictions but adopted them in the course of the program. The entire program was done by 1942, but obviously, individuals ineligible to naturalize were therefore, completely barred from access to the WPA. I think that’s part of the history that we need to explore more in terms of its effect on Asian populations.

But also old age assistance, even though the federal government had no citizenship or legal status restrictions, it allowed states to adopt citizenship restrictions if it wanted to. Basically, they thought the Social Security nativism was so high, the Social Security Act would not pass without some sort of option to restrict. And so many states barred noncitizens from old age assistance early on.

And the states that kept those restrictions in place the longest were states that had large Mexican or Asian populations. And of course, whereas in theory, Mexicans could naturalize to be able to get access to old age assistance when those laws were in place that barred naturalization for different Asian groups, then there was no option to naturalize, and so then complete exclusion from those programs.

HIDETAKA HIROTA: One last thing before we close, I forgot, I want to say this. The Page Act really established that the traveling single women will be seen as potential prostitutes. So in other words, the Page Act really established the family as a normative group. And eventually, anti-prostitution provisions were incorporated into immigration law. And Mexican women coming through the Mexican border, for example, were subjected to this skepticism. If, I mean, Mexican women without husbands were traveling, they would be seen with suspicions. And then they could be excluded as prostitutes. So I think there is very important implications of the Page Act for later laws and beyond Asian-Americans.

Anyway, with my own remark–

[LAUGHTER]

–I would like to close this event. Thank you for joining us today.

CATHERINE CENIZA CHOY: Thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

[MUSIC PLAYING]

[WOMAN’S VOICE] Thank you for listening. To learn more about Social Science Matrix, please visit matrix.berkeley.edu.

Matrix On Point

Matrix on Point: The New Gender Gap

Part of the Matrix on Point event series

Businessman and business woman standing. concept of gender gap or business inequality concept. Business career challenge symbol. Eps10 vector illustration.

Are we witnessing a backlash to the progress of gender equality around the world? New research reveals a growing gender gap in attitudes across a range of topics, particularly striking among younger generations. From polarized views on social issues to contrasting expectations regarding marriage and family, this divergence in outlook between genders points to deeper societal fissures.

Recorded on April 7, 2025, this panel brought together experts to discuss the contours and complexities of this “new gender gap” and explore its ramifications for politics, demography, and societal cohesion.

The recording features presentations by Xiaoling Shu, Professor of Sociology at UC Davis; and Rachel Bernhard, Associate Professor of Quantitative Political Science Research Methods at Nuffield College and the University of Oxford. Kiera Hudson, Assistant Professor in the Haas School of Business at UC Berkeley, moderated. (Note that Joshua R. Goldstein, Professor of Demography and Director of the Berkeley Population Center at UC Berkeley, also participated on the panel but declined to be recorded.)

Matrix On Point is a discussion series promoting focused, cross-disciplinary conversations on today’s most pressing issues. Offering opportunities for scholarly exchange and interaction, each Matrix On Point features the perspectives of leading scholars and specialists from different disciplines, followed by an open conversation. These thought-provoking events are free and open to the public.

The panel was co-sponsored by the Berkeley Economy and Society Initiative (BESI), the UC Berkeley Department of Demography, the Berkeley Population Center, the Haas School of Business, and the Center for Research on Social Change.

Please listen to the recording of the event below or on Apple Podcasts.

Transcript

[MUSIC PLAYING]

[WOMAN’S VOICE] The Matrix Podcast is a production of Social Science Matrix, an interdisciplinary research center at the University of California, Berkeley.

CORI HAYDEN: Welcome to the Matrix. My name is Cori Hayden. I am a professor of anthropology here at Berkeley and the interim director of the Social Science Matrix for this semester, one of the campus’s better gigs because it’s so interesting, the things that happen at this table.

We’re really pleased to have this panel set up for you today on The New Gender Gap, really addressing questions of what seems to be an increasing binarization of the world along gender lines in terms of politics, economics, other things that our panelists will help us think about today in some very interesting ways.

Before I turn it to Kiera to get us going in a more substantive way, I just want to say a couple things, first of all to thank our co-sponsors for today’s event: the UC Berkeley Department of Demography, The Berkeley Economy and Society Initiative, Berkeley Population Center, Haas School of Business, and the Center for Research on Social Change.

I want to thank Marion Fourcade and Ambrosia Shapiro, who are not in this room today but who really did the organizational work of setting up this panel last semester. And our current staff, Sarah Harrington, Chuck Kapelke in the back, and Eva Seto for all the help in getting these events up and running and in preparing them to share with those who could not be here today by recording.

Let me now introduce our moderator, Kiera Hudson. Kiera is an assistant professor in the Haas School of Business here at Berkeley. Their research examines the ubiquitous nature of unequal social hierarchies in society and their role as a primary source of intergroup conflict.

By understanding the contextual and psychological processes that underpin how hierarchies are formed, maintained, and influenced by one another, Professor Hudson’s work really helps us develop some tools for changing hierarchical systems and promoting a more egalitarian world. Without further ado, let me turn it over to Kiera. And thank you all for being here. And thank you all so much for coming.

[APPLAUSE]

KIERA HUDSON: The reason why I think it’s funny that moderators get introduced because no one comes for the moderator. People come for the panelists. But I am really excited to moderate this conversation, in part because of my own background. So I am a social psychologist by training. And I think I was also raised in a particular environment where we said that there’s only three types of hierarchies: age, gender, and arbitrary set.

So gender is very foundational, at least from what I have been taught. And I think the idea that what we understand about gender is perhaps changing is a really cool idea, in part because what I think this panel is going to suggest is that some of our knowledge of how gender works might be changing in our current environment and really challenge us to think through our current theories about how identity and specifically gender operate, and what can we learn moving forward.

So we have three really amazing people who are going to share some of their work. And so just a quick overview of what we’re going to do today. So I’m going to shut up very soon.

Dr. Xiaoling Shu will present for another 10 minutes. And she is the professor in the Department of Sociology at the University of California at the Davis. So clearly, we’re perhaps keeping it in the broader UC family. And her research focuses on the impacts of two of the most profound processes of our times, marketization and globalization, and their impact on gender inequalities as well as our subjective sense of well-being. So she studies family. She studies marriage. And she uses data science models, sort of on national and international data to carry out country-specific and cross-national analyses. And I think we’re going to hear some cross-country analyses today, which I’m really excited for.

And then last but not least, Dr. Rachel Bernhard will bring up the end of the panel. And she is an associate professor of quantitative political science research methods at the Nuffield College in the University of Oxford. So she came a very long way to give this or to be part of this panel. So we’re really excited. And she also got her PhD here at Berkeley but in political science. So again, keeping it within the family.

And she’s currently working on a book project on appearance-based discrimination and politics. And she teaches classes on political psychology, public policy, identity politics, et cetera. So we’re getting really phenomenal people across various parts of the social sciences to– I love how I’m leaning into this mic. But it’s not this mic at all that is projecting my voice.

Anyway, so they’re going to present for a collective 30 minutes. And then I’m going to lead a panel discussion, where we talk about some of the ideas that have come forth. Please think about your questions that you have for them because we’re going to wrap up in the last 20 minutes of our time today with audience Q&A. Any questions? This is new for me. So if you have questions, don’t be shy because I also don’t know. So we’ll figure it out together. So without further ado, please round of applause.

[APPLAUSE]

XIAOLING SHU: My talk has three parts, primarily based on my three lines of research. And I just extract all the graphs from some of my papers. So those were not intentional. I aimed to study gender gap. So I’m going to explain. So I put together this talk to give us some food for thought and also provide some background knowledge. Particularly, for example, I have the thoughts about fertility rates and how you change and why some of those information I’m going to provide to you are relevant.

So I studied gender ideology. And I think we need to take on a multi-dimensional view. And then the two most essential dimensions are hierarchical dimension and horizontal dimension. Of course, people argue about other dimensions.

So vertical equality and horizontal differentiation in terms of gender roles. So this is a map that I did and published just last December on the distribution of gender– these are the average on the two dimensions. And based on this, I also saw the vertical dimension and the horizontal dimension.

So based on these, I also identify four types of ideology as the liberal egalitarian, which are the Scandinavian, the Northwestern European countries. And then egalitarian essentialists are the rest of the Western countries. US is one of those.

And then at the right bottom side– and these are what I call– I had a hard time labeling this one. So I labeled it as a flexible traditionalist primarily are countries with a socialist legacy. And China is one of those. And then traditional socialist countries primarily are the predominantly Muslim majority countries. And more egalitarian are higher values. And the less egalitarian, the lower values.

So then you can characterize a gender attitude on two dimensions and then four types of ideology. So the next graph– I’m going to the table– I’m going to show you is huge. And no worries if you don’t see it you don’t see everything clearly. It’s just to demonstrate how I controlled all these other factors.

And so on the two dimensions, you remember the hierarchical, vertical dimensions and both showing a positive effect. So females, those are gender. So females are more egalitarian towards both gender equality and women’s dual roles.

And then the four types of ideology, I also showed that in terms of liberal egalitarianism, so women are 3.14 times more likely to hold that ideology than men. And then women are more than two times to fall into this type of ideology than men. And then lastly, women. So these are three types of non-traditional ideology. And all these three women are– so this is based on World Values Survey data of 47 countries that I published just in December last year. And so our conclusion seems like, oh, this is a universal. Seems like women are more supportive of egalitarian gender attitudes. So let’s look at the case of United States.

This one missing. In the United States, I used the data from General Social Survey and last four decades of data from 1977 to 2018. And so they always go together, the intersection of race and education. But I focus on gender. So if you look at the gender gap, gender gap in gender egalitarianism almost remain consistent during this entire period of four or five decades. So women significantly hold a higher or more egalitarian attitude than men.

So does that gender gap change based on other factors? So in another study, I identified one of the major factors that prompt a change in gender attitude is labor force gender equality measure, primarily measured as a gender earnings ratio plus a female labor force participation rate. So I combined those to construct a gender equality measure in the labor force.

And another factor would be percentage of men who were working. That comes to the compatibility of workers and family. And also, the perception of ideal workers in the workplace. So as labor force gender equality improves and racial gap shrink, educational gap shrink, not gender gap– so very stubborn.

And what about the other factor that I identified, a percentage of men overworking? Because when percentage of men were working in the labor force in the population, and then they would perceive women as not the materials cutoff for competition in the marketplace, less ideal workers, because women have family responsibilities. They cannot come up. They cannot respond to the demand of the workplace. So that’s how people perceive women in the workplace. And then there would be a decline in gender egalitarian. And that’s the argument of my paper.

And US, the percentage of men overworking increases. Racial gap– like a reverse flipped. And educational gap start to shrink, mainly because, at least during the period of my study, the most people who over work were college educated men. And then their decline is sharper than the rest of the population.

So on the other hand, gender gap– do you see any change. No. And does not budge at all. So this result, this persistent or stubborn gender gap with women leading in egalitarianism, is consistent with the findings from European countries. And so it indicates that structural reasons are insufficient and not powerful enough to initiate any change.

So one of the argument that I put forth probably is socialization and socialization. And in another paper, I also showed that a lot of times interest-based argument does not explain. And then many of them are the behavior and the belief of people. Rather, it’s a socialization. Socialization is much, much more powerful mechanism than interest.

And I’m going to show my study from China. So we thought initially that the argument is that the gender gap is going to be universal. But let’s look at the Chinese case.

And I studied, of course, a bunch of other attitudes. And the blue one is green. I didn’t have time to prepare a special graph for this purpose. So for all the different cohorts, you don’t see any gender gap except for the youngest cohorts aged 18 to 34 at the time of the study.

So I only show up among the youngest cohort. So that finding is not universal to all people of older generations. And then it also does not show up among people with less education, less than junior high. There’s some differences among senior high educated. But primarily would be the college educated, the gap is the largest. And then that explains lower marital rate among college-educated women because they cannot find men who think in the same way as they move away in the egalitarian direction.

And then this is the last one. I’m going to fly away. Last slide shows that this gender gap does not show up among the rural residents. Actually, my data from the early ’90s, rural women actually were more conservative in gender attitudes. These were the women who– most of the female child infant abuse were actually carried out by women themselves, by the midwives, by the relatives female relatives, and by the mothers sometimes.

But this is a progress actually. And when I look at this chart, I said, oh, this is a progress. Actually, rural women actually hold the same level of gender egalitarianism as rural men. And that’s already a progress because it used to be lower.

Only among the urban residents, there’s a gender gap in gender egalitarianism. And such a sharp gap among urban, college-educated, and youngest cohort– has profound impacts on many dimensions of life in the labor market and in marriage and family and the fertility behaviors. That’s it. Thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

KIERA HUDSON: OK. And last but not least, we have Dr. Rachel Bernard, who will be presenting without slides.

RACHEL BERNHARD: That’s right. The reason I’m presenting without slides is that I know it’s a diverse audience of people. And what I’m hoping is to keep my presentation short so that there’s more time for Q&A from the audience.

So where I want to start is by giving you a snapshot of where we are politically today. Overall, gender attitudes have liberalized in many countries over the decades. However, we are now seeing quite a course correction, especially among Gen Z, the youngest generation we have data for.

In the 2024 US election and a number of social science surveys that political scientists ran, we measured the largest ever gender gap in attitudes among Gen Z. So women were 38 percentage points more likely to vote for a Democrat and to express feminist attitudes. Young men, in contrast of Gen Z, were 13 percentage points more likely to vote for Donald Trump and Republicans and express more conservative attitudes.

If we contextualize this, what we see is that it looks very much like young men, after sort of peaking in gender liberalism among millennials, are now kind of declining back to where previous generations are, whereas women continue to liberalize. So the youngest generation of women are the most progressive or left-leaning generation of women on average. This is also not something that is just a function of US politics. So we see really similar trends in studies in the UK and Germany and in South Korea. And these are places with really different average levels of gender attitudes.

So South Korea– much more traditional, for instance. Germany tends to be more progressive even than the US. So we’re really seeing this kind of trend increasing conservatism on gender attitudes among young men and increasing progressivism or liberalism among young women.

So we have this stark new gender gap. What’s going on there? This is where we really have a knife fight within political science and other social sciences about exactly what’s happening. On the one hand, we can point to a sort of progress in women’s achievements very broadly.

So for instance, in the US case, we can see that women have become increasingly educated. Black women in particular have the highest rates of graduation from college per capita in the US. That’s an enormous change from where it was a few decades ago.

And so one could say, OK, maybe there’s sort of backlash against that. Josh spoke, for instance, about this perception that there’s now a problem for boys and young men. They’re being left behind. On the other hand, if we look at different metrics, we see a different story.

So the ratio of gendered labor earnings, for instance, has not changed in the US in about 35 years. So I can’t remember because it’s a sort of fictional sounding number the latest estimate of when we’re likely to get to gender parity in earnings in the US. But it’s something on the order of the year 2500. It is not sometime soon. And that is because progress has basically stalled. So women are getting more educated. But they are not earning more as a percentage relative to men.

Now, those trends do look a little bit different if we look at different countries around the world. It’s easy to point to, I think, different stories about exactly what’s going on there. A very popular story is one about backlash, that young men feel left behind,. And in particular, perhaps they’re being fed a series of narratives that this is because of feminism, this is because of women’s progress. And that depicts the world in a very zero-sum way. If girls do better, boys do worse.

There is also a lot of evidence that this is not just an attitudinal shift. So it’s not just something that people are saying sort of privately. But it doesn’t really affect their interactions.

There’s a lot of work within political science now on the rise of men’s rights groups, incels, various other sort of variants of this, many of whom advocate explicitly for violence against women, many of whom have been responsible for mass shootings, for instance, in the US. I’m sure a number of those incidents come to mind for you all.

This is, of course, not just a US phenomenon. Again, we see the exporting of these ideas and narratives around the world. Many of you may have read about the Tate brothers, for instance, in Romania, who have been some of the most popular influencers and sort of spreaders of these narratives. And we do see this reflected in other kinds of statistics.

So for instance, we’ve seen a dramatic increase over the last 10 years or so of practices like sexual strangulation in heterosexual sex, especially among young people. Part of that, of course, could be a difference in willingness to report this. If people don’t feel judged for it, they’re more likely to share that they’re doing it. And so we can’t say for sure that this is all just a function of attitudes among young people rather than no real changes in practice.

But it’s certainly not something where we just go, well, we can agree to disagree. It’s just attitudes. It’s just something that we have disagreement over. So I think, right now, political science very broadly is sort of circling a void, which is that we can see things have changed. We can see they’ve changed dramatically and quickly. We can see that they’ve changed around the world. And in some ways, that makes it more complicated for us to tell a story that this is just about the Tate brothers or this is just about Trump or this is just about some other factor.

So like my co-panelists in many ways, I also have a lot of questions about what’s happening, what’s responsible for this new gender gap. I have a lot of work across a lot of different topics in gender and politics, which I won’t inflict on you now. But I really hope that you’ll come with lots of questions, including sort of probing, difficult, provocative questions. Because in some ways, we social scientists have as many questions as I think you all do. And I’m excited to hear your thoughts. So thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

KIERA HUDSON: I invite all panelists to come back and sit up here. OK, so for the next– we’re doing beautifully on time. I’m so proud of all of us. So for the next 20 minutes, we’re going to have a discussion amongst the panelists because pretty much they all had a plea.

We do not know what’s going on. Let’s figure it out. And so I’m going to let the panelists talk. I have some thoughts myself. And then we’re going to have hopefully a very rich conversation. And then in the last 20 minutes of this event, we’re going to bring you into the conversation. At least that is our plan.

So like I said, I am a social psychologist by training. And so I had a lot of fun listening to all three of your presentations. And I think what I kept circling around a bit was the role of social roles in terms of men and women and whether or not what’s going on is a contextual thing.

So social roles work differently in different contexts. And so we’re in a different political space. We’re in a different country. And that’s what’s going on. Or is there something foundational about how gender works in terms of our evolutionary background about how these gender roles even came to be and our understandings of how men and women are supposed to be? And that is what is currently breaking down.

So for example, if you think about the history of marriage and why marriage is a thing, there was a time where women couldn’t do anything without a man. And that’s just not true. But it’s not true in deep ways.

Now, you can raise a child by yourself. And the social stigma around it is really reduced to the point where it might not even be prohibitive anymore. The idea that women can travel by themselves, and that’s now safer than ever.

And so the idea of what men and women were supposed to do as a unit, both in terms of marriage and whatnot, I’m wondering if our foundational understandings of gender is changing. Or is it the context? And you might not have an answer. Actually, you probably don’t have an answer.

But I am curious your musings around that. And hopefully, that’ll start to get at what pieces we should be thinking about on the table. And then we’ll go from there. So anybody can start. I’m not going to pick on you since you’re next to me. But if anyone has an intuition that they’ve been noodling on, I think we would all love to hear.

RACHEL BERNHARD:  I think it’s hard for us to separate out the role and the context. I mean, you can see, for instance, from both Josh and Xiaoling’s work, that there are these feedback loops. One thing changes. A structural thing changes, for instance. And then our attitudes or ideas or the symbolism that we place on that changes. And then in turn, that makes it possible to imagine even more different structures. So I don’t have a sort of easy prefab answer on that.

What I do think is important to highlight in your question is how immensely these structures have changed. Now, they haven’t all changed universally everywhere. The ability of an unmarried woman to travel in rural India is very different than the ability of an unmarried woman to travel in the United States, though those differences in structures are not always universal across countries. The US might be more liberal or permissive on one dimension and not at all on another dimension.

But we see enormous shifts in terms of expectations about who does what about some of the biggest life decisions possible– having children, marrying, having partners, et cetera. So I do think– I mean, certainly, big changes on that, of course, are going to be matched by these big changes in attitudes that we see from a lot of these general social surveys. So I think it’s not surprising. But perhaps the speed at which some of this is changing is surprising.

XIAOLING SHU: I will follow up. So the gender roles are actually not intrinsic. They are socially prescribed and arose. So as I showed in, I think– my first graph says, for example, in Scandinavian countries and in the remaining rest countries, in terms of the countries that are ranked high on the vertical equality measure, so they see men and women are intrinsically equal. At least you don’t– unconditional.

But on the other hand, many of those countries with a socialist legacy, following the Marxist pathway, believing that women have to earn their equality through paid employment– so that’s why they promote a high female labor force participation at the same time without relieving them from domestic duties and responsibilities. So these are, again, prescribed roles that although they think women should contribute to participate in the labor force and can be loving mothers at the same time and expect them to contribute to household income– but at the same time, they don’t see women as deserving of equal rights and equal opportunities in the public sphere. So these are not intrinsically the roles.

And on the other hand, these roles also change based on other circumstances. And public policy would be one major impetus of change, the laws and regulations. And so now shrinking– at least in the ’60s and ’70s, shrinking gender gap in earnings would be a result of that and also change this definition of roles. And gender roles also change. And it’s also universal, that shifting and definition societal prescription of gender roles.

So for example, in Western countries, as we mentioned, that families can be of very diverse forms, can be a single parent family, can be a same sex family. But on the other hand, in many other parts of the word– for example, one of my book and chapter is on new feminism. So particularly in some Asian countries and also in some of the low fertility countries, like Italy and Spain and now South Korea and Hong Kong and Japan, these are countries emphasizing feminism.

And the fertility is closely connected with marriage. Marital birth are more legitimized than out-of-wedlock birth. So some of those low fertility is a result of lower marriage rates of these societies.

And China is the same way. And in many of those East Asian countries, out-of-wedlock fertility is less than 2% or 3%. But on the other hand, people’s attitude also changed. For example, in my survey data from 2017, in China, people’s acceptance of divorce and childless new forms and unconventional forms of family start to also increase.

So it works as Rachel mentioned and works both ways. They reinforce each other. And then the new structural change also change people’s perception. And perceptions push for new laws and regulations and the structural change.

RACHEL BERNHARD: Yeah, I just have a quick addition, which I think Xiaoling’s comments really brought out, which is that these changes do happen kind of in tandem. They correlate a lot but not perfectly. Sometimes, they lag. Sometimes, they lead.

I was thinking when you were talking about there’s this fantastic paper called “All The Single Ladies” by two economists, where they show that when women are sort of narrowly elected to the office of Mayor in Sweden versus narrowly losing. They’re much more likely to end up divorced at the end of their term.

And the reason they argue with, I think, some pretty persuasive data is that there’s a tension between taking on this sort of leadership role and expectations about their availability to do things like childcare. And the really fascinating thing is that they find this even though these women are not spending more hours at their job after becoming mayor because their working hours are pretty tightly constrained by labor regulations there.

So what you can see is this kind of mismatch of expectations to structures. Even though you have in many ways, an extremely egalitarian society, you don’t see, oh, yes, the attitudes have tracked that perfectly. And so when women are ahead, if you will, they’re chafing at the bit. They want to be able to have children by themselves, to freeze eggs, to do whatever they might be wanting to do.

And then they’re chafing at not having the permission or the legal structure or whatever to be able to do that. But then when they actually get ahead, when they’re leading rather than lagging, there’s often a sort of pushback or penalty, especially from men, though not always. Sometimes, it’s religion or partisanship or whatever that’s really dictating those attitudes. So I just wanted to pick up on those points.

KIERA HUDSON: Thank you all for answering that question. I really loved all of your answers. And as you were talking and I was reflecting, I kept thinking about what else almost needs to be added to the mix for us to have a clearer understanding. And so A, I’m curious what you think that is.

And just to give a bit of context, I am an intersectional scholar. And so I think, Xiaoling, you really brought in that this is happening in a particular subset of people. It’s not all folks in China but the more educated, et cetera. That’s kind of ironic, given that we think being more educated leads people to be more liberal.

But I was also thinking about, Rachel, some of your comments around like gender inequality versus equality and how, for example, the difference between what men and women make is very different if you’re talking about white people versus Black people. The gender gap is actually much smaller amongst Black folks.

And whether or not folks know that, it’s kind of an interesting dynamic thinking about what these roles are doing when you add in another identity. And so I’m curious about, in your work, what other identities have you found that really plays a big role in terms of fertility? When I think of people who are more educated, in my mind, they don’t have as many kids as people who are less educated.

So how does that then intersect with gender? And what other identities follow perhaps socioeconomic status? Thinking about politics and whether or not men within Gen Z– are there other differences from sexual orientation to race that are actually changing that widening gap? Is that just amongst white people, for example? I don’t know if you know the answer. But that was something I was curious if you all could speak to. And again, anybody can start. Get your questions ready.

RACHEL BERNHARD: Do you want to start, Xiaoling?

XIAOLING SHU: Well, yeah, I need some time to put things together. But I’m just putting things together where I’m probably a little bit disorganized. So other identity, the first one I come across because I explicitly chart that racial difference. And so among African-Americans, African-Americans are actually holding more egalitarian attitudes than whites. So that’s why the racial gap is shrinking. It’s because both white men and the White women’s egalitarian attitudes were further declining and because of some of the structural change. And that’s probably some people don’t– so that’s why in my abstract of that article, I said a racial gap with African-Americans leading is shrinking.

And also, in my studies in China that are rural residents and also our other identity, that’s very, very relevant. And the birth cohorts are also very relevant. And education as a proxy of social class is also very relevant.

And speaking of education, impact on fertility is quite tricky. And initially, highly educated people, they start to do– the fertility decline because they spend more time in investing in their education. And also, they tend to work longer times and then making money, busy making money.

But more recent studies have found that actually highly educated people have more resources relative to other groups of people. And so there is the so-called educational gradation both in marriage, because now they have a higher marriage rate, and both in terms of fertility. And they are turning to have actually higher fertility rates. So it’s quite interesting that if you study a longer period of time and you– some of the arguments, some of the factors you take for granted and start to reverse their effect over the trajectories of all those transformations. And I will stop here.

RACHEL BERNHARD: To your question about whether other identities play a role, yes, absolutely. Which identities those are depends a lot on what we’re interested in studying. So I have one working paper, for instance, that’s on wealth and gender in Congress. And we find that the women in Congress are much wealthier on average than the men in Congress. And they have– yeah, they need to make [INAUDIBLE].

And they in tandem also have– women in Congress have fewer children on average than men in Congress. We see that this has effects on their voting behavior but, again, differently for men and women. So the wealthier congressmen are, the more conservatively they tend to vote on economic issues.

But the wealthier Congress women are doesn’t seem to make so much of a difference. It’s not very predictive of how they vote. So a lot of these things are absolutely complicated and intersectional. If we think about basic voting attitudes, there in the US, at least, I mean, racial attitudes are an enormous predictor. It’s probably the strongest predictor, though decreasing in this last election, with gender kind of like following a little bit behind in terms of its predictive power.

We see a much smaller gap, for instance, among African-American voters by gender. So African-American women tend to be the most sort of left leaning or progressive voting bloc in the US. They’re at about 95% or 96% voting Democrat in the last election. Black men did decline but from about 91% to about 88% So that’s still a difference. The trend lines are still in the same direction. But that’s obviously a much smaller gap than this really enormous gap. Whereas we see among Latinos, for instance, they were a bit more similar to each other before. But they have a really enormous gap that’s emerging.

So yeah, I mean, again, depending on what sorts of outcomes or attitudes you’re interested in studying, the other factors that you have to take into account to understand the phenomena are hugely different. And I’m happy to expand on that more. It’s just we could look at all sorts of interesting stuff. We could look at religion. We could look at sexual orientation. There’s big, big differences on all of these variables.

KIERA HUDSON: So we can now open it up to Q&A. And I see someone is very ready. So there is a mic somewhere.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: OK. Hi, I’m Heather Haveman from sociology and the business school, just like Kiera, who’s in my group. And so, Rachel, I have a question for you. I was interested in the regression discontinuity analysis of people who just lost versus just won mayoral elections. And is it in Sweden?

RACHEL BERNHARD: Yeah.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: OK. So it’s something about becoming in a position of authority. It’s not necessarily about more hours worked. So you already showed or talked about how that was. That was not the answer.

So it’s like that men are egalitarian, even in the Nordic countries, we think of as the most socially egalitarian, their attitudes toward gender differences or gender roles. But when women get power, men are liking it. You could do the same analysis, a similar analysis, if you looked at women’s earnings versus men’s earnings.

And Josh, given that you’re– I think of you often as more of an economic demographer– is like you didn’t even talk about the gender gap in earnings and the sort of persistence in that over time. But I think this is really maybe a way to think about this. It’s not about, oh, it’s a more difficult job. It’s that you have power.

And the same thing happens when we see in terms of who does the housework. It’s actually a real paper titled that, than when women earn more, men do less housework than the women. They learn the same as women. And it’s like this, you can be equal, but you can’t be better, as I think part of what’s going on. But seeing it in Sweden is depressing.

RACHEL BERNHARD: Yeah, there’s a big literature, which I’m glad you spoke to about these various what happens when women get ahead. And we do– it depends a little bit on the analysis and the country in question. But we do often see this pattern that most countries, most sexes might express a desire for egalitarianism.

But if men are earning a little bit more or a bit more educated or whatever, everyone kind of goes, well, that’s fine. That’s how it is, whatever. But when women get a little bit ahead, everyone goes, now we’ve gone too far. So we do see that pattern.

We do also see, I mean, again, even in these really egalitarian contexts, there’s a bunch of work that looks at maternity and paternity leaves, for instance, again, looking in Sweden and Norway. And what they find is that there’s super strong social stigma against women cutting their maternity leave short. So they’re given about a year of maternity leave on average for each child.

And even among professors– I was chatting with a Swedish professor about this. I said, did you feel this? I mean, it’s one thing if there’s sort of stigma against coming back, if you’re lifting heavy bags or boxes onto a conveyor belt or something. But you sit and type papers.

And if you feel like you’re ready to go back after six months, why can’t you? And she said, I mean, I would be persona non grata in my department if I did that. And that’s even amongst– we think of this as the Holy Grail. Like, everything’s egalitarian. And everyone’s educated and wealthy. And they have options. And they have a year of maternity leave.

And people are still feeling that stigma, that pressure. And in turn, that has downstream effects. If you’re out of the labor force for a year, that has a much bigger impact on your productivity, which, again, we can disagree as individuals like, is that the one measure or thing we care about? Maybe not. Maybe we don’t care if we have two fewer papers this year or something because we’ve had a child. And that’s awesome.

But conversely, if we do care about that and we did want to return to work sooner, that is a pressure and a difficulty. Probably, Josh can speak to some of this as well. But yeah, there’s a really big literature that kind of finds when you shift the balance a little bit. It’s not just like, well, we’d all like to be 50/50. But it’s the same if the woman is at 55 or the man is at 55. There’s quite stark disparities often.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Claude Fischer from sociology. So the preface to my comment or question is just we should not underestimate how radical the change was over the last three generations. Around 1960, only 20% of women with young children were in the labor force. By the end of the century, it was a vast majority of women were in the labor force.

In fact, in terms of social policy, the expectation in the previous period was that women who worked with having children were bad. By the end of the century, women who did not work were bad. And then you had a tremendous influx of women into all these different occupations, everything from military to law to medicine to the academy.

This was a period of immensely radical change. And so my question is, if this panel had been held 30 years ago and people were seeing this change in process, would not the prediction of the social scientists at the time be, we are seeing the erasure of gender as a marker for success in life, for cultural differences, for everything other than what people voluntarily would like to be, gender wise? And I think that would be the prediction if this was 30 years ago because the structural things were changing so radically toward egalitarianism. Why are we not there?

RACHEL BERNHARD: I’ll start very briefly just with a personal anecdote, which is that I don’t think we even have to go back 30 or 35 years. I think even this narrative 10 years ago was, at least in political science, that there really was very heavy erasure and that most of the research was really focused on, what are the most efficacious ways to get there? How do we implement quotas? How do we shift earnings? It was very pragmatic, I think, just like how do we get the last little bit of the way there.

And so as a result, when I was getting my PhD, for instance, in studying gender and politics, my advisors, who are lovely people, who themselves study discrimination of various kinds, kept sort of gently turning to me and saying, don’t you think maybe it would be better if you said you studied something else? Wouldn’t it be better if you said you studied racial inequality or sexual orientation or something like that, where they’re going to still be real inequalities and people will hire you? I don’t know that they’ll really hire if you study gender.

And then sort of nice for me, horribly for everyone else, Hillary Clinton didn’t win the election. And then all of a sudden, everyone wanted to hire people who studied study gender and politics. But there was very much a story in political science at least that gender was like, why study this very marginal sort of thing that’s fading in importance when you could study something big and sexy and difficult that’s going to stick around? So yeah.

XIAOLING SHU: I think we are not there for two reasons. There might be other reasons. But I just want– I only have time to elaborate on two. First is the stubborn gender gap in gender attitudes that I showed you.

Half of the population are not there, are not in support of women’s equality. So that’s a reason. Another reason is that in terms of domestic work and child caring and the elderly caring, that’s not shared 50 to 50. And that burden on women also impacted the role they play, the investment , and the commitment in the public sphere.

And so they are perceived as not cut out for so-called ideal workers, dedicated workers, committed workers in the workplace. They are seen as a lesser of a leadership role and the employees in the labor force. So those are primarily the two reasons that I can think of. And I’m sure there are other explanations.

Oh, I forgot to add. The progress actually is not a linear one-directional progress. I studied the stalled gender revolution. So there was a whole decade from the mid 1990s to the mid 2000s. Americans and gender attitude actually declined and then rebounded back.

So 2004 was at the same level as 1994. So we lost a whole decade of progress. So we backtracked for a decade. So the progress is actually– in terms of historical period, progress is not one-directional.

And also, what I found is that the baby boomers are actually mostly gender egalitarian cohort. The younger cohort, when we measure them at the same age period compared with the baby boomers, they are not. They are lesser egalitarian in terms of gender compared with the Boomer generation. So it’s actually not that we are not moving there towards that direction yet.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hopefully, this will be quick. So you mentioned that there have been these– part of the global decline in fertility is people no longer entering into marriages potentially or no longer entering into partnerships that produce children. So something I’m curious about, if you’ve thought about or if you know of any research about, is if there is an observable difference in some of these social attitudes and ideologies between unpartnered men and unpartnered women versus partnered women and partnered men.

RACHEL BERNHARD: I’ll just respond very quickly. At least in terms of politics and voting, unmarried women are the furthest left. So if you look at married women, they’re further into the center. And then you have married men and then unmarried men.

And although that’s very stark right now, it is a similar pattern. If we look back 100 years ago, for instance, at early suffrage movements, it was often unmarried women who were driving hardest for this. And a lot of the arguments about suffrage basically said, well, why would we need to give women the vote because they’ll vote just the same as their husbands? And so it’s just it’s not doing anything. It’s just complicating our system.

And unmarried women existed. And so they argued that, yes well, we actually need the vote for ourselves as well. But yeah, you see that pattern across a lot of democracies over time.

XIAOLING SHU: Yeah, I don’t study that per se in the US society. My analysis was based on– particularly, my study of fertility is primarily from using data from China. So as I mentioned because of the government’s strong sanction, the sanction, and the strong control– initially the policy was not even issued household registration to children born out of wedlock. And that relaxed, which means that an out of wedlock child cannot even go to school, have no formal registration.

That changed. But still, egg freezing, it’s strongly sanctioned. Only married women can do that. And I’m married. And I cannot. And other technology assisted fertility or the fertility procedures are also heavily sanctioned on married women and can enjoy that privilege. And that’s why lots of women moved out overseas to receive treatment of unmarried women.

Actually, I was interviewed by Australian Broadcasting Corporation too on that topic. So unfortunately, because that group of people is so small, I cannot answer your question using any of the data.

RACHEL BERNHARD: Just to add briefly, it’s not China either. In the UK, for instance, you still cannot get NHS. So the health insurance system support for egg freezing or infertility unless you are in a married heterosexual couple.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My question–

KIERA HUDSON: Last question.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Perfect, thank you. My question is, I’m curious to hear your guys’ thoughts on if this widening gap will kind of course correct with future generations. I guess how I would phrase it is, obviously, Gen Z holds typically more conservative views compared to millennials. I believe the children of millennials would be Gen Alpha.

Would you think that Gen Alpha would, similarly to Gen Z, go more to the right or follow kind of their parents’ point of view when it comes to where they are on the political spectrum and when Gen Z starts having kids, if they’ll follow their parents, being more conservative or how that would work? Because I think about it with gay marriage, for example, if you were to poll my parents’ generation on that, it would be much more disagreeable compared to if you polled where Gen Z stood on that. So how you think the future generations would compare to Millennial and Gen Z as their parents?

RACHEL BERNHARD: It’s hard to predict. I mean, social scientists were kind of wrong about all of our theories of all of these things. We’ve kind of showcased that for you.

And so in some sense, I wouldn’t put a lot of weight on my or anyone else’s predictions about this. Some of us will turn out to be right about things. Some will turn out to be wrong about things.

It’s hard to say a bit even if those who are right are right sort of just by chance or whether we really sort of saw down the pike, so to speak. I think, broadly, what we tend to see is sort of changes in patterns of how much these attitudes cluster or bundle together. So we see people now who might be very conservative on gender attitudes but very permissive with regard to sexual orientation.

And those things used to bundle more tightly together. So that makes it trickier to say. If everything moved in lockstep, then we could say, well, it might be difficult to change those attitudes. But once you change one, you might change everything.

Now, people can be sort of persuaded on one dimension. And it doesn’t really affect where they are on another dimension. So that’s a sort of long way of saying, I’m not sure we have any idea what will be happening in a generation or two.

XIAOLING SHU: I agree that in terms of gender attitude, I already mentioned, that the baby boomers so far is the most egalitarian. It’s actually declined, of course, different birth cohorts in terms of gender egalitarianism. But on the other hand, depending on which type of attitude you talk about, racial attitude, the younger generation are obviously more egalitarian than the older generation.

And then sexual attitudes probably in the same way. And I also study the Chinese different cohorts. And then that change is very dramatic. The younger generation are more egalitarian or more liberal or more nontraditional on almost all the dimensions, partly because China is going through a different phase of development than the US.

The West was towards the top or at the end of the development. And then China is still right in the middle. So that change is very dramatic. And then if I show you a chart of the cohort, it’s a very beautiful rising pattern.

But on the other hand, in the US, it’s all messed up. All the trajectories are sometimes on top of each other. Or even some of the lines are falling under older generation.

KIERA HUDSON: So we’re having a phenomenal conversation. But I feel bad. I have to cut it off. I don’t want to end on nothing, even though we might not. But I think this is a great opportunity for us to interrogate a lot of the assumptions that each of our fields have around gender and use this opportunity to really figure out what’s going on rather than, I don’t know, lamenting and throwing our hands up. So with that, please join me in thanking our panelists. And I hope you have a wonderful day.

[APPLAUSE]

[MUSIC PLAYING]

[WOMAN’S VOICE] Thank you for listening. To learn more about Social Science Matrix, please visit matrix.berkeley.edu.

Authors Meet Critics

Native Lands: Culture and Gender in Indigenous Territorial Claims

Recorded on April 4, 2025, this video features an Authors Meet Critics panel on the book Native Lands: Culture and Gender in Indigenous Territorial Claims by Shari Huhndorf, Professor of Ethnic Studies at UC Berkeley. Professor Shari Huhndorf was joined in conversation with Lauren Kroiz, Associate Professor of History of Art at UC Berkeley, and Luanne Redeye, Assistant Professor of Art Practice at UC Berkeley. Bernadette Pérez, Assistant Professor of History at UC Berkeley, moderated.

The Social Science Matrix Authors Meet Critics book series features lively discussions about recently published books authored by social scientists at UC Berkeley. For each event, the author discusses the key arguments of their book with fellow scholars. These events are free and open to the public.

This panel was co-sponsored by the UC Berkeley Center for Race and Gender (CRG) and the Department of Ethnic Studies, the History of Art Department, and the Joseph A. Myers Center for Research on Native American Issues.

About the Book

Shari HuhndorfNative Lands analyzes the role of visual and literary culture in contemporary Indigenous campaigns for territorial rights. In the post-1960s era, Indigenous artists and writers have created works that align with the goals and strategies of new Native land-based movements. These works represent Native histories and epistemologies in ways that complement activist endeavors, while also probing the limits of these political projects, especially with regard to gender. The social marginalization of Native women was integral to dispossession. And yet its enduring consequences have remained largely neglected, even in Native organizing, as a pressing concern associated with the status of Indigenous people in settler nation-states. The cultural works discussed in this book provide an urgent Indigenous feminist rethinking of Native politics that exposes the innate gendered dimensions of ongoing settler colonialism. They insist that Indigenous campaigns for territorial rights must entail gender justice for Native women.

Podcast and Transcript

 Listen to this panel as a podcast below or on Apple Podcasts.

[MUSIC PLAYING]

CORI HAYDEN: Hi, everyone. Welcome so glad to have you here. My name is Cori Hayden. I’m in the Department of Anthropology. I’m the Interim Faculty Director of Social Science Matrix. And I am thrilled to welcome you to this fantastic panel, one of our Author Meets Critics series today to celebrate and discuss Shari Huhndorf’s book, Native Lands: Culture and Gender and Indigenous Territorial Claims.

We have with us, as you can see, Lauren Kroiz, Luanne Redeye, and Bernadette Pérez as our moderator. And thank you all for being here. And thank you, Shari, for the gift of this book. Very excited to discuss.

So this book was published just last year, 2024, by UC Press. And it’s a really wonderful analysis of the role of visual and literary culture in Indigenous movements for territorial rights, and offers a really nice and powerful Indigenous feminist perspective, really thinking through the intersection of gender justice and land-based activism.

Today’s event is co-sponsored by UC Berkeley’s Ethnic Studies Department, the History of Art Department, or yes, Center for Race and Gender, and the Center for Research on Native American Issues. And I do want to give a special thanks to the preceding and returning faculty director, Marianne Fourcade, and to Ambrosia Shapiro, who both really put this event together last year.

I am the lucky free rider. I get to come to these amazing events. And I also want to thank the Matrix staff who are making everything run so smoothly here. Now our program manager Sara Harrington, Chuck [INAUDIBLE] back there, and [INAUDIBLE] in the front office. So thanks to all of you.

Before we get started, I am duty bound to advertise some of our upcoming events. April 7, a Matrix on point event on the new gender gap– thinking about gender and labor and wealth inequality globally.

April 9 at 12 o’clock, global perspectives on anti-blackness and gender violence with one of our Matrix faculty Fellows. Panels on technology in China, border control, the law and politics of antitrust. As you can tell, a range of things hitting all dimensions of social science research on this campus and the world. So please keep an eye on that on our website if any of these are of interest to you.

But back to the event of the day and the reason that we are here. Let me introduce our moderator, Bernadette Pérez, and then she will take over from there. Bernadette is Assistant Professor of History here at Berkeley. She focuses particularly on the histories of Latinx and Indigenous peoples in the West.

Her work hits multiple subfields of history– from race and environment to labor migration colonialism. In its broadest and most finest point, she studies empire and capitalism in action. Welcome, Bernadette. I will turn it over to you. Thanks so much for being here. And Thank you to you all.

BERNADETTE PÉREZ: All right. Thank you so much, Cori.

[APPLAUSE] All

Right. Can you hear me? It’s good? OK, wonderful. OK, so welcome to the Matrix. We are on the unceded territory of the Muwekma Ohlone. And it’s my honor to introduce our panel today, celebrating Professor Shari Huhndorf’s new book, Native Lands– Culture and Gender Indigenous Territorial Claims.

Thank you to Cori for introducing me and to Sarah and everybody here at the Matrix for bringing us together. My role is to just introduce the panel. I’m going to give a sense of the structure of our conversation today, and then I will turn it over to our three panelists.

OK, so Shari Huhndorf is class of 1938 Professor of Native American Studies in the Department of Ethnic Studies here at UC Berkeley. She’s the author of three books– Native Lands, which we’ll be talking about today, Going Native– Indians in the American Cultural Imagination, and Mapping the Americas– The Transnational Politics of Contemporary Native Culture.

As well as being co-editor of three different volumes, including Indigenous Women and Feminism– Politics, Activism, and Culture, which won the Canadian Women’s Studies Association prize for outstanding scholarship. She also serves beyond our institution in a variety of capacities and has won many awards and fellowships, including a Guggenheim.

And has served on the Board of Trustees at the Smithsonian’s museum of the American Indian, where she also chairs the repatriations committee. She is currently completing a community history of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act of 1971– the largest Indigenous land claim settlement in US history.

So she will begin today speaking for about 20 minutes, and then she’ll be followed by our two other panelists who will each speak for about 10 to 15 minutes before we will open the floor to Professor Huhndorf to respond, as well as for audience Q&A.

Next to Professor Huhndorf, we have Lauren Kroiz who is an Assistant Professor of History, of Art here on campus. Her research and teaching focuses on art and modernism in the United States during the 20th century.

And she has taught a range of topics in the history of American art, photography, material culture, and modernism, including courses on avant gardism, race and representation, thing theory, technologies of imaging, meanings of medium, and globalization.

Kroiz is the author of Cultivating Citizens– The Work of Art in the New Deal Era, as well as Creative Composites– Modernism, Race, and the Stieglitz Circle. And then our final panelist today is Luanne Redeye who is a portrait and figurative artist who questions modes of representation through visual storytelling and personal archive.

Her artwork draws connections to the land and kinship of her home community, holding memories, stories, and imprints of her familial relationships. She is a citizen of the Seneca Nation and Hawk clan, and grew up on the Allegany Indian Reservation in Western New York. She received her MFA in painting and drawing at the University of New Mexico, and has been supported through many residencies as put on a number of exhibitions.

And has received multiple grants from various institutions, including Kent State University, the Museum of Contemporary Native Arts, the Santa Fe Art Institute, New American Paintings, and the New York State Council on the Arts, among others. So I want to welcome our three panelists today, and I will cede the floor to Professor Huhndorf.

[APPLAUSE]

SHARI HUHNDORF: Is the microphone working? Yes, is the microphone working? No, it is. OK, I’ll try to speak louder. Thank you, Bernadette, for that very kind introduction and for agreeing to be here to moderate. Your own work is so exciting and inspirational. I’m really happy to be in conversation with you.

And just a couple more words of thanks before we get started. So thanks to Cori and to Marianne and to Ambrosia for the invitation. To Sarah and the Matrix staff for pulling together the event, which is so labor-intensive. Thank you for doing that. Really excited to be in conversation with Lauren and Luanne.

And I was just saying to Lauren before we got started that I’m a little daunted to be in conversation with other art historians and artists because I myself have no training in art history, nor am I an artist. And it was kind of a risk to talk about art. So they’re going to tell me all the things I missed. Really glad about that. I might need to rewrite the book.

And also thanks to you for being here. It is a lovely day outside. It’s Friday afternoon. It’s lunchtime. So thank you for taking the time to be here as part of this conversation. OK, so I think I have about 20 minutes and I’m going to spend that time laying out the major argumentative threads of the book.

So the story of the book begins in the late 1960s, which, of course, was a watershed era in native North America for multiple reasons. And one is the political movements that emerged during this era have been absolutely transformative in the native world.

So when we teach Native history, we usually talk about this era as marking the emergence of Red Power. And the Red Power Movement took as one of its strategies a series of occupations of places across the country as a means to draw attention to Native claims to the land, both in the past and the present.

And, of course, the first sort of major occupation of that era took place in our own neighborhood here in Alcatraz Island. So what happened as part of the occupation of Alcatraz– this was a group of mostly young Native people who called themselves Indians of all tribes who occupied Alcatraz beginning in 1969 for about 19 months.

And think about that– that is like a huge feat to occupy that land for a 19-month period. So they occupied that land for 19 months. And we usually think of that as the major event that catalyzes the Red Power Movement more broadly.

So the occupation ends in 1971. And Red Power takes off, but usually it kind of wanes, like the groups that were important to red power are still around. But that period wanes in the late 1970s. But one of the things that is really important about that era is that despite the waning of these particular events and groups is that the late 1960s marks the era of emergence of a new era of land claims that we are still in today.

So if we think about some of the contemporary events that are important in this sort of ongoing activism around Native land claims, we might think about what happened in 2016 on the Standing Rock Reservation, the protests around the Dakota Access Pipeline that drew representatives from more than 300 native tribes, mostly from North America, but also from across the Americas.

And thousands of other supporters who came and went during these weeks of occupation and really drew global attention to campaigns for Native rights. We also might think about the more decentralized Land Back movement which is ongoing, which is a series of Native endeavors to reclaim traditional territories, not necessarily always as like to get that land back to own that land, but that’s part of that broader project.

But also includes things like efforts to assert traditional stewardship over traditional lands to regain hunting, fishing, and gathering rights on traditional territories. And that’s really an ongoing, again, decentralized and widespread movement at the moment. And we might also think about the recent practice of land acknowledgments as being part of one of the outcomes of this sort of ongoing era, this press for Native territorial claims.

So what’s new about that? So we might say that Native politics have always and forever centered around getting land back in the, at least since Europeans came to this land and dispossessed Native people.

But this era is different for some reasons. And one of those reasons is that the activists during this era have employed a new set of strategies to assert their claims to territories. So some of those strategies are legal strategies.

And one thing that’s remarkable about this era is the assertion of the common law doctrine of Aboriginal title to assert the native legal claims to land. And, of course, what Aboriginal title is, is a common law doctrine that says that long histories of use and occupancy, Native use and occupancy of land underlie legal claims in the present.

So that’s been a really common argument used to assert native land claims in the present. The other thing is the increasing reliance on treaty rights to assert legal claims. So those of you who know something about Native history know that the United States signed 371 treaties with Native nations, unilaterally broke all of them, every single one. That happened in different ways.

But nevertheless, if you read the US Constitution, you know that treaties remain the law of the land. And Native communities have used that status of treaties as the law of the land to assert their claims with actually a great deal of success.

Another important strategy of this era is to bring to light the brutal violence of dispossession. So the histories going back hundreds of years of the ways that Native communities have been dispossessed and the horrible violence of that process, and the fact that narrating those claims gives native communities a moral and ethical claim to territories. And that, too, has been an effective strategy.

And then finally, one thing that’s important about this era of land claims and the kind of strategies that activists use, is that these activist movements are tied to a sort of broader process of Native cultural revitalization that I was going to say commenced, I’m going to say recommenced in the late 1960s.

And activists have made this sort of strong argument that various land-based practices are really integral to Native identities. And that, too, has been a critical part of the arguments to reclaim lands in this era.

So this era starts in the late 1960s, and activists have used these strategies, and they’ve achieved some remarkable and unprecedented victories with regard to land claims during this period. So thinking back to that period, late 1960s, early 1970s.

In 1970s– sorry, 1970, the Nixon administration, which many people are surprised to learn, was like the friendliest presidential– Native people here are nodding. Nixon was the best president for Native people. And we can talk about that in the Q&A if you want to. Yeah, wow, kind of shocking. But he really was for so many reasons.

And I’m just going to name one of those reasons and there are others. There’s a whole set of policies that have really transformed the politics of Native communities in the United States. But one of those events was that in 1970, the Nixon administration facilitated the return of Blue Lake to Taos Pueblo.

And that was an important event because it marked the first return on the part of the federal government of Native lands to Native communities. So really a landmark event. So that’s 1970. The following year is the passage of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act.

And that is actually– Bernadette said this is a book I’m finishing right now. That is my home community. That land claim settlement took place in my home community. My family was really involved in lobbying for it.

That’s an important story to me, but it’s also an important story nationally in a way that’s not always recognized in the Native world. Like Native Alaskan, Native California, actually, not always thought of as being central in native politics.

So as part of that settlement, 44 million acres of land in Alaska were acknowledged to be Native land returned to Native communities, also $1 billion returned as part of that settlement. And just to give you a sense of scale.

So if we’re to think about all the reservation land in the United States combined, that’s about 56 million acres. So in Alaska, one land claim settlement was 44 million acres. So that’s big. Not returned as reservation land. And that’s a complexity, but not a conversation for now.

So thinking about events that were important in this period north of the border, in 1973, in Canada, the Calder Supreme Court decision recognized for the first time the notion of Aboriginal title, which I just mentioned, those sort of histories of use and occupancy as giving rise to Native legal claims.

That this Supreme Court decision, for the first time, recognizes Aboriginal title as a foundation for Native land rights in Canada. And subsequent to that decision, there have been 25 new treaties in Canada with Native nations. And one of those agreements in the 1990s established the Inuit controlled territory of Nunavut.

And then finally, we might think about more contemporary events in addition to the ones I just mentioned– Standing Rock and others we might think about, the numerous public and private returns of land to Native communities, like sometimes churches, sometimes individuals, sometimes townships, including in California, returning land to Native communities as a result of this activism that was catalyzed in the 1960s and continues to this day.

So, not incidentally, this period that starts about 50 years ago was also a period of the outpouring of creative expression in the Native world. So thinking again about those early years, this is the year– these are the years of the emergence of what became known as the Native American Renaissance.

So all of this native literature, art, poetry, also filmmaking, filmmaking and technology becomes accessible during this time. And we see this huge outpouring of creative expression that gains national and international recognition.

So one key event in this history of cultural production is the fact that in 1969, N. Scott Momaday won the Pulitzer Prize for his novel, House Made of Dawn. This body of work, usually we think of Native American Renaissance as starting in the late 1960s, continuing through the ’80s. And we’re still in an era of outpouring of Native cultural expression.

We have an artist here who’s part of that. We usually think of this as the post-Renaissance era. But some of the same concerns and themes cut across these eras. So one of the things that we see in this body of work is a concern with the revival of Native cultural traditions of various kinds, including language.

A lot of use of Indigenous languages, especially in– well, not just especially in literary texts and films. Sometimes film is used as a means of language revitalization. Other sort of belief systems– traditional belief systems and practices, including land-based practices, are really important in this body of work.

And so some of this focus on traditions in this body of cultural expression, has focused on land. And sometimes not only on traditional beliefs about land, but also about the kind of activism that’s taking place around land.

And so just as an example of that, I want to turn to– yeah, here it is, the cover of the book. So I didn’t actually talk about this painting in the book. Sometimes the covers come after. I wish I would have had time to write about it. So I’m just going to say a few words about it now.

So this is a painting– it’s called memory Map by the artist Jaune Quick-to-See Smith. She created this in the year 2000. And she created this whole series of map paintings. And there’s so much to be said about this work, and maybe we could talk about it in some detail in the Q&A, but I just want to read– this is the epigraph to the book, something that she said about her map paintings in an interview. So this is a quote.

We are the original owners of this country. Our land was stolen from us by the Euro-American invaders. My maps are about stolen lands, our very heritage, our cultures, our worldview, our being. Every map is a political map and tells a story that we are alive everywhere across this nation.

So just in that quote, you can see some of the themes that have been important in Native activism. So this notion of the brutality of the history of dispossession, these are stolen lands. This kind of invocation of a Native presence, the assertion of Native claims. We are the original owners of this territory.

The assertion of an ongoing native presence, we are alive everywhere across this nation. And she’s one of these artists and there are many. And I just I talk about many of them in the book who really think of their work as being part of this broader endeavor of reclaiming native territories.

So the center of the book is to think about that connection between cultural production and territorial claims in the post-1960s era and continuing, of course, into the present. And specifically, the book asks how artists and writers have used their work to advance native community efforts to reclaim lands and what possibility culture holds to shift understandings of Native people and lands in ways that advance Indigenous territorial claims.

So, what can culture do that perhaps other forms of expression can’t do? How can culture force us– what can it force us to see? And maybe, how can it force us to see the world differently? And again, how are these representations advancing this sort of broader political project?

So to think about that question about the connection between culture and land claims, you have to think historically about the ways in which culture has been instrumental in the dispossession of Native people.

And I’m not going to say that much about this just for the sake of time, but I’m just going to mention a couple of important histories. There have been scholars. Edward Said is one. There are other scholars in the new American studies who thought about the ways in which literary narratives, in particular, have advanced processes of imperialism and colonialism across the world.

So a really good example of this is the publication of Edward Said’s Cultural Imperialism in– was it 1993? I’m looking to my left. Thank you, Lauren. 1993, where he says– and I’m paraphrasing here, so I’m going to get the quote a little bit wrong.

He’s talking about the use of the novel in European imperialism. And he has a really striking argument about the ways in which questions about who owns the land, who works the land, who occupies the land, who should determine its future. He says those issues were decided in part through narrative.

And this argument was picked up by scholars working on American empire to think about how in the context of not only internal colonialism in the United States, but global imperialism, the way that American literature played a fundamental role in imperial expansion.

There’s also been, outside of literature, this sort of long history of colonial image-making that has also been integral in dispossession. And I’m just going to show a couple of examples of this. So again, we can say so much about this image. But long history of colonial image making that shows native people as unworthy holders of the land. They’re savage, they’re violent.

And those are ideas that find expression not only in visual culture, but also in law, policy, history writing during these eras. Images that show the process of expansion as progress. Everyone knows this painting, right? Everyone’s seen this American Progress. You see, look what’s happening to the native people. Just being kind of they’re there in the darkness, being pushed off the canvas of American life.

This is the notion that we call manifest destiny, which, again, was important not just in artistic culture, not only in visual culture, but became important in law and policy. And also works that just erase Native people altogether. And that problem of erasure has been so critical in the native world.

If native people are deemed to be disappearing, vanishing, those are all terms that were commonly used, not existing, then the land is there for the taking. So in this history of representation, it’s not just images of Native people such as this one in the darkness being pushed off the canvas there, but it’s also representations of land and the nature of land that have been crucial to dispossession.

And just a couple of words on this– an entire libraries of books have been written about these issues, the ways in which, for example, in the early modern era, the emergence of modern cartography. So maps, surveys drawn to scale that reduce land to a grid, to empty space, the way that, that was integral to the transition to land as property, which in turn was foundational to Native dispossession.

In the realm of art, and again, just to gloss an important body of scholarship, the way that landscape painting was integral to dispossession and so much work on that. Some of this came out of geography, and I’m thinking of the work of Dennis Cosgrove who talked about the ways in which the emergence of perspective in painting created this illusion of realism.

And this is a loose paraphrase of a quote, that he says created the sense of mastery over space that was closely bound up to the physical appropriation of land. Other scholars from the realm of literary and visual culture– and I’m thinking here specifically about [INAUDIBLE] Mitchell, has taken that work and talked about the ways that landscape has been integral to global imperialism.

And then in US contexts, others have written about the ways in which landscape was a fundamental force in Westward expansion in the United States. And I’ll just show another image. So this is a painting by Albert Bierstadt who was an artist who was part of the Hudson River School. He created this painting as part of– he accompanied a military expedition West.

So this military expedition is creating surveys of the American West I think right there about that connection between the material dynamics of conquest through the military and like the painter is accompanying the military survey.

So he created this image. This is a composite image of sites in the Sierra Nevadas that he encountered on that military expedition. And there’s a lot to be said about this painting. Again, we could spend the rest of our time together talking about it, but I’ll just say a couple of words about it.

And that is, it was part of a body of work that helped people in the East, visualize land in the West. To visualize it, to think they understand it, to make the land seem empty, to make the land seem desirable for possession.

And there’s some scholarship that indicates that this widespread circulation of paintings like this really had a material role in increasing the number of people going West to settle what was Native land. So these representations of land really crucial to dispossession.

So a central argument of the book is that if culture can advance ideas about Native people and Native lands that facilitate dispossession, so too can it facilitate native efforts to reclaim land. And that is a process that’s traced by the book.

So the book analyzes key works of artists, writers, and filmmakers in the post 1960s era that undertake– that use a number of strategies that include heightening the visibility of Native people.

And that becomes important. If we think about how the erasure of Native people was integral to dispossession, what happens when you make native presence on the land visible, that that’s part of this broader political project.

These works narrate long native histories on the land that are the basis of Aboriginal title. That happens a lot in literature. These works represent the violence of dispossession. So, again, think back to those strategies that I mentioned as being really integral to land activism during this period.

So this work is really narrating those histories that become part of the moral claim to land. And they also use cultural production as a means to revive traditions. Again these themes of traditions, traditional languages, traditional practices really integral to this era.

And in particular, advance traditional understandings of land that challenge the notion of land as property. So works like visual and literary works to think about the sacredness of land, to think about the native meanings of land that really negate that idea of land as empty space, land as property.

So that’s one theme of the book, like to think about the ways that artists and writers use these strategies, sometimes by taking up really specific histories of dispossession and contemporary land conflicts. And some of the works I look at– look at particular policies, look at particular events and build a fictional world around them.

And sometimes these works just take up these issues more generally by revising colonial image-making practices that are associated with dispossession. So I’ll just turn to another word now. But I’m going to lock this in your head– this Bierstadt painting. Wrong direction.

So this is a work by Kent Monkman. Do you see? He’s revising Mount Corcoran. So Kent Monkman is a contemporary artist in Canada– a cree artist, who’s been called the rock star of Indigenous art in Canada.

And he’s most famous for his landscape paintings and what he typically does in his landscape paintings is he takes these canonical works and he revises them. And I’m just going to read a quote about what Monkman says about his work.

Europeans and North America had stolen our land. They created this whole document called art history around their exploits. I felt that borrowing from their landscape paintings would be a way of reclaiming some of the land they had stolen from us.

So you see how directly he’s like aligning his work with various land claims movements. Oh, my gosh, so much to be said about this painting. Maybe we can return to it. What does it mean to assert a Native presence on the land? One of the things that this figure– this is Monkman’s alter ego. He calls her chief. Oh, why am I blanking out? Ego. Thank you. e Egotistical mischief. Egotistical. Thank you.

So he’s like egotistical, egotistical. OK. Thank you for that. She’s looking back at us. What does it mean? So images aren’t so good at conveying histories. This is an image that really tries hard to do that. There’s a lot to be said about this document that’s on the easel. The easel– that’s actually a historical document. We can maybe talk more about it later.

These figures who are lying supine on the ground. There’s also a historical reference there. I’ll just give you a hint. They’re supposed to be Custer’s soldiers. So there’s also a historical narrative that comes to bear on this painting that, again, all of these elements together are part of this project of turning landscape painting against itself to assert Native claims.

OK, I’m a little over time, so I’m going to try to be really quick. The second theme of the book is about– is really the assertion that when we think about this history of Native dispossession and when we think about ongoing native campaigns for territorial rights, we have to think about gender, that gender is really integral to that process.

And to underscore the importance of this point, I’m just going to read a brief quote from the Native Studies scholar Joanne Barker. And here’s what Barker said in a publication that came out just a few years ago.

She said Native Studies scholars– and this is a quote, frequently compartmentalize gender, sexuality, and feminism, bracketing them off from the analysis of more serious political issues such as governance, treaty, and territorial rights.

So one of the tasks of Indigenous feminists in recent years has been to take apart that distinction between the politics of gender and sexuality and more serious issues like political and territorial rights.

And there’s been a lot of work done on this. And I think of this book as contributing to that process, in part by focusing specifically on gender and dispossession and the implications for contemporary Native land politics.

And thinking in particular about the way that the gender dimensions of dispossession become legible in and enacted through, sometimes through culture. So to get to that point, just briefly, there are a couple of histories that we might think about.

We might think about the early centuries of European expansion, where iconographies of the Americas took shape, often as the body of an Indigenous woman, and how that notion of the Americas as a woman really became a rationale for the conquest of land and people.

We might think about how in the era of colonial nation building, that these sort of colonial allegories of settlers who married or had children with Native women became these kind of foundational narratives of nation states. And the most obvious example in our context is Pocahontas– the figure of Pocahontas, who’s really integral to settler American identity.

And we might also think about the kind of material dimensions of this process where women have historically been removed– Native women have been removed from positions of power and from the very beginning when Europeans came in, wouldn’t recognize Native women’s leadership through the late 19th and early 20th century eras of assimilation.

Where fundamental part of the project of settler colonialism was to impose the patriarchal nuclear family as the center of social organization. And to displace kinship networks that often were matriarchal or at least accorded native women positions of power.

So if we’re to think about a task of contemporary Native artists and writers, and returning to the book looking at some of this work, one of the things that Native women artists and writers during this period do is they endeavor to bring to light this gendered– this history of the marginalization of Native women.

And to show how it was really integral to settler colonialism, so that gendered violence, sexual violence becomes part of the broader critique of dispossession that becomes really important in this era. Another crucial task of these artists and writers is to draw out the effects of those histories in the present.

and the way that those histories of marginalizing native women, histories of violence against Native women, really shape the social positions of Native women now. And then thirdly, these artists and writers attempt to conceive of a political project that draws together land claims with gender justice for Native women.

So just to give a brief example of that, that I think about in the book. So the crisis of missing and murdered Indigenous women and girls that most people have probably heard about, this is a major issue in the native world, has been one of those events that has also prompted this kind of outpouring of creative expression. There’s a lot of artist activism around this issue.

And just to take one example of this, and this is my final image, I promise– almost final. This is a work by the Canadian artist Rebecca Belmore. It’s a work that was created in 20– sorry, 2007, called Fringe. And she created this photograph in the aftermath of the Pickton murders in Canada.

So the Pickton murders were the most notorious serial murders in Canadian history. Robert Pickton murdered more women than any other serial murderer ever in Canada. He was arrested in 2002.

And one of the kind of interesting things about the Pickton murder– significant things about the Pickton murders that initially went unremarked was that among the 49 murders to which he confessed, probably half of them were of Native women.

He was in Vancouver, BC, and he found his victims on the street of Vancouver. The Aboriginal population of Vancouver is about 3%. So when you think about half of the victims being Native women, that’s tremendous overrepresentation.

And one of the things that happened in the early media coverage of this event is there was like no recognition of that fact. I mean, Native communities knew it. They knew their women were disappearing. They had lobbied for police investigations for years to no effect.

And then once picked in his court and OK, there’s a serial murder, the press didn’t acknowledge at all the fact that Aboriginal women were overrepresented. So Belmore was one of the artists that really took to draw attention, not only draw visibility, we might say not only to the fact that so many Native women had been among the victims, but also to call attention to why.

And we don’t have time to talk about this image, but we might think about the ways in which the beaded fringe on her back, like a red beaded fringe is a sort of cultural signifier of indigeneity. And how she ties that to the violence on this body.

We also might think about where this was displayed. So the last image was– the photograph was circulated in museums as this lightbox display. But she initially mounted this image in this downtown Montreal as a billboard, so much to be said about that format that we could talk about visibility and about commodification and other things.

But the site was really significant because what she did was she mounted this billboard above this building, which is the Center for the Grand Council of Cree Nation.

And what she’s doing in choosing that location is to draw attention to the ongoing presence of Native people in the city. People tend to think about Native people as existing elsewhere, never here to draw attention to Native people in the city, and also to reclaim urban spaces as Native spaces. She’s defining this as Native space.

So we might think about that, too, as a way of drawing together these concerns about gender and really asserting– bringing to bear this critique of dispossession, to assert Native Claims in the present. OK, I’ve gone over. I’m going to stop there.

BERNADETTE PÉREZ: Thank you so much. That was very helpful.

[APPLAUSE]

LAUREN KROIZ: I’m an art historian, so I can’t talk without slides. Can everybody hear me? I have to crane my neck to look at them. Thank you all so much. And, Shari, thank you for this really important book.

I’m really excited and honored to be in conversation with you all about Native lands. I wrote out my comments so that I could try to stay on track, because there are so many things that we could say and talk about this book.

I have been recommending– I’ve been finding myself recommending it to all my students working on a wide variety of projects. So I could get down a lot of tangents. I’m personally wrapping up a project that’s about women’s suffrage, ideas of artistic materiality, and the unstable divide between object and subjecthood.

So I really know how hard it is to connect artworks and politics in ways that allow for the gap between the two to exist and to really signify. So reading Native Lands, I appreciated the way the book works with art across media, including literature to link, as Shari puts it, Indigenous cultural production and Native land reclamation.

So layering this intersection with complex considerations of land and gender, revealing, for example, ties between histories of colonial dispossession, which we’ve heard about, violence against Native women and contemporary movements for land sovereignty.

So here are two key artworks from the text, or what I take to be two key artworks from the text. Crucially, in native lands, culture has no generically good or stable value. As Shari succinctly puts it, quote, “If culture makes place to enable dispossession, Indigenous art, film, and writing endeavor to remake place to support Indigenous territorial claims.” End quote.

So starting from settler colonial images like the one on the top that help enact Native American erasure and dispossession, the book moves to study more contemporary Native cultural production as self-representation, including as in the image on the bottom, which we’ve heard a little bit about already.

So you see here that range in two images– baptism of Pocahontas from 1840 by the White male painter John Gadsby Chapman, which hangs in the US Capitol on the top, and Anishinaabe artist Rebecca Belmore’s 2007 photograph fringe, which appeared as a billboard. And Shari just described that better than I could.

So here– let me see, images of the artworks in the world since their site is such a crucial part of the book’s argument, I think. So through Shari’s readings, we see how artworks might not be solutions to political or social questions, but how they might allow the construction of what we might call capacious new archives.

Often, archives tied to specific major land claims and legal cases of violence against Indigenous women. And along the way, the book asks if dominant culture forms and genre can even advance Indigenous political claims, which I think is such a crucial and complex question, and one I want to keep us coming back to.

So Chatman’s work, we could say, is in the dominant cultural form of history painting. It’s part of a long lineage of images in which, as Shari points out, the task of representing America falls to the figure of the Indigenous woman.

Conceiving land as property is an invention of capitalism, but the violence of that invention and colonial violence in general is obscured by recasting conquest as sexual consent. And she offers a really productive and brilliant reading of this preparatory drawing by a Dutch artist for the allegory of America, which is from– this drawing is from 1580– around 1587.

And here we see Amerigo Vespucci and an allegorical female figure representing the continent. And they’re in a sort of erotic encounter. The female figure is labeled with America, which is weirdly a feminized version of the navigator’s own name. So we’re sort of doubling twinning there too.

Alongside a reading of the image, Shari gives a quote from a 1504 letter from Vespucci, which describes resistance led by Native American women, where women attack sailors with great sticks. And this kind of conjures a world where to quote the book, quote, “Native American women speak on behalf of their people and lead efforts to repel invaders.” End quote.

And Shari uses this account as a starting point for a new interpretation of this allegorical image, one that sees women’s resistance and violence communicated in the letter that’s kind of lurking in the image, but also contained.

The club we can see is beside her, but it seems abandoned. And the depiction, you can probably see in the back here of cannibalism is pushed to the background, signaling a kind of inherent inferiority rather than any real danger.

And I was struck by the way that Shari suggests this– sorry, this 1504 account might also take the image out of the realm of allegory into a kind of recasting of a historical event, that also shows us the way that patriarchy is neither neutral, natural, or universal.

And I was struck, too, by the comparison of the letter and the preparatory drawing made me wonder about the possibilities of an image in relationship to a text. And I’m super skeptical of this idea of immediacy.

And as an art historian, I probably shouldn’t be fetishizing texts. But I began to wonder if there’s something possible in the letter and maybe this is something we can talk about that has some of that surprising negotiation with difference, and with the limits of empire and patriarchy that aren’t or isn’t viable for an artist working on an image that’s so painstakingly drawn and planned for high level reproduction.

In turning to baptism of Pocahontas, Native Lands unpacks the image, and this is an image that presents itself as removed from issues of land and as more about the redemption of a Native American woman through settler colonialism, particularly through religion.

Shari draws our attention to the seated figure oriented towards the viewer on the right. And she shows how what could be an image of Indigenous resistance becomes framed as a contest between good and evil, seen in religious terms.

We can see here the light that breaks over the way of the flag, the priest, and the Indigenous woman suggests the way that indigeneity might be assimilable to Whiteness, particularly through the domination of Indigenous women.

More than a century old, Shari notes that even in the present, this painting is framed by the architect of the Capitol’s office with a label as depicting an event that simply, quote, “helped to establish peaceful relations.” End quote. And even though I know this book came out before the most recent presidential inauguration, I still had to check the notes to see what present was being considered.

And I’ll say, coincidentally, I’m currently writing about a marble statue of White women, which you see on the left, suffrage leaders, that’s positioned directly across from the Capitol dome, from the baptism– so it’s positioned directly across the Capitol dome from the painting– the baptism of Pocahontas.

And considering the contemporary life of historical works was one of the moments in the book that powerfully suggested the stakes of writing in and as part of an unfolding history, which can feel, I think, really difficult given the long timescales of academic writing. This book, for example, also references the 2021 discoveries of thousands of unmarked graves on the grounds of former residential schools, which is still being investigated.

As a White woman myself, and thinking about this juxtaposition in the capital also seems to underscore Shari’s crucial point about structural violence, that violence against Indigenous women is a legacy of history brought about by colonial practices.

As she puts it, quote, “Conversations surrounding gendered violence often presuppose that women’s vulnerability cuts across boundaries of race and class. But Indigenous women in Canada and the United States fall prey to violence at a higher rate than women in any other group.” End quote.

As I read it, though, the book isn’t oriented towards whiteness, it’s more towards thinking through complex negotiations of solidarity and particularity within and among Indigenous communities and nations. The idea that Indigenous people might be United by a common attachment to the land threads through the book.

However, Shari points out, quote, “Whereas the experience of colonialism does in fact draw native people together across geographical boundaries, culture distinguishes them from one another.” End quote.

So Native Lands attends to this complexity, allowing for the way setting aside cultural and national specificity might be both a colonial trope of erasure, but also a means for pan Indigenous solidarity.

So thinking about this issue of solidarity and particularity, I think, can return us to the question of if and how dominant cultural forms and genre might advance Indigenous political claims. It might return us to Belmore’s fringe, which is one of the three visual works considered in native lands that were created in response to the arrests that Shari talked about.

I’m going to skip since we’re a little bit behind time. Belmore’s artwork is a photograph, but it’s one in which beating figures essentially. As Shari writes, the fringe of beads is a racial signifier that also suggests violence, and helps us think about the way that gender and violence might be intertwined here.

The deep scar here is special effects makeup. And it kind of interrupts our expectation that a photograph will reflect reality. But it also brings together what we might think of as Hollywood artifice and a suturing practice beating that might be thought of as traditional.

And that Shari positions here the woman’s body is what she terms an anti-allegory, a figure of protest rather than of submission in challenging audiences to see Native women and to see them differently, I’m interested in how much work beading does here.

How is the fringe that also points to the fringes in which murdered Indigenous women have been pushed by colonialism that still operative in the present? She also considers Belmore’s 2002 performance. This is called Vigil.

And it begins with the artist silently taking up a bucket and sponge and scrubbing the street in order to evoke colonial histories of domestic labor. And this beginning reminded me of a work by a White Jewish feminist artist, Meryl Youkilis, whose work you see at the bottom.

And she began cleaning New York streets in the late 1960s as part of what she called maintenance art. And it brings up similar questions, I think, about domestic labor. However, crucially for Belmore, this cleaning is only the beginning of a performance which the artist describes as including, quote, “all the elements of classic ritual.”

First, establishing a bounded liminal space through this cleansing. And this beginning, I think, helps to suggest the difference from canonical White feminist practices, but also the relationship between artistic, spiritual, and political power that also threads through Native Lands.

Shari does some great readings on this, looking at Louise Eldridge’s novels, which I’ll just skip over in the interest of time. And then she thinks about the ways that cartography and capitalist ideas of land ownership might be, quote, “the removal of spirit from everything.”

And the novels– these novels suggest an expansion, I thought of what might be seen as political action, an expansion that includes maybe even something like the arrival of a tornado as a political enactment.

She mentions Inuit women who’ve memorialized missing and murdered women with stone structures traditionally used as landmarks. And I could imagine a very different book that’s about stones or baskets or beading, which is not to say these forms don’t appear.

We learn about Walk the Walking with our Sisters Project, which was initiated by the [INAUDIBLE] artist Christina Belcourt, and which includes beaded moccasin tops donated by friends, families, and allies to commemorate missing and murdered women.

We also learn about Erica Lord’s Native America Land Reclamation from 2000 and installation that includes prayer ties, which are made from the red stripes of the US flag that hold soil from Native American territories.

These works are, I think, all we could say, legible as dominant cultural forms, their photography, their installation. But I hope we might also think about the continuation or the revival of maybe non-dominant cultural forms for political work. And I’ll just wrap it there to say, again, thanks for this capacious new archive.

[APPLAUSE]

LUANNE REDEYE: Yeah. So, of course, wanting to start by thanking Shari for the invitation and thinking of me. I always feel so secluded in the art building, so to get an invitation to leave my studio is really nice. And, of course, to Cori for organizing this and the chance to meet Lauren and Bernadette.

I did want to say that this semester, I’m teaching in Indigenous perspectives in art class in art practice, and you’re receiving an invitation to read the book and then speak on the panels was, of course, came at a nice time.

And the information is very salient to the things we’ve been discussing in class, specifically on topics of land-based art and place-based artwork, and especially in speaking about the artists relationality to land and place and translating that for the students of thinking of their own connections to places they come from.

And we did take time at the beginning to speak about Berkeley as a place. And of course, that relationship to the art building being previously called Kroeber and then the Hearst. And that was like a whole week and a half of time where we probably could have spent a lot of time talking about that.

And then our conversations leading into, of course, bodies like Brown bodies, Black bodies, and relating to land. And I did show the artwork of Rebecca Belmore in those sections because one, I really love Rebecca Belmore’s work, but we had the opportunity to watch her– I guess, it’s a performance technically, but it’s much more than that of Vigil.

So the stills are really tough because you don’t really feel like the visceral parts of the performance and in which she’s using even her own body as part of the artwork. Ripping like thorny roses through her mouth and nailing her– the dress that she’s wearing to these different electrical poles and trying to pull herself away as like symbolizing these struggles that would have happened at that specific place in which Picton was frequented and was a known area for that.

And so it was just really nice to former students also, but also the class to have these conversations like spread across beyond like our class or our own area as well and see how they connect to each other. So it was really nice. Thank you.

I thought as part of my few slides is to talk a bit about my work, as well as it relates to place-based identity and land-based identity and the ways in which I referenced that within my work. And as part of my introduction, I did want to take a moment to introduce you to my grandmother, Sadie. She’s the woman in the dark blue.

And then also in the photo is my aunt Sheila who’s standing next to her, and my aunt Rachel who’s kneeling, and then me as a young child. And I was raised by my grandmother. So some of my most sacred time was spent with her.

And since moving to Berkeley, I’ve been finding myself thinking of her a lot more often, and especially thinking of her role in my journey here, because I feel personally, I wouldn’t be able to have these conversations if it weren’t for her. So I really consider my artwork for her. And so I always like to bring in that gratitude anytime I talk about my artwork and to bring her forward in these moments.

So I work across the mediums of painting and drawing, printmaking, beadwork and textile. But at heart, I do consider myself a painter. Like even today, when I was getting ready, I was like, I got paint on my arm from yesterday. I didn’t realize was there.

And so I feel like I’m primarily a painter, portrait, and figurative artist. And in my studio practice, I create images that I want to see which are anchored in my commitment to Indigenous representation. So I incorporate visual storytelling and photographs from my personal archive into my artwork.

And it’s with those images that I draw connections to land and kinship to my specific community. And as was mentioned in the introduction, my work melds these personal narratives of familial relationships and which carries a lot of intimacy within my work.

So there is a strong emotional component to my work for me personally. And so when I’m creating, I carry these memories and stories and pictures with me. And so I’m really holding on to those imprints that I’m looking at.

And so this painting in particular is a newer direction of my work. I’ve been exploring how to meld these various mediums that I work across. So painting, printmaking, like screen print and beadwork.

Here, I didn’t physically beat onto the Canvas. Instead, I translated the designs into these more graphic shapes and then treated them as if they were in screen print, like giving this sort of gradation or ombre effect.

And the designs themselves, you carry symbolism and meaning within Haudenosaunee communities. And now I bring these designs into my work [INTERPOSING VOICES] create accessibility through visual language.

And this visual language, for me, I feel activates the museum or a gallery spaces for Indigenous identities. And I want to offer a sense of belonging in those spaces, especially when Indigenous representation isn’t often seen in contemporary art spaces.

So this is a painting of my friend Lily. The designs are very specific to her, and that she beaded a pair of earrings for me and gifted to me. And then I translated those designs into the painting. So there’s the flatness of the aesthetics of screen prints against the more gestural qualities of paint.

Forward. There we go. At first, I thought I would skip over this, but I’d like to include a bit about this painting. So the portraits I created are of people that I know in their everyday life, such as family, friends, community members. So I’m often looking to the relationships that we hold with each other and then share the stories of my family by weaving together these narratives of home and identity.

So before I move on, especially in context to the book as it speaks about ownership. And I want to take a moment to emphasize the language that I use in talking about my work and about the images that I paint.

My approach to my artwork starts with photographing, and I consider the camera as my sketchbook. And I work from these photographic sources for my paintings. And when thinking about the histories of photography and painting, which we’ve seen already touched on the propaganda of painting, there is this difficult relationship between photography and painting and Indigenous people, and that relationship is extractive and appropriative.

And I’m mindful of this relationship and place value in consent and collaboration as a way to be sure that I’m not engaging in those same practices. And although my work is about my family, I still ask for their consent and participation in the creation of my work.

I also, in speaking about the language I use about my work, I try not to use words like capture, take, or shoot because especially as I’m painting people, it makes it sound like I’m kidnapping someone. So I don’t want to fall within that.

And even in painting, rather than saying subject, I use the person’s name or their pronouns. So of course, don’t view the people that I’m painting as subjects to display. They’re complex people with complex stories. And my paintings are really just showing or sharing a brief moment within their histories, within their stories.

And I mention this because, right away in the introduction of the book, like reading about the ideas of Western ownership. And then for me, just my education being through public universities and my education of art history, being focused on Western art or European art.

And then again, their ideas about ownership or extraction. So I’ve been trying to– I know it’s been a lot of work undoing some of that learning. And even in my class that I’m teaching this semester became a lot about learning and unlearning those histories.

So when I’m home, I’m basically documenting my time together with my family and friends, and then these images become these snippets or these moments in time with them. So from this slide forward, I’ll focus on work that I’ve made over the past year, which we can’t find on my website because I’m really bad at updating it.

So again, place is a significant component of my work. So in a new series I’ve titled Inheritances, I’ve been focusing on embodying a cultural and familial care through my personal archive of family photographs and also historical photographs.

And the images in the work do bring a lot of joy to me, but also empathy and sadness and nostalgia. And as I’ve been working with the images, trying to welcome and also reconcile those emotions that they bring or evoke.

And inheritances centers meaning in materials and materials connection to place, and then memories within those materials and all of this intertwined with Indigenous knowledge and personal healing.

So a brief context for how they’re made. So the images are translated into cyanotypes. And then I tone those cyanotypes using organic materials, some that I’ve bought from the store from the farmer’s market, but others that I’ve brought from home, connected to where I’m from.

And then it’s a kind of a time-consuming process. But then the tone prints are then paired in conversation together with other images to emphasize the kinship of the figures in the histories of the community. So I did want to show a really briefly just the process.

So I take my cyanotype image, which is then processed and fixed to the paper. And with organic materials, I steeped them in hot water, creating essentially a tea bath with those organics. And then you just soak the paper in those tea baths or the prints in that tea bath for 45 minutes, maybe up to three hours. It really depends on the organic material.

And it’s the tannins in the organic or the compounds or the pH of that, that helps to alter the cyanotype. And after you’ve removed them and rinsed them, they give a variation of different colors. So in this example, it’s coffee and black tea and fruit tea. So again, a stronger tannin or stronger compound material will affect the print even more and also stain the paper.

And so I’m bringing it back to that first image. Is it that way? OK. THere we go. Thank you. So as I began this work, I did a lot of experimenting, utilizing materials that were accessible to me, focused on really what colors I could achieve with the various organic.

So a lot of it was food scraps, which was nice. Just eat a couple sweet potatoes and save the scraps and banana peels. I have two small kids, and so they helped by saving all their strawberry tops, which was fun.

They really had a lot of fun bringing me the materials. My freezer was is full of Trader Joes and food scraps at this point. But I really wanted to explore how also color could trigger memory in these images for me as well.

I might skip forward if I can, just to end on one final image. And then yes, OK. So this work is about what I inherit or what I carry from the histories of my community and from my family. So I’m thinking of these histories and finding ways I can tend to or maintain or care for these relationships.

And with bringing a lot of care into the work, for me, it’s taking tangible forms, but also intangible forms. And the care and regeneration has been through the beadwork as part of adorning the prints after they’ve been toned.

So the adorning becomes, for me, a means of pattern making, but also pattern breaking. And in creating this work, I’ve navigated ways to reconcile past events I’ve experienced, my family has experienced, and discover how creativity can serve as a guide towards healing.

And also, it’s been really great because I’ve had these photographs out quite a bit at home. It’s been a means to also share their faces and memories and stories with my young children, especially given that my home is in New York. We don’t get to go home very often. So I’ll end there. Thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

BERNADETTE PÉREZ: Thank you so much. And your work is incredible. And these were wonderful presentations. I think what we’re going to do at this point is just open up to you all. And if there are ways to weave some of the comments into audience questions, that’d be fantastic. But we’ll keep an eye out for hands and pass around a microphone. Sarah will have the microphone.

AUDIENCE: Thanks so much. Congrats, Shari, on this amazing book. I actually got the chance to teach a chapter from it in my grad course this semester, and it was– the chapter on fringe, actually, and it was really amazing.

I was just teaching yesterday in that grad class Dylan Robinson’s Hungry Listening, in which he talks about this court case in which an Indigenous song was played in a court or performed in a court, the White judge was like, why are we listening to this song right now?

It has no place in the court. But the defendants were talking about how this song is not just an aesthetic object, but ontologically a presence of history and of land and actually a carrier of legal authority.

So I’m trying to think about– because your book does so much work thinking through the legal and political activism alongside and in connection with the cultural practices. How some of the contemporary Native artists you’re thinking about are challenging or working with the ontology of the art object, as a legal argument, as a literal historical presence, as a real presence of land and not just a detached aesthetic object in Western terms.

Even though they are borrowing and working with some like dominant forms, as you were talking about, are there ways that they’re changing those to bring in these different ontologies of what cultural practice means in these native communities, specifically aligned to these legal and political activism they’re trying to support.

I’m thinking about that amazing cover image, which I would love to hear more about too. The thing that strikes me about that is like palimpsest. But the palimpsest is reversed. It’s the US grid, US settler political system that’s in the background.

And the native symbols and histories are in the foreground rather than the reverse, which would be like, oh, that’s the natural thing. Like, is it palimpsest? There’s traces of Native presences, but the US is on top of it. This seems to reverse that in a really powerful way, which seems to be one of these instances of this is very much not just an artwork. This is historical presence ontologically.

SHARI HUHNDORF: I think more about it. But just to go back to where you started, that question, sometimes in Native Studies in the United States, we look over our northern border with envy because Native Aboriginal politics are so much more visible, so much more talked about in Canada.

And there have been some real advances in the legal system that we don’t have here. And that includes the new treaty process, like the United States stopped making treaties with Native nations in 1871. But Canada just restarted that process and has made all these new treaties.

And it’s not just what’s going on in terms of opening that door. It’s the evidence that’s used in cases. And I can’t remember the name of that case, was it Delgamuukw? That you’re talking about. It might have been Delgamuukw where it was a case in Canada that said that Native stories and Native traditions can be used to substantiate Native Claims to land legally.

And there’s also, increasingly in Canada, scholars working on Native law as it manifests through traditional stories, thinking about traditional stories of themselves as articulating a system of law that we can then teach and use in communities. And so we don’t really have that here. But what we do have here is that same kind of work as you’re suggesting being done in the realm of culture.

And just to use an example from literature, I’m thinking about Louise Erdrich’s tracks which I write about in some detail here, which talks not only about the long native histories in that particular place that she’s writing about, talks about the violence of dispossession and the gender dimensions, the primary character experiences rape as part of her efforts to keep her land.

But also invokes these sort of traditional beliefs about land that manifest through traditional stories as a way of– she wrote that book at the time, and I didn’t mention this in my preface.

She wrote that book not only to reflect on a past, but also to engage in a debate that was going on at the time that she wrote about the aftermath of allotment and this case that said that land title on the White Earth Reservation was actually faulty because of the fraud that happened through allotment.

And so the issue of land was reopened, like who owns the land– she wrote a piece called Who Owns the Land? That was about that. And she was thinking about the novel as a way of intervening in that debate about who owns the land now. And so yeah, that’s just say what’s happening in law in Canada is happening through culture here, but it’s not recognized necessarily as having that same kind of political weight.

AUDIENCE: Thank you for the talk. It’s beautiful. My question is about venues. Obviously, the example of the Pocahontas painting in the capital is a very clear venue. And Yeah, I’m curious when we’re thinking about these land-centered art practices, is there a return– excuse me, a return of the art to the land in a certain way?

Is there any directions in closing the loop artistic practice that is not only about the land or even with the land, but also for the land and resides with the land as a venue? I don’t know.

SHARI HUHNDORF: Yeah. So that is such an interesting question. And where my mind’s going now is that for artists who are attempting to engage in this kind of work of land reclamation, getting a venue that’s really high profile has been crucially important.

And it’s interesting to think about issue of venue so that Corcoran painting, thinking about landscapes so that Corcoran painting is in the National Gallery of Art. Yeah, it’s in one of these big national.

So Monkman recreates this painting, but it’s not in the National Gallery of Art. This one’s in Denver Art Museum, which is a great art museum. But it doesn’t have the same kind of audience and the same kind of exposure as the National Gallery of Art.

So that’s one thing that’s going on is this sort of deliberate effort, maybe even to think about land, but to get as big an audience as possible in these kinds of works. But that’s not to say there’s these other political movements in the native world that are about bringing things back home, bringing things from our campus, from our museum back home.

And thinking about the ways in which when you bring those materials to your communities, they mean something different, they participate in these efforts of cultural revitalization, language revitalization, recovering collective histories, telling stories about ourselves within communities that go to rebuilding identities and that has political articulation.

So these two things going on at once. And I would say they’re part of the same big picture. But some of the works that I’ve been looking at here, including that Belmore image, is a big Billboard, have been about getting these ideas, these images out into very public space to people who don’t see Native people at all, maybe, or who need to see them differently.

LUANNE REDEYE: Actually, your question makes me also think of post commodities work. Was it titled, do you remember when? Is that it? It’s a collective group of three artists. And the first iteration was at the ASU– Arizona State Art Museum.

And they physically cut out like the slab of concrete and lifted it in the museum space so that it showed– so it showed the dirt. The dirt underneath finally had air. And part of the installation was placing that concrete slab on a pedestal and having it face that empty hole that was there.

And above that is a microphone or speakers that is playing songs of the particular nation that, that museum is located on. So it became this physical act of reclaiming and removing, but also revealing parts of the land that hadn’t heard these songs in so long.

And then they did another iteration of that in Sydney in South Wales. I forget the gallery, but it was a similar installation, but they’re again playing songs of that particular land. And so that made me think of venue, but also ways in which artists can– I don’t know, in this case, like reveal the land that was underneath. And also in a way, have visitors or viewers then take stock of, where am I standing right now?

SHARI HUHNDORF: And do you remember this work by Rebecca Bulmer? And I can’t recall it very well, but it’s where she has a big megaphone. It’s called something like voice of the land. And it’s a performance. She has this huge megaphone on the land.

And there was so much to be said about that, including, what it means to think about the land as having voice and giving voice to that place, agency, that sort of a piece with what you’re describing.

BERNADETTE PÉREZ: Fortunately we are out of time. So wonderful, wonderful panel. So we’ll Thank everybody for coming. And check out the book if you can.

[APPLAUSE]

 

CRELS

Consequential Sentences: Computational Analyses of California Parole Hearing Transcripts

Recorded on April 1, 2025, this video features a talk by AJ Alvero, a computational sociologist at Cornell University, presenting findings from an analysis of parole hearing transcripts in California.

This talk is part of a symposium series presented by the UC Berkeley Computational Research for Equity in the Legal System Training Program (CRELS), which trains doctoral students representing a variety of degree programs and expertise areas in the social sciences, computer science and statistics. The talk was co-sponsored by the UC Berkeley Berkeley Institute of Data Sciences (BIDS).

Abstract

In California, candidates for parole are able to present their case with the support of an attorney to commissioners appointed by the state. These hearings are professionally transcribed, making them highly amenable to a variety of social scientific questions and computational text analysis. In this talk, I will discuss a large project analyzing every parole hearing transcript in California that occurred from November 2007 until November 2019, along with a wealth of administrative data, some of which was obtained after successfully suing the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR). In some of our early work, we find that patterns in the text based on the words being used and who is using them (e.g., words used by the parole commissioner) have stronger explanatory power than variables used in past studies. To conclude, I will discuss forthcoming work which takes advantage of the unique structure of the transcripts.

Podcast and Transcript

Listen to this podcast below or on Apple Podcasts.

 

[MUSIC PLAYING]

DAVID HARDING: All right, welcome, everyone. My name is Dave Harding. I’m a professor in sociology and faculty director of CRELS, the Computational Research for Equity in the Legal System.

And so we’re a program that trains doctoral students in a variety of degree programs on campus in the intersection of social sciences, computer science, statistics, and the substantive domain of the legal system. Our talk today is co-sponsored by the Berkeley Institute for Data Science and, of course, by the Social Science Matrix, who’s hosting us today.

Just before I introduce our speaker, I want to let doctoral students know that the call for applications for next year’s CRELS’ fellowships, our traineeships, and also the computational social science training program traineeships is out now. Details are on our website crels.berkeley.edu. And the other thing you can do to stay in the loop is to subscribe to our newsletter. There’s also a link on the CRELS’ website for that.

So today we’ll hear from AJ Alvaro, who’s a computational sociologist at Cornell University, with affiliations in sociology, information science, and computer science. He earned his PhD at Stanford and also a master’s degree in statistics there.

His research examines moments of high stakes evaluation, specifically college admissions and parole hearing, which I think we’ll hear about today. In doing so, he addresses questions and topics related to the sociological inquiry of artificial intelligence, culture, language, education, race and ethnicity, and organizational decision making. So welcome, AJ. Take it from there.

AJ ALVERO: Thank you for the lovely introduction. Really happy to be here with you all. And let’s begin. So like David mentioned, my name is AJ Alvaro. I’m an assistant research professor at the Center for Data Science for Enterprise and Society at Cornell University.

And the talk today, which is entitled Consequential Sentences– Computational Analyses of California Parole Hearing Transcripts. We’ll go over a forthcoming paper, as well as I’ll go over some of our plans for future follow-up studies.

OK, so when people hear the word parole, they tend to think of scenes like this. This is from the 1994 film the Shawshank Redemption. Arguably, this is one of the most widely seen examples of what a parole hearing looks like in film and media.

And the scenes tend to look like this. So you have a room. And in the room, there’s a table with old white men in positions of power who decide the fate of a parole candidate. And for example, in the film the Shawshank Redemption, such a candidate is played by Morgan Freeman’s character Red.

So the board asked the candidate questions about their crime, what they did during their time in prison, and asked them to make a case as to why they should be allowed to leave. So this is where the title of my talk comes from.

So the parole candidate is able to speak in complete sentences to explain how they’ve been rehabilitated, their behaviors in prison, if they’ve been on good behavior. They’re allowed to express remorse and so on, again, in complete sentences.

In turn, the board, again, represented by the people at the table, they’re able to determine whether or not they should extend the sentence or to release them back into society.

So as it turns out, the state of California manages their parole process in a fairly similar way. I wonder if there’s some connection between Hollywood depicting parole processes like this and the way California does it.

And California is also one of the few states to do it like this. So with the caveat, though, that when these parole hearings are happening, there’s less windows. It’s not as well lit. And there’s fewer people in the room.

But there’s one key person missing from this scene that is a major player in California parole hearings. And that is a transcriptionist. So in California, the job of the transcriptionist is to accurately record anything and everything that is said in each parole hearing, so that the candidate, the parole candidate, and the board, members of the public are able to review everything that was said in a given hearing.

So I just want to note– the transcription is not actually in the room, but they play a key role in the entire parole hearing process in California. And this is the Penal Code that enshrines this practice in the state.

So this was codified in the early 2000s, meaning that ever since the early 2000s, every single parole hearing has been transcribed digitally into PDFs. And of course, it’s not just one parole hearing, it’s every parole hearing.

And as you can imagine, this creates a lot of data. This is a lot of writing. This is a lot of communication that is digitally inscribed and available for the public to examine. So prior to this, parole hearings were recorded physically as microfiche. But through digitization, the amount of data that becomes available just cascades.

So in this talk, in our broader project, we’re looking at digitized parole hearing transcripts from the year 2007 to 2019. And just in those 12 years, there have been over 35,000 parole hearings conducted in the state of California, which translates to over 5 million pages transcribed, representing over 700 million words. So again, this is a very large corpus.

So lots of information is embedded in the transcripts. I mean, most notably the words that are spoken by each member of a given hearing, the parole candidate, members of the parole board, and attorneys representing the parole candidates.

But it’s not just literally the words, but it’s also what they’re saying. So for example, an attorney might note that the victim of the parole candidate’s crime is in the audience. And again, this information is available in the transcripts.

I just want to note, though, that the process of transcription might not be perfect. So there was a 2019 study by a team of linguists which found that courtroom transcribers, which presumably also make up the pool of parole hearing transcribers, they tended to be less accurate in transcribing the words of Black plaintiffs and defendants. So there is a little bit of– there’s a limitation there, but there’s still a lot of data to work with.

But even with this amount of data, it still isn’t everything that is important if you want to understand parole hearings. So for example, a key piece of information such as the race of the candidate is typically not explicitly stated in the parole transcripts. So you need to do– you need to do some more homework to get that information, which is what we did.

So this is just a little bit of meta discussion about the project. So even with all the data recorded in the transcripts, there were key pieces we still needed to acquire, specifically and especially the racial identity of the parole candidate.

So the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, or the CDCR, they would not share race ethnicity data for– they gave a couple reasons. But obviously, this is a key piece of information that could have really broad impact on society and policy and our understanding of moments of evaluation like this.

So in order to get this data, our team sued the state of California and they got a lot of help from the Electronic Frontier Foundation, the z, and forced them to provide racial data. There were other pieces of information that they also provided, along with race, that I’ll go over, but this was the key thing that we were looking for.

So combined, we have the parole hearing transcripts and now we have, this traditional tabular data that we call it CSV, spreadsheets, et cetera. And these form the data core of the project. So it’s this unstructured information from the transcripts and then highly structured information collected, organized, collated, and provided by the CDCR that we had to get through a lawsuit.

So I know there’s a lot of students in the audience. And before getting into the specifics of the paper and our analyses, I also wanted to spend a little bit of time talking about some meta considerations and questions, especially in light of the current US political landscape.

So the paper I’m going to present today– I actually began my career as a tenure track professor in sociology at the University of Florida, even before the current Trump administration. And administration at the University of Florida told me pretty flatly that this work is illegal based on new state level policies regarding higher education.

They also told me, also flatly, that we were applying for grants. And we were invited to apply for a pretty big grant. And they told me that there was a non-zero chance that they would reject the money. So I just want to– I’m not trying to spook you all or anything. And of course, we in this room, we’re not immune to a lot of the federal restrictions and regulations that are coming down.

Maybe I’m wrong, but I do believe that in California, you’re not going to have the same kind of eagerness to enforce these highly restrictive policies that our colleagues in states like Florida have to face. So again, just talk to you all as the students. So that’s one consideration.

Beyond this, there’s additional basic questions that I hope this talk can answer for you all. So one is, how do you do this kind of work? I’m talking about lawsuits, and 35,000 transcriptions, 700 million words. What are some really basic philosophies that you need to consider when you set out to do this work?

The other is why study transcripts at all? There’s a fair amount of literature that relies on tabular data to examine parole processes. But what is it about the transcripts that provides something that traditional data does not? So as you might guess, I believe studying the transcripts is very important. But again, I hope I can convince you as well.

So the first point I want to make is that NLP and AI, despite all the advances, despite the wonders of ChatGPT, it is still not powerful enough to do this work without strong explicit human input.

So there’s a strong– in this work, we draw a lot on computational grounded theory. This is a methodological framework designed by sociologist Laura Nelson, where, again, human input and curation is a key part of the process.

So the next thing, the next meta point I want to make is that doing this work requires a combination of domain expertise and interdisciplinary collaboration. So these are the current main collaborators on this project.

So two of my collaborators, Kristen Bell, is a law professor at the University of Oregon, and Ryan Sakoda, who is a law professor at the University of Iowa. Beyond their legal expertise, they actually have practical, professional experience in parole hearings. So again, they bring a lot of domain and expertise to this project.

Our other collaborator, Jake Searcy, is a professor in data science at the University of Oregon. And he has a lot of experience designing like larger data science projects, as well as technical training in particle physics, which, again, you might not think they’re connected, but he brings a lot of that knowledge into this work.

I think, collectively, what I’m trying to argue here is that if we want to solve these kind of big, broad social problems and questions– similar to 2017 paper by Duncan Watts, where he argues, social scientists, maybe we could do a better job at solving social problems. I think it’s important to bring in different experiences and perspectives.

So then finally, the other meta consideration is that the influx of computational methods to analyze text has created opportunities to study communications, processes, language, and an important social outcomes that were not designed with these tools in mind.

When the decision to transcribe California parole hearings was made, they weren’t thinking about, oh, yeah. And in the future, there could be some cool computational work that leverages text as data. This was not on their radar.

And I think we’re still in that moment where this idea that text as data or text is data is fairly novel, especially to these big social actors. And I think we have an opportunity to talk back to different social institutions and processes.

And other scholars and other domains have made similar arguments. So there’s a historian at Columbia named Matthew Connelly. He’s working with a large archive of federal government communications, like totally internal data. I think he has every communication from the Pentagon, like internal, over several decades.

And again, they weren’t– when they were communicating, they weren’t thinking about these tools coming into existence a few decades later. So these are some meta questions. And I hope these can help seed the conversation and get you thinking about how you can also set out and do this work.

But now we’re going to put those aside for now and go straight into the paper that I’m going to talk about, which is a forthcoming paper in the Berkeley Technology Law Journal. And it’s just about machine learning and parole. And I want to briefly touch on some theoretical and empirical motivations.

So the first is that there’s actually a rich history of social scientists studying parole. So in doing some lit review work, I found articles from the American Sociological Review, which is the flagship journal of the American Sociological Association, as early as 1940, where they’re trying to find out and explain– how are these parole decisions made, and how is it that people are affected differently given their backgrounds, and identities, and experiences? And there was another one in 1955, which compared sociological with psychological perspectives to this basic question.

Anwar and Fang, Young, Huebner and Bynum, and many others all focused on the role of race in predicting outcomes. Is it the case that the race of the parole candidate yields differential predictability in the outcome in a given outcome?

So two caveats to consider is that while these studies are rich and they’re very interesting, they did not consider the full breadth of the transcripts in the actual hearings. So it is possible that in states like California, where they have a full hearing that is, again, transcribed, there could be other things at play that could predict outcomes. And that’s where we come in.

The other thing that I think it’s really important to consider, especially if you’re interested in doing this work, is that the definitions of race here are not self-defined. There isn’t a moment where the parole candidate says, well, this is how I define my own race, as I understand it. All the definitions of race are imposed by the CDCR. They look at you. They say you belong in this category. Job’s done.

And I really wanted– it’s a subtle but important point. And it’s aligned with what sociologist Nancy Lopez called street race. So how you perceive yourself might be different from the way the world perceives you.

So we’re also motivated by our own past research. So this project, I’ve alluded to a couple of times, we call ourselves Project Recon. And the recon there is short for both reconsideration and reconnaissance.

So the overarching goal is to influence policy and practice by shining a light on the parole process in California. And then eventually to help make a tool to help decision makers identify anomalous outcomes and decisions in order to reconsider those cases.

So for example, if it turns out that there’s systematic racial bias in California parole hearings, we want to make a tool that can help them identify those cases and provide evidence as to why they should spend the time reconsidering them.

So to that end, we have former collaborators Jenny Hong. She’s now a research scientist at Meta. She spent a lot of her PhD working on this exact tool. And some of the technical innovations that she came up with, we leverage in the study that I’m going to talk about today.

This is also true for work done by Graham Todd, who’s now a computer science PhD student at NYU, as well as Catalin Voss, who is a– he did the classic Silicon Valley thing. He was computer scientist turned startup founder. But he also did a lot of work on this project.

And even with the current team, Ryan Sakoda, who’s the law professor at Iowa that we’re working with. Independently of all of our work, he has also been examining parole processes and outcomes.

So I also just want to point out the early work led by Kristen Bell, she’s the leader of this project. She wrote a paper in 2021 that, again, designed and implemented this platform, not at a high level, but was testing it out. And in the paper I present today, we present the analyses that informed that platform, if that makes sense.

And that leads, again, to the paper that I’m going to spend most of the talk today going over, which is called Using Machine Learning to Scrutinize Parole Release Hearings. So it’s forthcoming in the Berkeley Technology Law Journal. We’re really excited. If you want a copy, I think I can share. I have to check with my lawyer, literally, about what I’m allowed to do.

Again, beyond this work and this very particular paper, I also want to share some of the perspectives that I bring into this work as a computational sociologist. So one is what I call or think about as this nexus between science and policy. And this first bucket is something that, again, I personally draw a lot from.

And a lot has been written specifically about parole in this context, as well as technology in society. So for example, there was a special issue in The ANNALS of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, co-edited by David Harding, who’s in the room, Bruce Western, and Jasmin Sandelson. But even beyond that, again, there’s a lot written about technology and society.

So quantification is a framework that I draw a lot on, such as the Espeland and Stevens paper from 2008. And there’s also– as technology has advanced, there’s also a lot of work about datacization, digitization, and algorithmic bifurcation.

And there’s a great annual review piece by Jenna Burrell and Marion Fourcade, also in the room, about algorithms in society. And I think, a lot of those arguments are about how state actors, agencies, organizations, things like the CDCR use data and algorithms to shape outcomes, to shape social processes, to mold society into the ways that they want to see it for– in their respective domains.

So my, perhaps, idealistic hope is that in the same way that there’s this top down energy to using data, using algorithms to shape society, perhaps there’s also opportunities to be reflexive, to take a more of a bottom-up approach, to talk back to these state actors, and agencies, and organizations, to push back with data and analyses.

So I’m particularly inspired by 2018 Gender Shades paper. This is by Buolamwini and Gebru. And in that paper, they described racial bias in facial recognition technology. And the pushback from Amazon and the big tech companies was really strong.

But eventually, they changed their policies and practices. And now, arguably, we live in a world where this idea of mass facial recognition is frowned upon. And I think their work really helped develop that.

So finally, this is getting more classic sociological. So I tend to view things a lot from the perspective of culture and language. And to that end, I draw on a lot of work on evaluations such as the work by Lauren Rivera about cultural matching in job hiring.

And Michele Lamont has done a lot of work about evaluation. In the legal research setting, there’s also been studies about parole that kind of also take this perspective. So there was a paper by Bronniman in 2020 that examined expressions of remorse in parole hearings.

And there was another paper by Greene and Dalke, which analyzed expressions of anger and masculinity in parole hearings. So there’s a rich body of literature there. So I just wanted to share– this is the literature that we’re building upon and from. And these are the perspectives that I bring to my contributions to this forthcoming paper.

OK, so getting into the actual paper. So Using Machine Learning to Scrutinize Parole Release Hearings. So we go over the following questions– so one is information extracted from the transcripts using manual annotation– this is the human input that I mentioned, and NLP more predictive of outcomes than traditional tabular data?

Which, the spreadsheets that– again, highly structured data created and collected by the CDCR, that is used most often in this research. So I’m going to give you a sneak peek as to some of the answers to these questions. The answer is yes, but with some important caveats.

So question two, to what extent does the commissioner assigned to preside over a given hearing explain variation in parole release decisions? The answer is quite a bit. It’s a shocking amount. And I’m going to go over that.

Then finally, is hiring a private attorney correlated with higher likelihood to receive parole? So one important feature of California parole is that parole candidates are entitled to an attorney. So you have the option to use your own money and resources or have someone do it on your behalf to hire someone or the board will appoint an attorney for you.

And the answer is that hiring a private attorney has a higher likelihood of receiving parole. And it’s not just because they have cool shoes and they’re very fancy. A lot of what we see is that they have a very different approach to defending a parole candidate in each hearing.

So just to go over the data– so as I mentioned, our data coverage is 12 years. So the first– we begin in January 1, 2007. We go all the way to November 22, 2019. And this represents the universe of parole hearings in this time frame.

So as I mentioned, there’s over 35,000 total hearings, but there were some confidentiality concerns and a few data extraction issues. So the final data set for this particular paper is 34,993.

And the reason why I wanted to point this out is that there is a small difference. And even though there are some key limitations to using NLP, machine learning, and AI in this work, it’s still pretty good. You’re still only going to lose a little over 100 transcripts, in our case, if that makes sense.

So as I already mentioned, over 5 million pages, over 700 million words. Each transcript is about 100 pages, on average, and contains 20,000 words. And I just really want to be explicit here. So every time I mentioned information extracted from the transcripts, this is literally what I’m talking about– words or groups of words or phrases that were extracted from the transcripts.

So most people who go on parole or go to these parole hearings, do not get– are not granted parole the first time, so hence you have fewer parole candidates and more parole hearings. And then finally, the three sources of data that I’m going to be explaining a lot are the NLP. And what I mean by that is the features from the transcripts that were extracted using the computational methods.

There was also a large, long process of manually annotating the transcripts that we use to help with the NLP. But there were also things that we extracted that we didn’t end up using and then the tabular data, which, again, this is the traditional source of data for this kind of work. And this is the data that we sued the CDCR to access.

So just to give you a sense of what this process looks like on a year to year basis– so these are the numbers for 2019. So in 2019, there were 55,000 prisoners eligible for parole. And of those 55,000, 6,000 hearings were scheduled in 2019. So just right there, your odds are not looking good.

So these are the key members of each parole hearing. You have the commissioner. You have the presiding commissioner, who makes the final decision, and the deputy commissioner, who helps out, talks through, gives points, et cetera, but they don’t make the final decision.

You have the parole candidate. You have their attorney. And sometimes you’ll have– the victim will show up to either say, oh, throw away the lock and key or the DA might also show up and do the same thing.

So from these 6,000 hearings, 4,800 were denied, meaning that they were given an additional prison sentence and 1,000 were granted parole. So this is about 80%. So 80% of the time, they are going to deny. And then there’s a very small chance that if you’re in this 1,100, the governor will review and overturn. Oh, yes.

AUDIENCE: How should we think about the commissioners? Who are these people? What are their backgrounds?

AJ ALVERO: They are employees of the CDCR. I will go over some of this. They are employees of the CDCR. And this is just part of their job. They’re somewhat randomly assigned, but not totally. So if you do parole hearings in Soledad, they’re not going to ask you to go down to Tehachapi, if that makes sense. Yeah, yeah.

AUDIENCE: [INAUDIBLE] stipulated [INAUDIBLE] or all the other [INAUDIBLE]?

AJ ALVERO: Yes, anything that ends, they’re back here. I mean, the vast majority of which are just– they go through this whole process and they’re denied. Again, this is just 2019, but the process looks the same for 2007, all the way on, even though the numbers change.

The transcripts that I’ve been talking about for so long already, they record every single word that is spoken here. Methods, so I already mentioned we have this tabular data, which was provided by the CDCR. And we have the hearing the hearing transcripts.

So the tabular data– I mean, again, if you look at the literature, you throw it into a regression model. Voila. Not to make light of it, but this is just how it is.

Again, this is where our intervention is coming in. So we use the tabular data also for training. But here we have these two processes where there’s human reading and human labeling of text, which gets us our manually extracted data. And then computationally read and extracted data from our extraction model. And that’s our NLP. Yes.

AUDIENCE: [INAUDIBLE]

AJ ALVERO: I’m going to show, yeah. This is a good question. But these are probably, arguably the key ones right. So for the extraction model, we used a pre-trained RoBERTa and BigBird model. And again, there was heavy input from the manual annotation and extraction.

I also want to note, part of the reason why we use this was, a lot of this work was done before the release of ChatGPT and the LLMs. But it’s also the case that even after the most powerful models, they all rely on APIs. And we can’t just share the data with OpenAI, if that makes sense. But that might not be the case now with smaller models.

So these are word embedding models. So BERT was created at Google. It stands for bidirectional encoding reinforcement– something transfer. I’d have to– I have to do my homework. So essentially, word embedding models are– you have a big data set.

When I say pre-trained, I just mean– if you look at before LLMs came out, Google Research Labs, they take all the texts on the internet. They use the Common Crawl. And they train their models using that. And then from there, you can use these models to fine tune based on your given data set.

I mean, it was literally out of the box. And then we fine tune it for our purposes. I mean for that slice of time, that was a computational standard. It was very– because this is where I– if this helps, let me know.

So getting to the first question– is information extracted from the transcripts more predictive of outcomes than traditional data? So again, for the tabular data, we had, again, this highly structured data for each parole hearing. And then we have the NLP extracted features for each parole hearing as well. And then for the manual coding, we only hand coded 688 only.

And our model is a pretty straightforward logistic regression model. And basically, the punchline here is that using out-of-sample area under the curve. And we chose this approach because of imbalances in the data, both in terms of comparing 35,000 with 700, but also in the fact that most of the hearings end in a denial. We see that the NLP approach outperformed the other two.

So there was a question earlier about, OK, well, what is this tabular data that you’ve been going on about? So we have the demographics, all of which or most of which are statistically significant. We have whether or not they retained a private attorney.

We have the commissioner grant rate. And then we have whether or not this is initial hearing, years since 2007, and the prison type. And this is it. That’s everything from the tabular data. Again, a lot of literature is based on this.

And look at the other information that you might want to know that goes in– that would go into deciding whether or not someone– or if you’re analyzing a trends and tendencies in parole hearings. So nothing about the conviction, nothing about rehabilitation steps, nothing about disciplinary things or special designations, such as whether or not they’re elderly or if they’re a youth offender.

These are the kinds of things that– I mean, just between us, this seems very important if you want to understand how people are making these decisions. But these are not available in the traditional data. They are available when you add this computational lens to the data.

And here, just going through, we can see that for the manual inspection, psychological assessment was very predictive. The closer to 0, the lower the likelihood. Time, chronos bucket is programs and activities you did while you were serving.

And then with the NLP model, what we were able to do is take all of the manually annotated features and only focus on the ones that had the strongest predictive capabilities. And that’s what you see here. Yes.

AUDIENCE: The psychological assessment, what is it? Is it simply you’ve taken this step or is it–

AJ ALVERO: It’s a risk assessment.

AUDIENCE: [INAUDIBLE]

AJ ALVERO: Yes, it’s a risk assessment. So if you’re rated as high risk to society. This is capturing that. I mean, it shouldn’t be too surprising that– if you’re labeled that– if you have that label, they’re probably not going to grant you parole.

So obviously, there is more information in the transcripts. I mean, we didn’t need to have a whole talk to understand that. But importantly, this information is more predictive of the decisions and outcomes than the traditional data.

I also want to note that in the paper we control for commissioner variability and the trend still holds. Does this answer your question from– was this helpful or? No, not in the parole hearings.

All right, so going to question two. To what extent does the commissioner assign to preside over a given hearing? Explain variation in parole release decisions. So here on, I’m going to show you a bar chart. Each bar represents a presiding commissioner who conducted 50 or more hearings. And the y-axis here is their respective grant rates. I’m going to show you the five highest grant rates and the five lowest.

So on the high side, there is a commissioner who will grant parole over 50% of the time. And it goes down a little bit, but even still, if you’re in the top five, you’re granting parole 50 to 40% of the time.

On the low end, you have less than a 5% chance, based on the presiding commissioner. And here’s the rest. And as you can see, it’s just a pretty steady slope. So hopefully you’re here, but you could very well just be somewhere over here or maybe even down there.

So it’s important– again, as a reminder, the presiding commissioner, they’re the ones who make the final decision as to whether or not someone is granted parole or not. And the potential for idiosyncrasy suggests that these trends are worth pursuing in further analysis.

So next, is hiring a private attorney correlated with higher likelihood to receive parole? So as a reminder, each parole candidate is given an attorney. The privately hired retained attorney or a board-assigned attorney.

I also just want to note that this public attorney is not the same thing as a public defender in regular court, but it is analogous to that, where they’re assigned someone.

So if you have one of these appointed attorneys or public attorneys, just like totally naively, you have a little over 20% chance of receiving parole, meaning that you have, slightly under 80% chance of not receiving parole.

If you now we compare with the privately hired attorneys, of which 7,000 people went this route. And you can see the probability of getting parole essentially doubles. You go from 20% to 40%.

We see that you have roughly double the likelihood, but do the transcripts give us a clue as to why that might be the case? Or at the very least, are the private attorneys, are they saying something different? There’s not a stamp on their forehead that says private. What are they doing differently in the actual hearings?

So here, this is taking the total number of words used by each member or each actor in the hearings and breaking it down by who’s speaking them. So for the board– again, this is the publicly appointed attorneys. They take up about 8% of the words used in each hearing. So the parole candidates, there are about 26%. And the commissioners there are about 40%.

Compare this with the privately hired attorneys. I know 12% versus 8% doesn’t seem like a whole lot, but this means that the privately retained and hired attorneys are getting 50% more air time, literally just the words being spoken at each hearing, than the board-appointed attorneys. I also want to note, these differences– through statistical testing, these are all statistically significant differences as well.

OK, so purely from this perspective again, OK, the private attorneys are taking up more air time. What does that even mean? Are they speaking more? Or are they just taking up space? Or are they speaking differently?

So here’s where we answer that question. So we had this bespoke statistical model of word frequency for each word used in the hearings. And then here is just a log scale of the total– of how often those words appeared.

So here, if you’re lower, going down, these are the words most often associated or used by the board appointed attorneys. And I know this is here, you can see most of the words, it’s just there’s not a huge difference. But these were the words that were most associated with the publicly assigned attorneys coming from them.

Like, literally, in the transcripts, uh was the most common, followed by um. And you can even see here inaudible, meaning that maybe they were muffled or they weren’t speaking clearly. So there’s just– I mentioned air time and noise. It’s quite literally noise. It’s most often associated with the publicly assigned attorneys.

So on the other side, we have the privately retained attorneys. And here we can see she and her. So it was the case that female parole candidates were more likely to hire attorneys. And so this is captured by that. I know this one is a little bit harder to see, but a lot of these terms are like argumentative terms– evidence, arbitrary exhibit, et cetera.

So what we interpret this as is that the privately held attorneys are making their case more clearly and maybe more articulately as opposed to the public attorneys. Yeah.

AUDIENCE: [INAUDIBLE]

AJ ALVERO: No, but we did the same thing but in the other direction. So it is the case that there are many, very specific terms that aren’t as ambiguous. And we wanted to see, to what extent are the different attorney types using these different types of terms?

And again, just as a reminder, we have two former attorneys who worked in parole on our team. So we were able to come up with a list of– these are legal standard terms and also cases where parole was central.

So I know this is a lot, but the trend I want to point out here is that for all of these– again, keywords and terms about parole, the retained attorney were more likely to use them. In fact, the only one– and each of these, with the little arrows going up means that these were the terms that are most associated with getting a grant.

So as a note, a plausible here is not– it is the word plausible, but it’s also a legal standard for when someone is claiming innocence. So it would pop up in more cases where the parole candidate is claiming innocence.

And in general, that the board does not like that. They don’t want you to claim innocence. They want you to show remorse, et cetera. So I think that helps explain why this was used more often by the retained attorneys, yes, but in general had a lower likelihood of receiving parole.

We have not done that yet, but we’re working on analogous studies. I’m going to talk about some of them in a second. Yeah, a total administrative, demographic, perspective. We get into some of this– more to your question and comment, we get into some of this in the future studies. But if you have that question still after I go over them, raise your hand again.

But along these same lines, we also broke it down by– again, this is the CDCR label of the parole candidate’s race. We see that if you’re labeled as white or other– and other captures a lot of people from Asian-American backgrounds, you’re more likely to retain an attorney compared to Black and Latinx.

So just a quick recap, the information is more predictive, but also, it comes from domain relevant information. But again, something we want to follow up with is–

AUDIENCE: [INAUDIBLE] they a lot, at this point, [INAUDIBLE].

AJ ALVERO: So question 2, to what extent? So high variability, over 50% to less than 5%, meaning that these important decisions, there is some influence from idiosyncrasy. And is hiring a private attorney– how does that change your outcomes? You’re more likely to receive parole. And also, they tend to speak differently. They have a different approach.

So again, what I’m trying to argue here is, going back, is parole transcripts uniquely show the ways that different factors of the parole hearings are predictive of outcomes. So these results, they also point to future directions of research. So I’m going to quickly go over them.

So I mentioned earlier, we had a grant that we applied for. I don’t work at UF anymore. So I’m able to reapply and all that. So that’s awesome. So one thing we want to look at is racial bias in parole outcomes.

So we see that the tabular data, and the transcripts, and the attorney type, and the presiding commissioner, we see that all these are important in explaining parole outcomes.

But it’s also the case that the racial identification of the parole candidate is also very important to all of these same pieces of information. So what we want to do is start to compare and triangulate, how does racial bias affect the hearings, and evaluations, cetera?

So we also want to do a causal study. So Ryan Sakoda, who’s on our team, not only is he an awesome law professor, he also has a PhD in economics from Harvard. And he was, like, let me do my causal thing.

So we want to examine a couple of policy implementations. So one was the expansion of elderly parole in 2014 and 2020 and the implementation of youth offender parole in these three years.

So then finally, something else we want to do is model the parole hearing as a stochastic process. And what is a stochastic process? You can imagine all the parole hearings have this start point. And all of them have an endpoint of either grant or deny. And each parole hearing takes a path.

You’re going to start here. And you’re going to end up in grant or you’re going to go to deny. But of course, they’re not going to go in straight lines. There’s going to be moments where maybe you end up here, but maybe it seems like you’re going to go to grant, or maybe it seems like, oh, for sure, you’re going to go to deny, et cetera. Same for the grant decisions.

And I think here is where we want to start doing these– at what point in the hearing is the outcome– can we accurately, reliably predict the outcome? Is it the case that even in the first page, where it’s like, what is your name? These kinds of things.

So there was a study in PNAS a couple of years ago, where they did a similar analysis with movie scripts. And it’s like each turn for each character was treated as a step in the process.

Literally if you have a script and it’s Bobby says this, Jimmy says that those. And the transcripts are structured in a very similar way. And it allows for these– what happens at each turn or each step of the hearings.

Thank you very much. This has been great. And I also wanted to put up some citations that informed this work. So thank you all.

[APPLAUSE]

DAVID G.: Hi, I’m David G. I’m faculty at public health. Really interesting talk. This is obviously far from my discipline, but really interested in how this might get taken up by practitioners. Is it something that attorneys that are representing these clients might be interested in and receptive to?

AJ ALVERO: Yeah, so I have two comments on that. So one is at least purely from a data information perspective stance, absolutely. There are things– at least from, again, also a correlational perspective, there seem to be things that parole boards respond more favorably to than others.

So I think as long as we’re going to continue to have this process in California, I think there is a lot of opportunity to coach people up in certain ways. I don’t know how receptive they are to it, but I think, this analysis and information has never been provided to them. So it could be helpful.

The other thing is that California passed the Racial Justice Act. So even beyond coaching up attorneys and what they say, it is possible that some of this work could also maybe even overturn decisions from, again, a legal policy perspective. So maybe we don’t even have to go to the lawyers. Maybe we can just overturn some of these decisions in that way.

AUDIENCE: Seems like there might be some bias.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hi, my name is Isaac D.. I’m a graduate student in the [INAUDIBLE].

AJ ALVERO: Excited, you too.

ISAAC D: Yeah, thank you. And yeah, thank you for this wonderful talk. And I was also struck by the just wild variance in commissioner outcomes. And it strikes me that there’s also potentially differences, not just in the outcomes but what individual commissioners pay attention to and care about. And so that might show up.

And some commissioners care a lot more about domestic violence than other commissioners. Some commissioners show more racial bias than other commissioners. So I’m curious if you’ve looked into that or how you would approach that.

And then also thinking a little bit about the spatial and time dynamics. So there’s a lot of changes over this period. And certain commissioners or hearing cases at other different periods of time. There’s a different, both legal framework and informal expectations around the parole board. So yeah, the time, place question. And then just other forms of variation beyond just outcomes with the commissioners. Thank you.

AJ ALVERO: So the first thing I’ll say is that we have looked at what you were asking but from a slightly different perspective. So the racial bias future studies thing that I mentioned, one thing that we want to do is take a very upfront and explicit sociolinguistic perspective and ask this question of, is it the case that there are things that, generally, will lead to– are there things that parole candidates can say in the hearings or maybe the way they describe themselves, again, going back to the sentiment analysis idea.

Are there things that they can say that is generally associated with getting a grant? But is it the case that favorability is mediated by race? So for example, is it the case that if you are seen by the parole board as a Black parole candidate and you take a similar approach as white parole candidates who end up getting parole, are you treated the same way?

Or is there some kind of you should be speaking in this particular way because of this particular background, getting into that sociolinguistics 101. So we’re on the wavelength, but maybe slightly different.

The other question is– so I actually didn’t mention this, but we’re going to get transcripts all the way up to 2025. So something we wanted to look at was the effect of COVID. So during COVID, the parole hearings moved to Zoom. And we want to do a study examining, is it the case that the move to Zoom hurt people, it helped people, et cetera? So we’re also on a similar wavelength, but we haven’t– there’s a lot of things we want to do.

AUDIENCE: Hi, thank you. My name is Alan. I’m a PhD student, also from a public health. And I was curious if you– I don’t know if quantitatively this is a different mechanism, but if you looked at the likelihood and patterns in odds of not getting your parole granted.

So not just the outcome of what increase, linguistically, contextually increase in the likelihood of getting your goal granted. But also, was there something along the process, it was, oh, this is going to– at this point or these– these kinds of common patterns, OK, this isn’t going to happen. And understanding the bias and injustice through that lens.

AJ ALVERO: For this particular paper, I think we did some of that. We backed into some of that, in the sense of we weren’t– that’s not what we were setting out to do because ultimately, again, the big overarching idea is that these analyses can inform some tool that gets used to identify anomalous cases.

So I think if we found patterns where we can identify what are things that are said that– you’re talking about reducing the likelihood of–

AUDIENCE: I’m just thinking counterfactually, like when you’re showing how– I mean, in a causal sense. But if you’re showing how these were the terms and phrases used that increase the likelihood of parole. And you might suggest, in a practice sense, these might be ways to cater a practitioner’s or a lawyer’s logic, words, process.

But also understanding, well, what’s happening if the other outcome is occurring where these might be places to avoid? Especially if you’re thinking about potentially for this walk of– OK, where along the hearing is there going to be– I’m imagining.

If I’m a commissioner and, say, hypothetically I have a racial bias. And my racial bias gets really activated at one moment. And at that point, the rest of the hearing is–

[INTERPOSING VOICES]

–because well, why? But it’s just entertained. And through this hearing, it just might feel insensitive or impractical, but the commissioner’s, OK, implicitly it’s over.

And that might reveal some other– I’m imagining, some other mechanisms where the system is working to not actually grant parole is working to enforce and control. And that’s perhaps highlighting some feedback mechanism. OK, well, there is some other pattern here in which the prisons are doing as they’re intended into incarcerate.

AJ ALVERO: Yeah, what is their actual function here? Yeah, I mean, as context, the legal standard is that you go through the parole process to be released. That is the law. That’s what’s enshrined. That’s, again, this legal standard. But as we can see, it’s 80% of the time, you’re not going to get– you’re not going to get parole.

Something we’ve talked about in, again, this stochastic process is exactly what you’re talking about. What are the points when– I mean, it could even be the presiding commissioner says something, where you just start going– it seems like you’re going to be– you’re in that grant trajectory. What are the moments that you just plummet and end up in denial? Yeah, we’re doing a lot of work on that right now.

AUDIENCE: Thank you.

AJ ALVERO: I don’t know if I answered your question.

AUDIENCE: Yeah, no, that was helpful. Thank you.

AUDIENCE: Hey, what’s up everybody. My name is Clarence. I’m an alumni from the Goldman School of Public Policy. So OG up in here. What’s up, Professor Harding, I just recognized. You. But yeah, I want to say amazing job. It’s so dope to see text analysis getting the recognition that it deserves because usually tabular data is king and the go to.

But I had a similar question. I just want to know, how long did that lawsuit take to get all that data and information? And did you say it was only for the tabular data that the lawsuit was for or was it for the transcripts, too?

AJ ALVERO: It was for the tabular data. This is also one of the tensions of this work. Technically, the parole transcripts are publicly available. So you could go cdcr.com, find the parole hearing transcripts. But getting them at– I think they had to help us get all of them rather than us download them one by one.

And the other issue is, even though they’re technically publicly– they’re public data, they’re also really sensitive. So imagine if we do this work. And we just publish everyone’s name who has appeared in our data set. And then every time they google themselves, it’s not, I overcame. I went through this process, whatever. It’s here’s the parole paper. So there’s a lot of tensions there.

Yeah, to answer your question, yes, the tabular data is what we had to sue for. I think overall, I don’t know the timeline, maybe a year or two. I’m not totally sure. I’d have to check.

PROFESSOR: I’ll allow one last question.

AUDIENCE: Thank you. My name is [? Rae ?] [? Willis-Conger. ?] I’m a grad student in the sociology and demography department. Thank you for this talk. It seems like you extracted a lot of information through NLP that was largely categorical and then compare it to the largely categorical demographic data that you sued for.

And obviously, there are differences. But you talk later in the talk about maybe a more narrative analysis. So I’m interested in your thoughts on the differences between narrative analysis using NLP versus this more categorical approach, whether something is more suited to public policy intervention or speaking to inequalities, that sort of thing.

AJ ALVERO: Yeah, so for the first question about the categorical nature, you’re 100% correct. And what we were trying to do was– basically, we trained our model to classify the transcripts.

And that’s where they can get tricky, where it’s maybe one parole or one presiding commissioner uses a slightly different term than another one, but they’re talking about the same piece of information. That’s where the model is able to say, well, this person said that. That person said that, but it all means the same thing. So we can add it to the bucket.

That’s where a lot of this work like was built on. And that’s where a lot of it is going. And I would imagine, for public policy, that’s where it’s– they would prefer that, is my assumption. For the narrative piece, I think part of– you can make really interesting cases and arguments.

But sometimes it can get tricky where it’s– there is this narrative interpretation act that– you’re assuming that when they said something, that is exactly what they meant. And it’s part of this broader story and narrative.

And I think we have to be careful with that because maybe they aren’t– maybe they’re really nervous. And we’re not going to know that just from the transcripts. Or maybe someone made a wink, I don’t know, a furtive wink at the parole candidate and totally threw them off their game. We aren’t going to know that either.

Anyway to get to your question, that’s part of the reason why we’re really trying to anchor some of these future analyzes in the outcomes because regardless of what we don’t know about the– or what we don’t know about the actual hearings, we do know what ends up happening at the end.

And I think that’s our move to get out of some of the interpretive trouble that can pop up with narrative analysis, if that makes sense. I will also say, personally, I did a lot of– my PhD was about studying college admissions essays.

And in that case, we didn’t have the outcomes. So we were always keenly aware of our limitations. So I think here, that’s been my thing is we need to ground this in the outcomes to have the most credibility and validity in our claims.

PROFESSOR: I think let’s join in thanking AJ for a wonderful presentation.

[MUSIC PLAYING]

 

CRELS

Alex Roehrkasse: The New Contours of Mass Incarceration

Recorded on March 18, 2025, this video features a talk by Alexander F. Roehrkasse, Assistant Professor of Sociology and Criminology at Butler University. Roehrkasse’s research focuses on inequality, victimization, punishment, families and children, and quantitative and historical methods. His work has been published in the American Sociological Review, Demography, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, Science Advances, Social Forces, and other leading journals. He received his Ph.D. in Sociology from UC Berkeley.

This talk is part of a symposium series presented by the UC Berkeley Computational Research for Equity in the Legal System Training Program (CRELS), which trains doctoral students representing a variety of degree programs and expertise areas in the social sciences, computer science and statistics. The talk was co-sponsored by the Berkeley Institute of Data Sciences (BIDS).

Abstract

The dynamics of inequality in mass incarceration are rapidly changing and poorly understood. In this talk, I present new evidence of declining Black–White inequality and skyrocketing educational inequality in U.S. prison admissions. I qualify these findings by documenting vast racial disparities in indirect contact with the carceral system through families and neighborhoods. I conclude by discussing possible causes of recent inequality trends and potential research strategies for identifying them.

Podcast and Transcript

Listen to the podcast version of this talk below or on Apple Podcasts.

[MUSIC PLAYING]

DAVID HARDING: Welcome, everyone. My name is Dave Harding. I’m a professor in sociology and faculty director of the CRELS program, which is an acronym for Computational Research for Equity in the Legal System, which is a National Science Foundation-funded training grant for PhD students here at Berkeley. And today is the first talk in our spring speaker series for the CRELS program. And our talk today is co-sponsored by the Berkeley Institute for Data Science, or BIDS.

And just a quick plug for our next talk, which is April 1, and AJ Alvaro from Cornell is coming to talk then. We hope to see you then right back here on April 1. Today we’ll hear from Alex Roehrkasse, who is assistant professor of sociology and criminology at Butler University and a Berkeley PhD graduate. We’re very excited to welcome him back.

His talk is titled “The New Contours of Mass Incarceration,” and his research focuses on inequality, victimization, punishment, families and children, and quantitative and historical methods. His work has been published in the American Sociological Review, Demography, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, Science Advances, Social Forces, and other leading journals.

So please welcome– please join me in welcoming [Alex Roehrkasse].

[APPLAUSE]

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Thanks. Thank you. OK. Thank you so much for being here today. I’m really excited to be here. As Dave said, I was trained downstairs on the fourth floor, and so it’s fun to be back in the Social Sciences Building. I want to thank Dave and Harpreet for running this very cool program. I want to thank Sarah for making my visit possible.

So I don’t know your preferred rules of engagement here, but I’m very happy to take questions on the fly. So if you have a question as I’m talking, particularly if anything is unclear, please just flag me down. I’m happy to handle questions on the fly. My talk today is about what I understand to be a pretty big change in the contours of inequality in imprisonment in the United States.

Most of what I’m going to be talking about today are a variety of findings that come from two papers I’ve published recently with a co-author, Chris Muller, who’s formerly of the Sociology Department here, now at Harvard. Chris and I are still working in this area. We’re following up on some of these results. I’ll talk a little bit about some work in progress, really more about future directions we’re hoping to take this work.

And my goals for the talk today are really threefold. First, I want to describe some of these inequality trends in prison admissions in the United States, particularly regarding racial inequality, class inequality. I’ll talk about class inequality. Really, mostly, I’m going to be talking about educational inequality today. We can talk about. Whether or not that’s a good proxy for class. But empirically speaking, I’m mostly going to be talking about educational inequality.

And then I’ll talk through some candidate causes of these inequality trends, some things that might be driving some of these trends. I’ll talk a little bit about some of our early efforts to understand these causes. Though, as you’ll see, what I mean by a cause in each case is a little bit different. And then I want to honestly offer a pretty big caveat for a lot of the initial evidence that I’ll present to you.

And I’ll talk about how actually, a lot of these evidence– pieces of evidence about prison admissions are meaningfully complicated by evidence about inequality in vicarious contact with the prison system through family members, through neighborhoods. And so I’ll talk through some seeming paradoxes in inequality, in the lived experience of mass incarceration. I’ll introduce some ideas that I think are helpful for reasoning through some of these paradoxes, thinking about the lived experience of incarceration more holistically.

So regarding these changing inequality patterns, how do social and legal scholars currently think about these inequalities? What are Chris and I in these papers doing to intervene in this conversation? What do we learn from these interventions? At the risk of gross oversimplification, I do think it’s still helpful to describe, on the one hand, a fairly predominant narrative about mass incarceration over the last half century or so that was very much popularized by the 2010 publication of Michelle Alexander’s The New Jim Crow.

And Alexander draws our attention in particular to the war on drugs as a campaign of racialized social control, one that’s functionally consistent with prior regimes of racial domination. But Alexandra’s account really draws our attention to disparities in the prison system. The disparities that most warrant our attention and warrant action are racial disparities. And the primary drivers of these disparities are things like drug enforcement and drug sentencing. So just a matter of emphasis, but a clear emphasis.

This narrative is not without its critics, as I’m sure many of. And so on the other hand, a variety of scholars who have pointed to a number of facts that are somewhat inconvenient for this narrative. So for example, the role of the Black political leadership class in driving or shaping a lot of America’s punitive turn, or the fact, as John Pfaff has pointed out, that fewer people in American prisons are there for only nonviolent drug offenses than we sometimes assume.

So these critics are by no means in consensus about everything, but they tend to believe that Alexander’s account undersells or downplays the role of violence and violent crime in explaining inequality trends in American imprisonment, and that they also– and that the account also sort of downplays the extent to which poor people, lower class Americans, of all racial identities have been targets of the prison system.

I think this debate has been helpful in many respects. But to be honest, I think there are two really important limitations with this debate, at least as I’ve construed it. One is that the evidentiary basis for some of the claims making about these inequalities is sometimes a little bit thin, or at least unsystematic. And so one of the things we’re trying to do here is just bring more systematic data to this debate about racial and class inequality in imprisonment.

Another problem though is that it’s maybe a little bit out of date. So Alexander and many of her critics were writing from what we now know was a high water mark of mass incarceration, or at least I hope it is. And so now, looking back from where we stand now, this begs some questions about inequality patterns in this– what appears to be somewhat of a new era of modest decarceration. So we’d like to know how things look more recently.

And so just on a very basic level, we’re going to start from a set of questions about how it is that racial and class inequality in prison admission rates in the United States have changed in the 21st century. How does this compare to trends that we know more about in the late 20th century? Credit where credit is due, our approach is very much informed by the earlier work of Bruce Western, who, in his 2006 book, documented pretty high levels of racial inequality in prison admissions. So these are rate ratios, say, comparing the Black prison admission ratio to the White prison admission ratio.

So high levels of racial inequality, but levels that were relatively stable over the period that he was examining. While on the other hand, even higher and indeed increasing levels of educational inequality measured in terms of the rate ratios of people who had not attended college compared to people who had attended college.

Bruce’s work is, I think, grossly understudied in some of these debates or undecided in some of these debates. And it’s really helpful, I think, in adjudicating claims about the late 20th century. But to a very large extent, we’re extending Bruce’s methods, extending the data that he used into the 21st century and seeing how it changes some of our stories about mass incarceration. So how did Bruce create this figure? What did he do to actually get here, and what do we do to update this figure?

So like him, we’ll use– our primary source of data is going to be the National Corrections Reporting Program. The NCRP is really the primary administrative data resource for sociodemographic information on people entering prisons in the United States. So information about people’s race, ethnicity, educational attainment, things like this. This is really the best place to go for information like this. Yeah, clarifying question.

AUDIENCE: Yeah. I’m wondering if you break it down at all by state?

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: We’ll talk about geographic inequality– I’m happy to talk about rural urban divides a little bit more. Hold on for just one second. I’ll talk a little bit why that’s difficult. Yeah. So the NCRP though is– only tracks admissions to state prisons. So I’m not going to talk about federal prisons today. It’s important to acknowledge dynamics that are actually pretty different, so other people should do that work.

The main problem with the NCRP, and I just want to be transparent that this is probably the biggest limitation in our study, is that it’s– the reporting has actually gotten quite good in recent years. The NCRP captures almost every state every year these days, not so much true in the 80s and 90s. So there are a lot of states that are not regularly reporting to the NCRP in earlier years, OK?

In a variety of sensitivity analyzes, what we do do is try to impute missing values of variables in observed or reported prison admission records. So if we have a record and there’s missing information in it, we’re often imputing that information, missing information about people’s ethnicity, more often, their educational attainment. We find that of strategies for dealing with missing values, our results are not really sensitive to different reasonable approaches.

But this is different than missing records altogether. So there are very many records that just don’t show up in the NCRP. And I want to be clear that we are not trying to impute the counts of records that don’t get reported to the NCRP. If we were to use the NCRP just to tabulate admissions to state prisons, we would have wildly erratic figures just as a function of irregular reporting to the NCRP.

So what we do instead is supplement our approach with data from the National Prisoner Statistics Program, and this is a much more reliable count of all people admitted to prison in any given year. The problem is, we don’t have the same level of sociodemographic detail in those data as we do in the NCRP. So trying to leverage the demographic detail of the NCRP and the reliability of the NPS and combine them to get some sort of count of admissions by race and educational attainment.

So we’ll use these sources to count admissions, and then we’ll calculate population rates of admission using population data from the merged outgoing rotation groups of the current population survey. OK. So what does this actually look like? How do we marshal these data? So our analysis is going to start in 1984 when the NCRP gets decent, and then it’ll go through 2019, which is the last year for which we have data from the National Prisoner Statistics. So I want to be clear that we don’t know as much about what’s happened in the last five years. Things could be quite a bit different, honestly, over that period. So I want to be clear that we’re– I might talk about today. But really, by today, I mean 2019. We only have data up through 2019.

We’re going to focus on Black and white, non-Hispanic people. We’re working on incorporating more Hispanic people into our analyzes, but I won’t be showing any results for Hispanic folks today. And then we’re going to subdivide the population into two education groups. And we’re going to slice the educational attainment distribution at the margin of whether or not you’ve attended college. So if you attended a college and not necessarily gotten a degree, have you ever attended college? Have you spent any time in college or have you spent no time in college?

This isn’t necessarily the education margin we would have chosen if we had our choice. Although it ends up being a pretty important one, a pretty interesting one. We’re working on analyzing other margins, and this does actually seem to be a pretty big one. This is a margin at which a lot of inequality is actually arising. The main reason we do it is that this is the most– the margin for which we have the most consistent measures over the whole period of our analysis. It’s also what Western did, so it makes our results comparable with his. That’s always nice.

And so the way we’re going to combine these two pieces of– two sources of data to get account of prison emissions is that in any given year, we’ll look at, what proportion of all admissions observed in the NCRP, whether it’s from 20 states or 45 states or 50 states, what proportion of prison admissions observed in the NCRP correspond to each racial and educational group? So what percentage of observed records belong to, say, Black Americans who had attended college or white Americans who had not attended college?

So we’ll calculate a proportion corresponding to each year racial and educational group, and then we’ll multiply that proportion by the much more reliable count of all prison admissions in any given year. And so by multiplying the NCRP proportion by the NPS count, we’ll get an estimate of the number of admissions for each year, each racial group, each educational group. And we’ll just use our population data to calculate a prison admission rate. So nothing too fancy.

What do we find? So here are our prison admission rates annually from 1984 to 2019, stratified by racial group and educational group. I think most striking is obviously the very, very high prison admission rate for Black Americans without a college education over the whole period of our analysis. Obviously, this meteoric rise in the late 20th century. But it’s fallen by about half gradually over the last 20 years or so.

Also striking is this initially low but steadily increasing rate of prison admissions among white Americans without a college education. This is absolutely a large increase, but because of the low initial levels, proportionately, it’s a huge increase from about 200 per 100,000 to about 1,200 per 100,000. So it’s about a six-fold increase for that group. It’s a pretty striking increase. Obviously, much lower admissions among people who have been to college, so it’s a little bit hard to interpret these trends. I promise, I’ll get you there.

But you can see that for no college or, sorry, any college Black Americans, the rate has been decreasing since about 1990 or so. It’s hard to even see any change for white college-educated Americans, but it’s actually steadily increasing over the whole period. OK. This is talk about inequality though. So how are we going to measure inequality? How do we think about inequality in prison admission rates?

We think it’s most helpful to think in terms of rate ratios. So I’ll be showing you evidence where we divide the Black prison admission rate by the White prison admission rate in any given year for any given educational group. And then conversely, we’ll divide the no-college rate by any college rate for each racial group. What are these rate ratios look like?

Obviously, in the early part of our analysis, racial inequality, at least between Black and white Americans, was pretty extreme. So the pattern here is the same. Obviously, inequality is a little bit higher for people with any college. But Black Americans were roughly eight times more likely to enter prison in any given year than their white counterparts in the early part of our analysis.

Obviously, and quite happily, this has fallen considerably. So in 2019, the numbers are much lower. But I really want to emphasize in this talk that these numbers are still very high. So among people without a college education, Black Americans are still about twice as likely as their white counterparts to go to prison in any given year. And for people with a college education, Black Americans are about 2.6 times more likely than their white counterparts to be admitted to prison in any given year, OK? So it’s just, we need to be careful when we talk about these things. Huge decrease, still really large disparities.

The story for educational inequality is quite a bit different. So in the early period, disparities between people without a college education and with a college education, both among Black Americans and white Americans, were roughly comparable in scale to racial disparities. So in the early part of our analysis, I think we can say that, at least as we measure it– it’s a little bit measure dependent. But at least as we measure it, racial inequality, educational inequality, we’re roughly comparable in scale. But of course, they have very different trends.

This is a logarithmic scale, so that’s important to note. By 2019, among Black Americans, people without a college education were 26 times more likely to be admitted to prison in any given year than their counterparts who had attended college. And among white people, people who had not attended college were 32 times more likely to enter prison than people who had not gone to college. So really, just enormous disparities.

I’ll give you a minute to take pictures. [LAUGHS] I’m happy to send you any of these slides though. OK. So these are just the preliminary descriptive findings about overall inequality. But what’s driving these trends? I think obviously, the causes are many. It’s probably going to take a generation of research to really figure out what’s going on here, but I do want to talk through for candidate causes here that I’m thinking about that Chris and I have published a little bit about that’s guiding some of my research going forward. So four things.

The first is the role of specific offenses in contributing to prison admissions in different ways. So what kinds of offenses are driving these inequality trends? Second, how might changes in the educational attainment of Americans over this period, which have been pretty substantial, drive or maybe just confound some of our analyzes? How would we want to think about that fact?

Third, Americans are not sorted into different communities randomly, different kinds of people live in different kinds of places systematically. And we know from a research including people in this room that subnational criminal legal system reform is uneven across the country. And so maybe it is that some people in our analysis are experiencing criminal justice reforms that other people aren’t.

And then lastly, I want to speculate about some technological economic changes over this period that might be driving differential change in people’s risk of coming into contact with the criminal legal system. OK. Regarding offenses and how different offenses might be contributing to these inequality trends. Recall that part of what was at stake in this debate, at least as I described it, is not only the relative salience of racial and educational inequality, but also the kinds of offenses that were driving it. How important were drug offenses? How important is violent crime to explaining some of these stories? So we’ll just ask straightforwardly, how did specific offenses contribute to some of these inequality patterns?

To do this, what we’ll do is group prison admissions according to the offense for which people are admitted to prison, and we’ll use the Bureau of Justice Statistics classification scheme for doing this. BJS tends to classify offenses into five different categories– drug offenses, violent offenses, property offenses, public order offenses, and then a catch all other category. It’s important to note that admissions get classified according to the most serious offense. So that’s the offense with the longest sentence.

Many people are admitted though for multiple sentences, and so this does generate some complications. I’m happy to talk about them in the Q&A. If we don’t think carefully about how admissions are classified according to offense, we might lead us to some erroneous inferences. But it’s important to understand that the estimated prison admission rate for each year, racial group, and educational group is just the sum of all of the offense specific rates for that group. So we just add up the offense-specific rates to get to the overall admission rate. And then the rest of our calculations are just the same as before, except that we’re indexing our count of admissions by the offense category.

AUDIENCE: [INAUDIBLE]

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah. Like disturbing the peace. I think that resisting arrest goes in there, not in the violent category. Things where causing trouble but not necessarily harming someone or don’t intend to harm someone. Drunk driving might be in there. You’ll see it’s– I’m really going to talk about the first three. The last two just actually don’t matter all that much, so I haven’t thought all that much about it. Yeah, I don’t actually know too much what goes into that category. Yeah.

AUDIENCE: Small stuff.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Small stuff, yeah. Well, but these are people who are going to prison, not jail. So it’s not, strictly speaking, really small stuff. Yeah.

AUDIENCE: Just not violent.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah. OK. So what do we start to see when we stratify our previous analysis by the offenses that lead people to be admitted to prison? So here you see, for each of our four groups, each ribbon represents an offense-specific admission rate. And these ribbons are stacked. So you can think of the top of the top ribbon as being the total admission rate that I showed you in the previous slides, but now you just see it broken down by the different offenses that are contributing to it.

So note that each panel has a different scale here, so we shouldn’t be comparing the panels. Really, what we’re interested in here is like, how do these ribbons sort of compose the total admission rate? And there was an important thing to take away from this slide, is that it really is these three offense categories, namely drug, violence, and property offenses that are contributing to the bulk of admissions, but also the majority of change in admissions. And so it’s really those three offense categories that we’re going to focus on, just for simplicity in the rest of our analyzes.

What do we see when we start to compare the scale of admissions though across these different offense categories? Well, in some cases, say for white Americans without a college degree, the offense-specific patterns look pretty similar to one another, and therefore also pretty similar to the overall admission rate. So not a lot of interesting things happening for white no-college-educated people, for example.

In other cases though, there are some interesting qualitative divergences. So if we look at the no-college Black American group, the highest lines here, we see that for drug offenses as well as property offenses, admission rates have declined pretty substantially, although, obviously, at different rates. This is not true for violent offenses. Admissions for violent offenses among Black Americans with no college education have kind of leveled out over the last 20 years, not showing too many signs of change.

One consequence of that leveling out is that racial inequality in admissions for violent offenses has decreased much less than it has for drug offenses and property offenses. Less interesting to say about inequality in educational or educational inequality and admissions stratified by offenses. But honestly, this is not why we did this stratification. What we really want to do is decompose the overall admission rate and ask, to what extent did the offense-specific rates contribute to overall inequalities? How much can we attribute racial inequality, how much can we attribute educational inequality to drug admissions, to violent admissions, to property admissions?

So how do we do this? Define some set of offenses O prime. That’s essentially those five offenses that I said minus any particular offense. So O prime is just all the offenses less offense O. And then we’ll define a counterfactual rate for Black Americans where what we do is substitute– let’s say we’re talking about drug offenses. We’ll substitute the white admission rate for drug offenses but retain the Black rate for all the other offenses.

So essentially, what we’re doing here is asking how much the total racial or total educational inequality in admissions would be different if admissions for one specific cause were equalized? We do the same for no college people where we substitute any college rate for one specific offense, retain the no college rate for all the other offenses. And then we take essentially a ratio of the rate ratios where we divide the observed rate ratio, so the evidence that I showed you before, by the counterfactual rate ratio.

And then this estimated phi here essentially tells us the factor by which overall inequality, as we actually observe it, increases as a result of inequality in admissions for a particular offense. So, say, for drug offenses, phi hat would tell us here, how much does racial inequality increase as a result of inequality in drug offenses compared to a scenario where drug offenses were actually equal across these two racial groups? So what do we see when we do this decomposition?

So racial inequality is on the top. Educational inequality is on the bottom. I’ve drawn a line here at one– if the line were at one, it would essentially say that offense contributes nothing to the overall inequality. And so the trends here– the lines indicate the factor by which, how many times by which the disparity increases as a result of inequality in that specific offense. So it’s a little counterintuitive, I grant.

Essentially though, higher values mean that that offense is contributing more to overall inequality, OK? What do we see? It’s actually quite interesting, quite striking how similar three of these panels are. The patterns for racial inequality among people with and without college, and the patterns for educational inequality among Black Americans are strikingly similar. What do we see in these three panels?

Property crimes are the primary driver of inequality in the earliest parts of our analysis, so this dotted green line. Property crimes are here driving most of the inequality, the greatest share of the inequality. But then in the decades surrounding the turn of the century, we see this huge increase in the significance of admissions for drug offenses. And that’s sustained for a couple of decades, but then it starts to drop off pretty meaningfully over the last 10 or 15 years.

And then Meanwhile, the significance of violence or violent offenses either remain stable or starts to somewhat increase such that toward the end of our analysis, for each of these three dimensions of inequality, violence starts to emerge as the primary driver of disparities of these three types. OK. Patterns are a bit different though for educational inequality among white Americans. So some things are similar. We see this steadily declining significance of property crimes for all kinds of inequality here. Although for educational inequality among white Americans, it just remains absolutely more significant. Property crime is the main driver over the whole period of analysis for this group.

The main difference is that the significance of drug offenses to educational inequality among white Americans starts out very small, as it does for all the other groups, but rises steadily over the whole period of analysis such that it’s now one of the main drivers of inequality for that group. OK. So this is of what we learned from decomposing our findings in this way.

Another consideration though is honestly, as I said, more of a confounder than a cause. We would want to make sure we understood or were addressing this factor if we were to give confident interpretation to our results. And that’s the fact that during the period we study, there’s a pretty significant change in the educational attainment of Americans, particularly more people are going to college.

This has the consequence that both our lower education group, people without college, and our higher education group, people who attend college, are increasingly negatively selected over time. This can bias our result of educational inequality. And it essentially means that without some sort of adjustment or correction, if we only rely on nominal education groups, we’re not comparing people of similar, relative social advantage or disadvantage over time. We’re comparing apples and oranges if we compare people who have and haven’t been to college in 1984 and 2019.

And so we do a adjustment to correct for this. I should note that this has been a point of some methodological contention in the research program around educational inequality in mortality, particularly due to deaths of despair. And so there’s actually been a lot of methodological innovation in this space as well. I think what we do is probably the most rigorous thing you could do with our data. But if you’re interested in more computationally intensive approaches to dealing with educational selection, I’m happy to talk about them.

So essentially, we’re asking here, to what extent are these changing levels of educational attainment contributing to our results? Might they be biasing our results? What do we see if we were to control for this changing selection? I’m going to spare you the math here and just reason through some illustrations. So what do we do here?

Recall that in our main analysis, we’re comparing people who have and have not been to college. So just two groups. In our adjustment, what we do is split that lower group into two more detailed groups– people who completed four years of high school and people who didn’t complete four years of high school. The completers, we don’t actually know if they have their diploma or not. But we’ll just call them high school completers, and we’ll call the other folks high school dropouts, OK?

So this figure is for, Black Americans and white Americans, the proportion of the population– I should have said earlier, this whole analysis focuses on people aged 20 to 39. So this is the proportion of the population who fall into these three, more-detailed education groups, OK? So first what we do is calculate a prison admission rate for each of these three more-detailed groups. It’ll obviously be the same for this any college group. That doesn’t change. But we’re calculating two different admission rates for these two different detailed educational groups.

Then what we do is calculate the proportion of people falling into the no-college or any-college group in 2019. And 2019 will be our reference year. It will the year to which we index everything. We’re trying to replicate conditions in 2019. So that’s this dotted line here. So in 2019, 60% of Black Americans in this age group had attended college, 40% had not. Slightly different numbers for white Americans. So you want to think about that dotted line as being like a threshold that we’re trying to reproduce in any given year. We’re trying to redistribute people so that they fall either above or below that threshold.

Then what we do is essentially ask, what proportion of the high school completers, this middle group, fell above or below that line in any given year? So say in 2000, this proportion of high school completers would have attended college if we put them in a time machine and moved them up to 2019 given their position in the educational distribution in that year. And then the last move we make is to essentially calculate a weighted average of the detailed admission rates in any given year.

So for our no college group, what we’re going to do is essentially add up this chunk of folks and this chunk of folks and calculate a weighted admission rate for them. And then in– for the no-college or any-college group rather, we’ll do a weighted average of these folks and the rest of the folks. So it’s essentially just a weighting exercise where we’re using a more-detailed set of prison admission rates and then reassigning people according to whether they would or would not have attended college in 2019 given their position in the educational distribution in any given year. OK.

So this is essentially analyzing fixed proportions of the educational attainment distribution. So it’s more or less achieves our goal of analyzing people with similar levels of social and economic advantage. They’re analyzing their position in the distribution. This, of course, is only valid on the assumption that people within any given group have a uniform risk of imprisonment. Maybe that’s a strong assumption, but it’s the best we can do.

What changes when we do these adjustments? Well, as regards racial inequality, basically nothing. It doesn’t really change our analysis. So that’s good to know. As regards educational inequality though, things do change a bit. So the red line is our adjusted results. Black line is without the adjustment. So you can think of these as analyzing nominal educational categories, these as analyzing the kind of fixed proportions of the educational attainment distribution.

By construction, they’re going to be identical in 2019. But as you can see in earlier years, they’re quite a bit different. More specifically, we see lower levels of initial educational inequality in the adjusted results. And that’s more or less to be expected, given the way we do the adjustment, because we’re essentially reassigning some of these high school completers to any college group. They’re going to have higher risk of imprisonment. And so to an extent, it’s an artifact of our method.

But this, I don’t think, really changes qualitatively, our conclusions, our findings. Our story doesn’t change. If anything, it really just shows that if we were to think about fixed levels of advantage, this story about educational inequality, it’s even more dramatic. The absolute scale of the change is even bigger, and the pace of that change is actually accelerating even faster.

I want to briefly talk through a couple more candidate causes that Chris and I are now just kind of starting to work on. So I won’t show you any evidence here, but I’ll reason through how we plan to go about studying some of these things. So a third consideration is that any explanation for these inequality trends would ideally account for the fact that the people we study are nonrandomly sorted into different places.

And we know, from a variety of research, that the punitiveness of the US prison system is not uniform, and it’s not stagnant. It’s changing. Katherine Beckett and her colleagues have shown recently that the ratio of prison admissions to crime rates or to arrest rates is actually decreasing in urban areas, but increasing in rural areas. That is to say, we can think about the punitiveness of rural areas as increasing over the last 15, 20 years and the punitiveness of urban areas as decreasing somewhat, OK?

Of course, people of different racial and educational groups are more or less likely to live in rural or urban areas, and so some of our findings might be driven, at least in part, by the fact that Black Americans and college-educated Americans might be disproportionately likely to enjoy some of the liberal or progressive criminal legal system reforms that are concentrated in urban areas. Whereas white Americans, less educated Americans who disproportionately live in rural areas, might be more likely to disproportionately experience more punishing, harsher criminal legal system regimes.

And so we’re working on this. We’re trying to further stratify and decompose our findings according to whether or not people are admitted to prison from a rural or an urban county. We only have county-level data, so this complicates things. We only have good crosswalks since 2006, so we’re actually not able to say so much about the late 20th century. We can say much more about the recent past. I’m happy to talk more about this in the Q&A, but we really only have very, very preliminary findings here.

Another striking feature of our results is that the inequality patterns we document correspond very closely to some of the inequality patterns documented by Anne Case and Angus Deaton in their research on changing life expectancy and changing mortality. They also correspond very closely to some recent research by Raj Chetty and his colleagues on changing patterns of socioeconomic mobility.

This points us to think about factors, honestly, beyond the criminal legal system, factors that shape Americans life chances more broadly. That might explain not only mortality, not only socioeconomic mobility, but also imprisonment risk. So one of the things we’re doing now is to, I think, think more carefully about the degree to which this is consonant more generally with arguably with Bill Wilson’s thesis about when work disappears. To what extent are some of the changes we’re currently seeing among low-college or no-college white Americans the result of decreases in demand for low skilled labor that earlier hit black Americans in the late 20th century, black Americans without a college education.

And so one of the things we’re doing to try to understand the changes in labor markets and their effect on imprisonment rates is to combine data– our imprisonment data with data on local labor market exposure to automation. So these data come from Daron Acemoglu’s recent paper on robots and jobs, and we’re trying to ask the degree to which exposure to automation, which we now know had a really significant effect on both employment and wages, might also explain some of the changes we see in imprisonment trends.

I said I was going to give you a caveat at the end, and it’s time for the caveat. Mostly, I’ve been documenting or describing our results regarding declining racial inequality and skyrocketing educational inequality. I said that these were roughly comparable in the early part of our analysis, although they’re obviously measure-dependent. But I think, honestly, by any reasonable measure it’s, I think, fair to say that educational inequality now dwarfs racial inequality in prison admissions, OK?

But to state the obvious, going to prison oneself is not the only way that one comes into contact with the carceral system. Our friends, our family members, our neighbors might go to prison. And we know, from a lot of research, that these vicarious contacts with the prison system are pretty consequential for our health, for our income, for our civic engagement, for our trust in the law.

And so I want to highlight a seeming paradox that Chris and I have documented recently. Most of these results come from our social forces paper from a few years ago. But I take pains to emphasize this because I think it really does complicate some of the prior trends that I showed. And that’s that despite declining racial inequality in prison admissions and skyrocketing educational inequality in prison admissions, it actually remains the case that as regards vicarious contact with the prison system, that is, the imprisonment of people’s family members or their exposure to high-imprisonment neighborhoods, racial inequality remains at least as large and maybe even larger than educational inequality, OK?

So we have a divergence in inequality patterns between direct and indirect contact with the prison system. And this seems a little bit paradoxical. It wasn’t immediately clear to us how this could be the case. So let me show you first some evidence about this, and then I’ll try to reason through this seeming paradox. So I’ll spare you the detailed data and methods, but these results come from an analysis of the Fam HIS Survey.

Fam HIS is a survey that was fielded in 2018, and it was designed specifically to measure family member incarceration. So how likely people are to have a family member incarcerated. So we look more specifically at the imprisonment– not just the incarceration, but the imprisonment of a close family member. So a spouse, a child, a parent.

And what we see is that using the same divisions here, that the Black-white disparities in the likelihood that someone has a close family member imprisoned are actually a bit larger than the educational disparities in family member imprisonment. This is somewhat at odds with the evidence I showed you about prison admissions. Similar difference in results when we look at neighborhood imprisonment. So here what we do is rely on a resource called the Justice Atlas of Sentencing and Corrections. And this is a little known data set that covers, I think, only 13 states, but it has the unique value of measuring imprisonment rates at the census tract level. So this allows us to get a better sense of neighborhood world imprisonment.

So we use this resource to ask then, what neighborhoods in these places have very low levels of imprisonment , so the lowest half of the neighborhoods in terms of their imprisonment rate, or, say, very high levels of imprisonment, so the top 5% of neighborhoods with respect to their imprisonment rate? So we first measure neighborhoods in terms of their imprisonment rate. And then we ask, how likely are people of different racial groups or different educational groups to live in a very low-imprisonment neighborhood or a very high-imprisonment neighborhood? OK? What do we see here?

Well, regarding very high-imprisonment neighborhoods, the Black-white ratio in the likelihood that one lives in a very high-imprisonment neighborhood is very large. And indeed, considerably larger than the educational disparities in the likelihood that someone lives in a very high-imprisonment neighborhood. The inverse is true for low-imprisonment neighborhoods. Black Americans are about half as likely as white Americans to live in a low-imprisonment neighborhood, whereas the corresponding educational disparities aren’t quite as large.

Essentially, what we’re seeing here is that whereas educational inequality in prison admissions is now much larger than racial inequality in prison admissions, the same is not true for indirect contact or vicarious contact with the prison system. There, racial inequality seems to continue to predominate. How? This seems like a paradox. We think we can make sense of it, though, using this idea of class permeability, which is an idea that comes from Erik Olin Wright’s work.

Classical permeability is essentially the degree to which we are socially connected to people from other classes. It’s a version of social capital, you might think. And so if class glass shapes inequality in imprisonment, then one’s total exposure to the prison system is a function of one’s class position, which shapes the likelihood that you go to prison, but also your class permeability, which shapes the imprisonment risk for the people to whom you’re connected. OK?

And so a large literature documents higher rates of downward social mobility among Black Americans compared to their white counterparts. And this means that Black Americans of any given class position are more likely to have poorer family members than their white counterparts. Again, countless studies show that as a result of segregation, ghettoization, residential discrimination, middle class Americans, even upper class– sorry, middle class Black Americans, even upper class Black Americans, are much more likely to live in poor neighborhoods than their white counterparts.

So what this means essentially is that Black Americans have much more downward class permeability than their white counterparts, given any class position. And so it’s actually racial inequality in class permeability that helps explain this paradox in results. It’s racial inequality and class permeability that really helps us explain how persistent racial inequality in vicarious contact with the prison system can continue even in an era where racial inequality in imprisonment is declining and class inequality in imprisonment is skyrocketing.

I think it’s time to wrap things up. So what have we learned by way of conclusion? Black-white inequality in US prison admissions is declining, but it remains really high. So I just want to restate that among people without a college education, Black Americans are still twice as likely as white Americans to go to prison. Among people with a college education, Black Americans are 2.6 times more likely to go to prison than their white counterparts.

Meanwhile, educational inequality in prison admission is just skyrocketing. So depending on whether we’re talking about Black or white Americans, people without a college education are somewhere between 24 and 32 times more likely to be admitted to prison in any given year than people who have attended college. Drug offenses really did drive high black inequality in– high Black-white inequality in prison admissions during the war on drugs. But in more recent years, it’s been violent offenses that are now the primary driver of both Black-white inequality among people with and without college, and also educational inequality among Black Americans.

And so to return to this debate, I think our findings do largely corroborate Alexander’s account about what happened in the United States during the war on drugs. But I think some of her critics are vindicated in their description of more recent years. And so maybe it’s a cop out. I think the diplomatic answer here is that actually both sides are right, but they’re actually right about successive, somewhat distinct historical periods. Alexander, looking backward, really was describing accurately what was going on in the United States at the time. In more recent years, I think we need to update some of these accounts about both the primary contours and also the primary drivers of inequality in mass incarceration.

I think it’s important to state– to clarify that educational selection does not account for our findings. They’re not an artifact of the changing educational distribution in the United States. And I want to restate this caveat, that patterns of vicarious exposure significantly qualify any claims that someone might make about the declining significance of race to mass incarceration. Across generations, racial differences in residential attainment and social mobility have led to really large racial differences in what we call class permeability, and this makes racial inequality in vicarious exposure to the prison system at least as large as educational inequalities.

And so I think this helps us see that we would do well to think not only intersectionally, but also holistically about the lived experience of mass incarceration. Not only the likelihood that we go to prison, but the likelihood that our loved ones, our community members go to prison. I think this helps us understand much better. The new contours of mass incarceration in the United States today and beyond. That’s my talk. Thank you so much for your time and attention. If you have questions, or you can email me or find out more about my research on the website. Thanks.

MODERATOR: Thank you so much, Alex.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah.

MODERATOR: If you have questions, fell free to send [INAUDIBLE]. We have approximately 10 ish minutes. Questions, observation.

AUDIENCE: Hi.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Hi.

AUDIENCE: Are you familiar with Paul Butler’s paper on his belief that incarceration is not a solution for various offenses, but rather that Black men should be returned to the community where their community would take care of them rather than going into prison? And he puts forward that African-American jurors should not convict African-Americans for low-level offenses.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: I’m not familiar with the paper you describe, but I think I’m broadly sympathetic to the argument. Yeah.

AUDIENCE: Yeah. It was very controversial, and it was in a lot of places, just the idea that rather than incarceration, that sending black men with low-violent– nonviolent offenses back into the community because that reduces just what you were talking about, the exposure to the prison system to the community.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah. I think the preponderance of evidence indicates that we could significantly decarcerate the population with probably net positive effects on– net negative effects, I guess, on crime rates in the United States. And it’s needless to say that this would have a host of positive social effects as well. Yeah.

MODERATOR: One more thing. Can you also introduce yourself?

AUDIENCE: Sure. Neil Fligstein, sociology. So at the end of this– so we talked earlier about policies. And so if I was to walk away from this and say, well, what we should be doing is working on sentencing policies or giving people more education or worrying about drugs in rural areas of America, where do you come down on that?

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah.

AUDIENCE: That makes sense?

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: It does make sense. Yeah. So I think part of my answer dovetails with my previous one. I think that we’re not looking here at the consequences of incarceration. But if we take incarceration, all else equal, to be something that we would prefer not to occur in the United States, I think you’re asking, how might we achieve both lower levels of incarceration, but also lower disparities in incarceration? So those are the ends you’re–

AUDIENCE: Yes.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: –trying to– OK. So if we wanted to decrease incarceration in the United States and we also wanted to decrease disparities in incarceration, what would we do? I think obviously, many of the solutions lie in the criminal legal system themselves. I think that– I didn’t show you my evidence from urban-rural divides. But I think there’s mixed evidence that some of the criminal legal system policies that have been concentrated in urban areas are having decarceration effects, but also effects that decrease disparities, particularly racial disparities.

But I think the fact that our inequality results are so consistent with a variety of other outcomes like mortality and– especially mortality seem to indicate that what we’re documenting here in terms of incarceration is like an epiphenomenon of deeper inequalities in life chances in the United States. So when we say that imprisonment is increasing among this population, essentially what we’re saying is, the opportunities that this group faces for gainful employment, meaningful engagement in a community are decreasing.

And so I’m quite sympathetic to arguments that many of the solutions here actually lie outside of the criminal legal system. I’m a big supporter of a full employment industrial policy. I think that would have probably the single largest effect in decreasing some of the disparities that we see here. But obviously, that’s expensive and fairly radical. So yeah.

AUDIENCE: Hello. Thank you. William Welsh–

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Hello, William.

AUDIENCE: –PhD student, and Berkeley sociology. Yeah, I was interested in two things. One was the declining contribution of property crime to inequality, I think, among all four groups.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah.

AUDIENCE: And I was wondering if your interpretation of that is that property crime is becoming a more general phenomenon, not limited to one or the other subgroup. And then the other question I had is that while among white voters, no-college voters voted– in 2024 voted for Trump at about half, again, as high a rate as the college-educated counterparts, among Black voters, no college voters voted for Trump three times more likely than their college-educated counterparts. So I’m wondering what connection you might see, if any, between the results that you found and these election– voting results.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: OK. Yeah. Your first question was about property crimes and whether we’re seeing, if I understood you correctly, some convergence in property offending across the different groups. I don’t think we’re seeing that. If you look at the absolute rates, I think those property offenses largely track admissions– offense-specific admission trends for the groups more broadly. So I don’t think I would explain that declining significance as a general convergence in offending.

I have to be careful with my words here, because there’s a big difference between offending and being admitted to a prison for that offense. Yeah, regarding elections, I don’t know. What would you say? What’s the connection you see? I can’t say I’ve honestly thought about it all that carefully. It’s a quite nuanced question. You’re saying essentially that partisan divide– educational partisan divides are actually larger in the Black community than in the White community?

AUDIENCE: Yeah.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah. And so you’re asking how that would explain our results or maybe be an effect of our results.

AUDIENCE: I guess I’m asking, how might it be an effect of the–

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: An effect of the results?

AUDIENCE: Voting effect?

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah.

AUDIENCE: Basically vote against Democrats [INAUDIBLE].

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah. So yeah. So well, it’s important to acknowledge actually that– if I’m remembering correctly, that generally speaking educational inequality in imprisonment rates is larger among white Americans than among Black Americans. But we also know that criminal legal system contact has much greater effects on things like trust in the law for Black Americans than for white Americans.

So I think that’s part of what’s part of what might be going on or a connection point between what we’re talking about and what you’re describing, where the class disparities in incarceration among Black Americans have this outsized effect on the politics of low-college or no-college Black Americans that might contribute to the fact that you see these actually outsized partisan divides among the Black community that aren’t necessarily reflected in the prison admissions statistics.

AUDIENCE: Thank you.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah

AUDIENCE: So you mentioned full employment. I wanted to ask you to flesh out your thoughts on the interaction between your story and labor markets. I mean, that could be anything. It could be over aggregate unemployment or sectoral or regional. But I guess specifically, I wanted to ask about the last few years when we’ve moved towards full employment and we’ve actually had a reduction in economic inequality, how do you think that would affect your story? And I mean, is it too soon to tell or do you already have some sense of what impact that’s having on this kind of inequality?

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah. So you’ve got me with my back against the wall as regards, say, racial and educational disparities in employment rates over the last 18 months or something. I don’t know those. But look, I think that we need to think very seriously about, I guess, offending, but especially prison admission for different offenses as a function of labor market opportunity.

I think there’s decent evidence– a growing body of evidence that shows that at different levels of geographic specificity, at different levels of demographic specificity, that when folks have more meaningful opportunities for gainful employment, meaningful employment, they’re less likely to end up in circumstances, no worries at all, that might expose them to the carceral system. So I can’t give a responsible answer as regards recent trends, particularly past the scope of our data here. But I do think that for me, it’s a policy area where we should be thinking more and more seriously, more aggressively. Sorry. It’s a bit of a cop out, but–

AUDIENCE: Hi. My name is Taylor. I’m a PhD student over at the law school.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Oh, cool,

AUDIENCE: Would thinking about juvenile justice and maybe changes or rates that’s going on across the story over time and thinking about how that may be impacts educational attainment, does that change the story at all or does it fit into the model?

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah, I think it could change the story. A lot of government statisticians, when they measure educational attainment, often start at age 25. It’s reasonable assumption that our educational attainment process is more or less complete by age 25. We’re analyzing 20 to 39-year-olds here, so there’s a decent number of people whose educational attainment process may not have completed by the time they come into contact with the system. And of course, we know that system contact affects your educational trajectory. You’re, of course, pointing to the juvenile justice system, which we would expect to have an even more significant effect on interrupting educational attainment.

We have stratified our analysis by five-year age band, and we don’t– it doesn’t change our story very meaningfully. So just in terms of what we can show with the prison system data, we’re not terribly concerned about reverse causality here, where prison– our story doesn’t meaningfully change when we think more carefully about the possibility that prison admission is affecting educational attainment and not the other way around. But look, that’s obviously not the case when it comes to juvenile justice. And I’m less well versed in the juvenile justice research than I should be. But I think it’s something we should probably think more carefully about. What is your thinking about how juvenile justice might be shaping this inequality story?

AUDIENCE: I wonder if it would tell a parallel story. Maybe it would, but I don’t know if it might parallel [INAUDIBLE].

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Right. Where we couldn’t, say, use educational attainment as a measure of class because we’re talking about even younger people. But if we were to, say, look at parents’ education and see how things were changing in the juvenile justice system, would we see similar patterns or not? Yeah, that’s a very good question. I’d be willing to bet that we are, but– or we would, but I don’t yet know.

AUDIENCE: Yeah, thanks.

MODERATOR: Alex, this would be the last question.

AUDIENCE: I guess your study didn’t really address social causes to these declines, but I wonder if– it seems to me some social movements like Black Lives Matter or the George Floyd protest might have contributed to some of the declines in drug-related prison admissions.

ALEX ROEHRKASSE: Yeah. Those mostly would have come after the period we’re studying, but not entirely. And I think you see the declining significance of admissions for drug offenses much earlier than some of those events. They’re starting in the early 2000. Why are they declining? Yeah. So OK. So why are so many fewer people going to prison for drug offenses, why this massive drop off?

It’s a good question. I think part of it– well, so it’s a massive drop off for Black Americans, but not for white Americans. So I was talking briefly about successive waves of economic, social-technological change that affected less-advantaged Black Americans in the late 20th century and are now arguably coming to effect less advantaged white Americans to greater degrees.

So part of it might be that the kind of drug epidemics that affected the Black population in the United States have waned, to a degree. And now we see the opioid epidemic, which affects, obviously, all Americans, but particularly lower-education white Americans these days. So part of it might be in sequential drug epidemics that are differentially affecting these different populations.

Part of it may be drug sentencing and enforcement reforms. So we’ve seen big– just look around, big changes in the enforcement of marijuana law, for example, that’s really affected less educated Black Americans who used to go to prison for marijuana use and no longer do. I cite those as the two major contributing factors, but they’re probably not the only ones. Thank you so much for your time and attention. I really appreciate it.

MODERATOR: Thank you so much–

[MUSIC PLAYING]

 

Matrix On Point

Mainstreaming Psychedelics

Psychedelics are steadily moving from the fringes of counterculture to the heart of mainstream society, driven by a growing body of research and shifting public perception. Once relegated to underground movements, substances like psilocybin, LSD, and MDMA are now being explored for their potential in treating mental health conditions such as depression, PTSD, and anxiety. High-profile studies at institutions like Johns Hopkins and Stanford have highlighted their therapeutic benefits, while cities like Denver and Oakland have decriminalized their use. In addition, psychedelic retreats, wellness practices, and even art and tech industries are embracing these substances as tools for creativity, self-discovery, and healing. As psychedelics shed their stigma, they are catalyzing a broader conversation about mental health, spirituality, and the boundaries of human consciousness.

Recorded on March 6, 2025, this panel featured Diana Negrin, Lecturer of Geography at UC Berkeley; David Presti, Professor of Neuroscience at UC Berkeley; Charles Hirschkind, Professor of Anthropology at UC Berkeley; and Graham Pechenik, a patent attorney and founder of Calyx Law. Poulomi Saha, Associate Professor of English and Co-director of the Program in Critical Theory at UC Berkeley, moderated.

Matrix On Point is a discussion series promoting focused, cross-disciplinary conversations on today’s most pressing issues. Offering opportunities for scholarly exchange and interaction, each Matrix On Point features the perspectives of leading scholars and specialists from different disciplines, followed by an open conversation. These thought-provoking events are free and open to the public.

This event was co-sponsored by the UC Berkeley Department of Geography, the Program in Critical TheoryCenter for Interdisciplinary Critical Inquiry, the Center for Research on Social Change, the UC Berkeley Department of English, and the UC Berkeley Center for the Science of Psychedelics.

Podcast and Transcript

Listen to this panel as a podcast below or on Apple Podcasts.

Transcript

[MUSIC PLAYING]

CORI HAYDEN: Thank you so much for coming. Usually we say, sometimes, X, such and such speaker needs no introduction. Well, clearly, the topic needs no introduction. I’m delighted to see such a crowd here. So my name is Cori Hayden. I’m delighted to welcome you here to the Matrix. I’m the interim director this semester.

I think it’s clear that the resurgence of psychedelics has completely transformed how we are thinking about all manner of things, from mental health to spirituality to the boundaries of human consciousness. And I am delighted to welcome this extraordinary panel of colleagues, scholars, practitioners with expertise in biology, anthropology, law, critical theory, neuroscience to guide us through this discussion.

Now, today’s event is co-sponsored by the UC Berkeley Center for Interdisciplinary Critical Inquiry, the Center for Research on Social Change, the Center for the Science of Psychedelics, the Program in Critical Theory, and the Departments of Geography and English. And I also want to make sure to thank the Social Science Matrix’s extraordinary staff, Chuck Kapelke, Eva Seto, and Sarah Harrington. Thank you all.

So before I turn it over to the panelists, I want to briefly mention a few upcoming events here at the Social Science Matrix in this space. We have an Author Meets Critics Panel on Monday, March 17th, on Colonizing Palestine with Areej Sabbagh-Khoury. March 18th, a panel on the New Contours of Mass Incarceration.

Projects on computational analyzes. An Author Meets Critics on Native Lands with Shari Huhndorf. So anyway, please go to the website and take note of these things, and we hope to see you in this room again very soon.

Let me just briefly now– and welcome, Graham– introduce our moderator, Poulomi Saha. So Poulomi Saha is Associate Professor of English and Co-director of the Program in Critical Theory at UC Berkeley. Professor Saha works at the intersection of American Studies, psychoanalytic critique, feminist and queer theory, postcolonial studies.

And as a Flourish Fellow at the UC Berkeley Center for the Science of Psychedelics, they explore the intersections of mysticism, psychedelics, and critical theory from spiritual, psychoanalytic, and sociological perspectives. Also, might possibly be finishing a book on cults, so I heard, possibly could be true. Without further ado, let me turn it over to the panel to Poulomi, and thank you all for being here. I’m really excited.

POULOMI SAHA: Oh, I don’t have to get up, ha. Hi, everyone. I didn’t realize I was mic’d up. I’m Poulomi Saha. I’m really delighted to be moderating this afternoon’s event, which is called mainstreaming psychedelics. And we have a really extraordinary panel, and I don’t want to take up more time than is my due.

But I will say that, actually, three of us on this panel are Flourish Fellows this year. The Flourish Fellowship is an initiative that was launched by the Berkeley Center for the Study of Psychedelics in collaboration with [? CC ?] and Harvard University. And this year was the first year for the Psychedelics in Society and Culture Fellowship, which Diana, Charles, and I all received fellowships.

And there is another fellowship round coming up if you are interested, March 16th. Information is available on the website. I highly recommend you check it out. It has funded some really exciting initiatives and projects on campus this year and is sure to do so next year, including some of the work that we’re going to hear today.

Normally, I would spend much more time on introductions, but I’m told that time is short, so forgive me for giving short shrift to the extraordinary bios of our presenters. But I will very briefly introduce them and then hand it over.

Our first presenter is Diana Negrin, who is a lecturer in Geography at UC Berkeley. In addition to her research interests in identity, space, and social movements in Latin America and the United States, her current project seeks to document the impact of global theogen commodification on sacred Indigenous lands caused by agroindustrial expansion and peyote tourism, focusing on the preservation of Indigenous rights and the defense of ancestral lands against extractive practices.

Our second presenter, David Presti, is Professor of Neuroscience here at UC Berkeley. His areas of interest are human neurobiology and neurochemistry, the effects of drugs on the brain and mind, clinical treatments of addiction, and an evolving conversation between cognitive science with this philosophy, and the scientific study of the mind and consciousness.

He is the author of several books, but most recently, The Mind Beyond Brain– Buddhism, Science, and the Paranormal, and a public education course that I’d love to hear more about called Psychedelics and the Mind.

Then we have Charles Hirschkind, Professor of Anthropology here at UC Berkeley. His interests include religious practice, media technologies, and emergent forms of political community in the Middle East and Europe.

He is the author of two books, his most recent book released just a few years ago, entitled The Feeling of History– Islam, Romanticism, and Andalusia, and has a current project that I hope we’re going to hear about on psychedelics transnationally, but including in Israel.

And our final panelist is Graham Pechenik, who is a patent attorney and founder of Calyx law, a law firm, and I believe the only law firm in America, perhaps, specializing in cannabis and psychedelics-related intellectual property, especially as it relates to drug discovery and development.

He’s also the editor-at-large of Psychedelic Alpha, where he writes about psychedelics intellectual property and provides data for patent trackers, and maintains a psychedelic law and policy tracker with the UC Berkeley Center for the Science of Psychedelics.

It’s an extraordinary panel, and I will not take up any more time. I’m going to hand it over now first to Diana.

DIANA NEGRIN: Thank you so much, Poulomi. And thank you so much to the whole Social Science Matrix network, and I definitely have to say, Ambrosia Shapiro from the Geography Department for also helping network this in. My name is Diana. And also I want to add, I teach in the Ethnic Studies Department, so just a couple stories below us.

So I’m going to try to condense, in 15 minutes, what has really been a body of work that I’ve been researching for quite some years now, but it’s also part of my own biography in many ways, and so I’ll speak about that in a minute.

But I’m going to start with a little trip to a place called Las Margaritas. It’s an ejido. It’s communally-held land in the high plateaus of San Luis Potosi. One of the most beautiful places I have seen. It’s like a semi-desert in the sky, one could say.

And it’s a place that has been the site of pilgrimage for the Wixarika and many other Indigenous peoples of the Utah Nahuatl linguistic groups since time immemorial, but also since The Conquest, it’s become a very important site of pilgrimage for those Catholics that follow Saint Francis’s patron saint ethic, which is actually one that’s also tied to ecology.

However, there’s been a third pilgrimage, let’s say, they like to call themselves pilgrims, which has really begun since the 1960s, but taken off a lot more in the last 20 years or so, which is the new age pilgrims, the psychonauts. And Las Margaritas, Wirikuta, the way the land is called in Wixarika, has become one of many nodal points of these travels that psychonauts take. And there’s a transnational group, but many of them are Latin American.

And since 2010, I’ve been focusing a lot on the different communities of people who have been attracted to this land because of peyote, but in many ways have also participated, in one way or another with its– the land use change that’s happening. So in the summer of 2023, I went to Las Margaritas, and I found a new small retreat that had just been built since the previous year that I had been.

And this new retreat had been erected in a random plot of land, in the ejido, which is communally-held land, it’s not supposed to be bought and sold under law, and unlike the other houses in the community– there are houses. It’s a very small community. They’re all adobe houses. They’re very traditional. They’re all small farmers. This particular construction was made from materials that one would find at Home Depot, bricks and metal, principally, rather than adobe and wood.

All of the rooms were filled with bunk beds, and outside the structure, there was a small chapel that was being built with a Virgin of Guadalupe image and a cross at the top of the little steeple. And outside of there was the remnants of a sweat lodge, of a temazcal. The owner of this new construction– very modest, one wouldn’t think much of it if you were just walking, but I noticed it because it was new.

The owner is a Colombian psychonaut, a psychonaut, a traveler, a psychedelics traveler, who has a lot of relationships with people in the philanthropic circles of the north. He’s a Colombian individual who had already started retreats in other parts of Latin America.

And I spoke to the caretaker because the individual himself wasn’t there, and the caretaker told me that just a couple of weeks prior to me being there, there had been about 30 people lodging at this place, and they had gone and harvested great quantities of peyote, laid them out, dried them, ground them up, and took it with them.

Now that is, under law, illegal. Nobody is supposed to harvest peyote if you are not part of a tribe that is recognized as having practiced this harvesting since time immemorial. Furthermore, you’re not supposed to take peyote outside, much less of this region.

So what I think is so important is that, since 2003, I’ve been doing a lot of research with Wixarika struggles for autonomy, for sovereignty, land, defense. My first book looked at the activism of Wixarika university students and the way they were affirming their rights as citizens to Mexico. But at the tail end of that research, these mining concessions were declared, these transnational mining concessions owned by a Canadian company.

And that brought about a lot of attention towards Wirikuta. And many of the activists that were part of this network were people who had been attracted because of peyote. So my postdoc actually started to look at interviewing many of these individuals, who were largely of European descent, but Latin American, and all of my interviews started with the same point of departure, which was peyote, right?

They had encountered peyote prior to encountering Wirikuta, prior to encountering Wixarika culture, and it was from these transformative experiences that they wanted to now be a part of this transnational activist circle. And what we started to notice was that much of the attention was focused around Wirikuta, peyote, and the Wixarika, and the small farmers were largely foreclosed. They were erased from this picture.

And so, since 2010, in particular, I’ve been doing a lot of research in this area. And what I’ve been noticing more and more is that now it’s not just about the mining concessions, it’s also about large agroindustrial plots of land, mostly tomato for export. When we see dry farm tomatoes, that’s actually one of the indicators is that they might be coming from a place like Sonora or San Luis Potosi that’s semi-arid. Most of these are for export.

And then the third big land use change that I’ve noticed in particular in the last 10 years is the purchase of a [? helo ?] land in the name of land back, in the name of the Wixarika, without it being any Wixarika individuals.

Following Instagram, which has been a great source of netnography, I’ve come across, at least, a dozen initiatives, mostly led by either people from the United States, or maybe a Latin American that’s not actually connected to either San Luis Potosi or Jalisco that do events. Some events have actually happened at places like Yale and Harvard to raise funds to buy land to protect the peyote and to protect Wixarika sovereignty.

So my work started with mining in this typical political ecology, and I never would have guessed that suddenly I’d be looking at the question of psychedelics. And I think that Michael Pollan’s Netflix special is a really important reference for a lot of people, maybe, in terms of the question of mescaline and peyote.

There’s a small little bleep that’s given to the question of Wirikuta and to the Wixarika people. But it’s important to note that the same people that were intermediaries for Michael Pollan’s Netflix special are the same people who are intermediaries for these land purchases. And so I’ve been really trying to track, who are these individuals? Trying to follow the money.

Many of these individuals, again, Don Moore was one of my PhD professors, and I’ll never forget Donald Moore saying, good intentions can have bad consequences. Good-intentioned people that met at Burning Man might not understand land tenure practices in Mexico, Colombia, and Peru. They may not understand that the concept of a land bank operates differently in the United States than it does in Mexico because of colonial and post-colonial structures. Again, of land tenancy, of legal recognition of Indigenous people.

So I don’t have much more time, probably, but I do want to say that a lot of what I’ve been observing is a loss of translation, right? Not only linguistically, where we have much of what’s happening in the mainstream of psychedelics happening in English. If you look at any retreat website, if you look at any of these philanthropic initiatives, they’re in English for an English-speaking audience.

And it’s only a few– for example, in the case of the Wixarika communities, there’s only a couple individuals that are actually connected to these philanthropic initiatives. But the way that they get presented in both conferences, everywhere from maps to, again, a university like Harvard is that they are representatives.

And this is an age-old problem with misrepresenting Indigenous leadership and autonomy. It’s very easy to do that when you are talking to a group of people who don’t understand who it is that they’re seeing, what the context is.

So what we’ve continued to see, not only with respect to land purchases, is that the mainstreaming of psychedelics has also started to really disrupt governance in Indigenous communities that are connected to these psychedelic plants and psychedelic traditions, if you want to use that term. So in the case of the Wixarika, peyote has always made them very hyper visible, right? From Carlos Castaneda to, again, the present Netflix example.

And I’m starting to really see a combination of, not just usurpation of leadership, but also of land tenure. And while the Wixarika have always claimed that the way to defend land is to coordinate with the small farmers, what is happening with these very powerful players that have millions of dollars at their disposal, literally, is that you have a lot of backdoor deals that are happening.

And so the result has been a lot of infighting, a lot of community animosity. And I’m quite concerned, given the landscape that we’re seeing right now, with– again, there was the constellation of Silicon Valley forces that are also interested in psychedelics, that we have very much an authoritarian view of how to manage land that is connected to endemic species like peyote.

And there’s very little time and space given to really understanding other epistemic approaches how to defend land. And that peyote is not exclusive to one particular community, but that we have ancestral communities that need to be, not just selectively at the table, but really need to be understood in a much deeper way.

And I’m afraid that a lot of intermediary work has continued to really disrupt Indigenous sovereignty. So that’s really the focus of my work right now. And hopefully soon I’ll have a film and a new book project to bring to people about this very issue. So thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

POULOMI SAHA: Next up is David Presti.

DAVID PRESTI: Wow, that was great. Yeah. Thank you, everyone, for being here. And you all who organized these Matrix events for pulling this together. This is really wonderful. Very important topic these days.

It’s interesting that we often talk about how we live in a bubble here in Berkeley or maybe even California or the West Coast or something like that. With respect to the mainstreaming of psychedelics, there’s still a way in which that’s very accurate.

Because if I talk with people in the middle of the United States who are not part of the academic establishment or something like that, this is not something that they’ve heard much about. So it’s just an interesting kind of contrast that we continue to appreciate and live in.

So I’m assuming that most of you know quite a bit already about psychedelics, what we call psychedelic. And really, they entered– really only entered the first time in the popular culture in America in the 1950s, even though there’s been, of course, a centuries- or probably millennia-, in many cases, long history of use of psychedelic materials by a number of Indigenous cultures around the world for a long time.

This was largely unknown, except for folks who studied it, anthropologists, folks like yourself, who actually knew this really intimately. And then it hit the more popular culture in the ’50s. The psychiatrist Osmond coined that word psychedelic, meaning mind-manifesting.

Because he thought these materials, which were represented only by two chemicals in those days, mescaline from peyote, and LSD, which was the synthetic that was discovered, whose properties were discovered in the 1940s, he felt that these materials and a number of other things from which chemicals hadn’t been identified like the Teonanacatl mushrooms from Mexico, Datura, cannabis, even the active components were not known–

He put all those into that category of psychedelic because he felt they should be– that psychiatry could come up with some good ways to utilize these powerful materials to open up one’s mentality in some way and make it more amenable for psychotherapy and for transformative change.

So in the 1950s, through popular essays like Aldous Huxley’s books and Gordon and Valentina Wasson’s articles in major media outlets, people became knowledgeable about something about these materials and their history. And then it really all opened up in the 1960s, of course, and psychedelics, especially LSD, became a huge part of the revolutionary processes that were happening back in those days.

And all of these things that happened in the 1960s that were really building up a lot of momentum, things like the Free Speech Movement right here on– just a few hundred feet away on the UC Berkeley campus, and the Civil Rights Movement, and Women’s Rights Movements, and gay rights movements, and very importantly, the anti-war in Southeast Asia movement, these were all melded together in people’s minds as just these, in some ways, chaotic things that were disrupting the status quo.

And psychedelics as well as cannabis got thrown into that category as well, and at the end of the ’60s, in 1970, everything was made illegal. So with the Controlled Substance Act in the United States, with the United Nations International Convention the next year, psychedelics, all the known psychedelic molecules at that point were declared illegal and whatever academic and clinical research had been going on in the ’50s and ’60s all came to a halt in the nonmainstream ways. I mean, not that they were ever mainstream, but they were a huge part of the culture.

And, however, there was a psychedelic underground that continued unabated from the time that they become illegal, in the late ’60s, California was the very first state to pass a law against LSD in 1966– and the underground, though, which was this constellation of folks that would take LSD at concerts, later MDMA and other things at raves, and artists, musicians, folks looking for some kind of recreational novelty.

And then a more reverent ceremonial component to that underground. Folks that held a more sacred relationship with the materials, they– often it was embedded in some kind of ceremonial structure for them. They usually knew quite a bit about what they were doing, and did it with respect and planning and so forth.

And there was an element of also underground psychedelic-assisted therapy, so-called, guides or therapists that would utilize LSD or psilocybin or MDMA when it was appreciated as materials to guide folks through a therapeutic or transformative process.

And this was all underground, in some cases, very deeply underground, especially the therapists, because there were draconian laws against all of these materials. And throughout the ’70s and ’80s and ’90s and even into the 2000s, there were many people who were arrested for distributing or manufacturing and so forth. Long prison sentences were handed out to young folks at Grateful Dead concerts for distributing LSD in the parking lot.

So it behooved people, especially who were doing this as their livelihood, like the underground therapeutic community, to stay very quiet about what they were doing. And it was taken very seriously as a profession. People often spent years and years apprenticing with other more knowledgeable people.

They knew the medicines, the materials they were working with really, really well themselves through their own experiences. So it was a pretty reliable kind of way to get introduced to the transformative properties of these things should you happen to have the right connections to meet someone like that since they were hard to find.

So this puttered on for several decades, the ’70s, the ’80s. By the mid to later ’80s, there began to be developed some activism around bringing these materials back into the public sphere to make them available for recreational uses, nonmedical use, as well as clinically administered use.

And most notably, the MAPS, the Multidisciplinary Association for Psychedelic Studies was started in 1986 with the explicit agenda of bringing MDMA, methylenedioxymethamphetamine, also known as ecstasy, back into the place where it could be legally used as a therapeutic tool.

But the bigger agenda was these materials should be legal for everyone, not just in the therapeutic context, but that doesn’t work to say that publicly. You have to go through the steps of getting government sanctioning through the FDA and all of that. So it was a wild vision to be able to do that at the end of the– I mean, to think that could be possible in 1986 because the laws were so draconian and so rigid, it seemed, with respect to all of these things.

But by the 1990s, by 1990, the first human studies, again, had started with a psychedelic, that was dimethyltryptamine, DMT. And then MDMA and psilocybin followed through the ’90s clinical studies. Quiet, low key. The media hadn’t noticed yet. The art of developing the finely-honed press release had not been developed yet.

So it continued on, though. Progress was being made. The FDA approved things to go on to the next phase of clinical trials, phase II, and so forth. And so by the 2000s, by the early 2000s, although the underground was still very active in all the ways that it had always been, there was beginning to be some above-ground approved activity, again, specifically FDA-approved clinical studies with MDMA for post-traumatic stress disorder and psilocybin for anxiety and depression, later, just the focus on depression.

And this continued to be successful. It was a slow process. There were only a handful of people doing this work. But in the early 2000s, psychedelic centers actually started at two major universities, Johns Hopkins and at University College London, so there are now beginning to be academic credibility, and papers were beginning to be published in mainstream journals.

And importantly, graduate students and postdocs were beginning to be trained because it’s not sustainable if there are only five people in the world doing clinical or basic science in psychedelics. But now there’s beginning to be a new cohort of folks who will be trained up to do this.

Of course, all these folks are now out there in the academic sector with projects of their own. And so now there are hundreds of universities that have psychedelic research going on. There are dozens and dozens and dozens of universities that have official psychedelic centers like our own here at Berkeley. And so it really has achieved, in the academic center, something of a mainstream status.

So this was already happening in the 2000– the first decade and then the second decade of the 2000s. By the end of the– and then I mentioned the press release earlier. The other thing that happened is that all of these early studies, when they were published, they had really good press releases. They had really good press coverage, so they got a lot of positive media attention. So the media juggernaut was beginning to take off.

And, of course, by the latter part of the 2000 and teens, then we have Michael Pollan’s excellent book, best-selling book that came out, the Netflix series, so more and more attention to more and more people to these substances. So here we are at the stage where we are in this trajectory.

The other thing that happened by the end of the 2000 and teens was that this was looking like a pretty good investment to a lot of people. So then startups formed to try to, in some way, capture. Now, remember, psychedelic molecules, LSD, psilocybin, MDMA, DMT, I mean, they’ve been out there in the public sphere for a long time, decades. The therapeutic procedures had been out there for a long time, for decades. So how are they going to make money off this?

So then– I’m sure you’ll speak to this– all kinds of schemes are concocted to try to grab intellectual property. Well, maybe if we tweak the crystal structure of the molecule in some way, then we can patent that. And it doesn’t matter whether that’s actually meaningful. As the CEO of that company said in a recorded interview, it doesn’t matter what I think. It only matters what the US Patent Office and the UK Patent Office thinks.

And so a number of things are now in the sector moving along. And so we have billions of dollars or certainly hundreds of millions, probably billions of dollars invested, certainly billions if you count ketamine, which I’m not even going to have time to get to, but we can come back to it in the Q&A.

And we have training programs, which have turned out thousands, now, of people that were being trained to participate in clinical studies and so forth. And, however, that’s all on hold because of the FDA’s unwillingness to improve MDMA for clinical studies. So in any case, it’s going to be, it has been, and will continue to be a wild ride, unpredictably wild ride. These are complex materials. Nobody ever said this was going to be easy or predictable, so to be continued. Thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

POULOMI SAHA: Thank you, David. And potentially setting us up for a pitch debate during the Q&A. But before we get there, up next is Charles Hirschkind.

CHARLES HIRSCHKIND: OK. First, a big thanks to Poulomi for the invitation to join this panel, and to my illustrious colleague, Cori, Director of the Matrix and good friend.

So I am new to this field. And, really, it’s only been in the last year and a half that I’ve put my foot into it. And that’s centered around a project that explores embodied practice in relation to different traditions involving psychedelic use.

So that doesn’t have a lot to do with mainstreaming. I’ve been working with a couple of colleagues at the Chacruna Center in Berkeley, who work on ayahuasca, and particularly in the context of Santo Daime, a Brazilian tradition.

So the question of the mainstreaming of psychedelics is, in ways, new to me. Of course, overall, the field I find to be exciting and with plenty of room for optimism, but, of course, also room for concern and worry. So today I’m going to focus my discussion on the mainstream of psychedelics and explore it from one particular national standpoint, that from the experience of Israel.

And the psychedelic phenomenon is well-established in Israel in terms of research, in terms of therapeutic practice, in terms of recreational use. The country has been an early and important contributor to studies in medical uses of psychedelics. There are numerous research initiatives, clinical trials, important conferences, workshops.

It’s one of the few countries outside the US where MAPS has an institution. Israel was the first national government to financially support MDMA-assisted psychotherapy research. It was also the first country to improve a compassionate use program, the use of MDMA in actual therapeutic practice.

Much of the research on the therapeutic use of psychedelics in Israel is focused on trauma victims, and particularly those suffering PTSD. Let me read briefly from a MAPS press release from 2020 on psychedelic research in Israel. So the report states that preliminary research has shown that MDMA-assisted psychotherapy may be a profound way to help those who suffer greatly from traumatic experiences, such as war or sexual assault.

Now, according to Keren Tzarfaty, the Clinical Investigator and Director of Israeli projects in collaborations with MAPS, in the face of the perpetual violence in Israel and the surrounding region, the innovative, heart-based treatment can transform suffering to wholeness. The article goes on, over 10% of the Israeli population experiences PTSD, and this figure increases significantly in regions frequented by rocket attacks. Military service is compulsory, and most families in Israel have histories of trauma and persecution.

The Israeli Ministry of Health is constantly looking for new tools to get better results in psychological and psychiatric treatment, says the Director of Psychological Trauma for the Israeli Ministry of Health. After seeing the very promising results of the completed MDMA-assisted psychotherapy research in Israel, we now believe that it is crucial to allow more citizens who suffer from PTSD to have access to this new treatment. This was back in 2020, and there’s only been growing momentum in this field in Israel since then.

In a talk that Rick Doblin, the founder of MAPS back in the ’80s, as David mentioned, a talk he gave at Google in 2009, he presented in a slide an image that, in his words, was the best image we have ever seen about MDMA for psychotherapy. This image, which was taken from an Israeli newspaper, showed a soldier largely submerged in a pool of blood, with helicopters in the background, and clinging for life onto a life preserver in the form of an MDMA tablet.

And this was, as Doblin suggested, the best image he had for what he imagined to be, we might consider it the mainstreaming of MDMA within psychotherapy. An article from Wired titled, “Israel is at the vanguard of a new psychedelic revolution,” the authors survey the explosion of new startups and companies entering the psychedelic field, affirming that Israeli startups are proving to be the pioneers in the use of mind-altering drugs, from mushroom to medical grade cannabis, to treat conditions like depression and PTSD.

So besides the medical clinical field, the genealogy of psychedelic use in Israel has another important element. Since, at least, the early 1980s, young Israeli tourists, many of them just released from IDF service, have traveled to India, particularly to Goa, but as well to other parts of India, giving shape to a distinct psychedelic-fueled party culture, party beach culture in many places.

By the 1990s, sigh party or rave culture was becoming well-embedded within Israel itself. And today, Israel is celebrated as a global center for rave culture. So these are a few snippets from the development of psychedelic use in Israel.

My point in mentioning them is to just suggest that Israel is a major contributor to and participant in the psychedelic renaissance. That the psychedelic culture, both medical and recreational and nonmedical being developed there, therefore has considerable impact on the global stage, and their considerable impact, perhaps, on the direction in which the future of mainstreaming psychedelics may take.

So, as the Executive Director of MAPS that I cited above noted, there is perpetual violence in Israel. Service in the IDF is mandatory, with some exceptions, which means that most of its citizens participate directly in the brutalization and violence that has been directed routinely against Palestinians for many decades, and now in the genocide of the last year and a half.

This is not easy for any human being, and I believe it is not at all surprising that one finds such high rates of PTSD in the country. When one participates, in my view, in extreme violence, including the type of atrocities we’ve seen more recently, there are psychic costs.

Often when the violence ends, when there’s a pause, there’s a sense that one eventually, in some form, will confront the acts that one has done. The psyche tries to defend against this, tries to avoid it in ways, sometimes through an intensification of violence. This has been documented in other global contexts.

So I set this stage because this is the context in which psychedelic use and interest has grown medically, therapeutically, and recreationally in Israel. We often think of psychedelics as offering a kind of mirror by which we can explore deeper dimensions of our consciousness and experience.

But here we see something that follows something of an opposite logic. Instead of allowing a patient, a soldier, or a citizen to confront the traumatic violence that they have had to exercise, in this case against Palestinians, psychedelics becomes a tool by which one can avoid or defer such a confrontation, and thus be ready to return to the battlefield. It is for this reason that the Israeli state finds this research on psychedelics so important. And the Israeli state is a major contributor, major funder of research in this area.

So insomuch as the Israeli state necessitates the will for participation of much of its population in the ongoing perpetration of violence in order to sustain the particular form of apartheid rule, it cannot afford to tolerate the psychic repercussions, the trauma that such violence produces among its people, and must seek out methods to limit those repercussions. It is for this reason that psychedelic therapy is seen to have such great promise in the country, and as I mentioned, receives considerable support from the state.

Nowhere, at least, in my exploration of the literature, which I acknowledge is limited, nowhere in the literature on psychedelic research in Israel have I encountered the suggestion that the state policies that produce a condition, a necessity of perpetual violence, and hence of traumatic experience be changed.

The violence is viewed rather as a natural feature of the landscape, as in the quotes that I cited above, a result, sometimes, of the savagery of Israel’s neighbors, a context where Israelis themselves can understand themselves as victims, ones whose suffering may be alleviated by psychedelics.

So I’m going to stop there. But my overall point is to suggest that Israel is an important reference in reflecting on the possible direction that a mainstreaming of psychedelics takes. Not only because the phenomenon is well-developed there, but also because of the influence that Israel exerts in shaping a global psychedelic culture. So this is a cautionary note.

POULOMI SAHA: Thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

And our final presenter is Graham Pechenik.

GRAHAM PECHENIK: Thank you. And I think this might be a giveaway that I’m the one nonprofessor on the panel that I need the support of slides to get through my talk, so.

So I’ll probably pick up actually where David Presti left off. Because where I start is in 2018, really, at the start of what people have been speaking about as a psychedelic renaissance. Well, my story maybe goes back a little bit earlier to part of David’s story, which was the research and the growth in the number of academic centers and just academics studying psychedelics.

Actually, my interest in psychedelics dates back to my first psychedelic experience in undergrad, and I thought at one point that I might become a psychedelic chemist. I was very inspired by the work of Sasha Shulgin, who created a lot of novel psychedelics and helped to bring MDMA back into the popular consciousness.

I had no encouragement of that. Maybe it was just a few years too early because now, certainly, there’s many people who are making that their work. Although I’m happy to have ended up back in the space. So I went to law school thinking maybe I’d do drug policy with my science background. I ended up going to do patent law.

And I continued to follow the science, and I’m actually at– I was at a MAPS info table volunteering the weekend after this article came out. So this article was really the first time, I think, patents, certainly that I had heard of, but even in general, were written about for the popular culture.

So this was before Compass Pathways, actually, their patent had published, but it was– it was known that they had filed patents on psilocybin, and an article about the work that Compass Pathways was doing came out talking about the patent. And I was very curious about it.

And in talking to people at MAPS who were themselves very interested in how somebody might even patent something like psilocybin, which, obviously, is a known compound and a compound that’s been synthesized and already patented in the ’50s by Albert Hofmann, I actually went home that night and made a table of all the psilocybin patents I could find. And I’m not sure– oh, that works. Just yell it out.

And so in 2018, after this article came out, there were just over a dozen. A couple of them were actually the original ones from Albert Hoffman. A few of them are from Paul Stamets, who many people might know has been working with psilocybin for quite a long time. So there really weren’t very many. This was still– again, as I mentioned before, Compass’s hadn’t come out.

Two years later, so on the next slide, there still had really only been less than even double that. Not even two dozen patents on– this is on psilocybin. These are just patents that have psilocybin in the word in the patent anywhere.

Today that list is– on the next slide, this slide probably took me the longest. I probably didn’t need to copy-paste every single part of it. But this is the number of patents on psychedelics today, over 2,000. So I’m fortunate to be able to work with BCSP on making this public. So this is a resource that’s on BCSP’s web page. And you can see and sort all the patents that are covering all sorts of psychedelic compounds.

The next slide is just an image to show, people might know, if you’re familiar with patents, they’re not public for 18 months. So 18 months from now, you may see the ones that were filed 18 months ago. So we only know the ones that have already published that have already been filed that long ago.

So on the next slide, the reason for all this activity, I think, is you already heard a little bit of suggestion from David is, in 2020, there were– start of companies in the space. There were not all that many yet, but there were quite a few who are looking at trying to figure out ways to commercialize psychedelic compounds.

A couple of years later, then that– on the next slide, you can see, well, this is now today, there are many, many dozens of companies who are looking to commercialize, in some way, psychedelics. Now, most of these companies are looking to bring some sort of psychedelic compound through FDA.

Many of them are looking to bring this same psychedelic compound through the FDA, competing to do the same thing. There’s a question mark on there because there’s many that are still in stealth and probably a question mark, too, because many of these have run out of funding, so. But there are really a lot.

Although putting this in context, on the next slide, the small circle with the other small circles in the middle is the whole scale of the psychedelic space, which is just a few million dollars– a few billion dollars in market cap. I mean, really dwarfed by– these are the three largest pharma companies by market cap.

And the three that are listed there in the middle, the psychedelics companies, I mean, a thousand times smaller than the biggest pharmaceutical companies. Probably the size– maybe not even the size of a single program within one of these pharmaceutical companies. Eli Lilly could basically buy every single company in the psychedelic space and wouldn’t make much of a difference to their accounts.

So at the time that all this has been going on, I think maybe we already heard a little bit of suggestion, some of these patents have been a little bit controversial. And indeed, from the next slide, we can see– this is just what I could fit on one slide– there have been dozens, if not more, articles written on the ethics of patenting psychedelics, what it means to patent psychedelics, how can people patent psychedelics?

So there has been a lot of conversation around it. Actually, on the next slide, the conversation has leapt even into the popular consciousness. So people might have seen this, perhaps. This was a couple of years ago from John Oliver, of course, talking about what was one of the most controversial patents in the space when it published.

It was another one of Compass’s patents, not that original one, but one that had claims to psilocybin treatment with a variety of things that people, certainly in the underground, would have known about. The fact that a person was laying on a bed or a couch, or wearing an eyeshade, or maybe wanted soft music playing in the room.

So John Oliver, on the next slide here shown, this was so obvious it would have been like patenting somebody sitting in a suit behind a desk telling jokes. Which if one filed for it, maybe it is patentable, although I haven’t seen one just like that.

So from the next slide, you can see the controversies over psychedelic patents aren’t entirely new. Actually, in the 1980s there was a fairly large controversy that actually caused some diplomatic rifts between the US and some Central and South American countries. I think the diplomats in Ecuador threatened to close their mission at one point.

This was called– so this was, I guess– for the context, this was a patent on– a plant patent on a type of ayahuasca vine. It was called an offense against Indigenous peoples. One said it was as outrageous as trying to patent a communion wafer. On the next slide, I was curious about that, too, I looked it up. There’s actually over 50 patents on communion wafers.

[LAUGHTER]

So if you’re eating a low-gluten communion wafer during the Holy Communion, you might actually be infringing some of these patents. I think that one is still active. So I guess patent lawyers really don’t have any shame when it comes to taking on clients and doing work. It doesn’t matter if it’s for ceremonial or sacred use.

So the next slide here, I can probably jump through some of this stuff pretty quickly. I think most people probably are familiar with why we even have patents to begin with. I think the pharmaceutical space is probably the most paradigmatic for what patents stand for, which is the reward of the patent people claim is necessary for people to make the investment in coming up with a new pharmaceutical drug.

And the reason for that, of course, is the patent provides the exclusivity that keeps others from being able to copy it and make it themselves. And if one were to be able to copy it, as the next slides show, you can probably just go through both quickly, the line is where the generic enters the market. So sales go down.

And then on the next slide, you can see that the price of the original nongeneric, the branded drug, drops pretty quickly to a small fraction of what it was. So the exclusivity of a patent is the thing that provides the outsized revenues for pharmaceutical companies, and that’s what gives them the interest, arguably, in bringing a new drug to market to begin with.

So from that perspective, this is a good thing for society. But then, of course, one can argue that the cost of those drugs to patients and the length of time that those drugs remain at that cost, depending on how long those patent terms last, something you have to weigh against the value of new drugs.

So going to the next slide. Yes, so those are patents. So patents, obviously, then play this important role. So I’ll go through these pretty quickly. If you go to the next slide, this is just what a patent is. As I mentioned, it’s right to exclude for a particular period of time. It’s defined by the claims.

The next slide shows the actual– this is the Compass patent when it did publish. So a patent itself is like a physical document. It has what’s called a specification, describes the invention, and then the claims. And the claims are really the legal words of meaning. People sometimes say the metes and bounds of the invention. They’re the property boundaries of real property. So this is Compass’s patent on crystalline psilocybin form Polymorph A.

And so for the next slide, thank you. So, again, the reason we have patents, of course, is to incentivize this type of work. So this is the first article in the Constitution. It’s called the progress clause, to promote the progress of science and useful arts.

So the next slide. And then so, of course, the patent stands as this reward or inducement for that knowledge to bring that new drug to market or those new psychedelic compounds to market.

So we go to the next slide. I think this is maybe just to put it in historical context. This isn’t a new thing. As far back as ancient Sybaris. Maybe people have heard of Sybarites or something Sybaritic. Sybaris was known for the outlandish luxury that people in town there had.

And part of the reason, some argue, actually, is because Sybaris had what was sort of like a patent system. They gave people who came to town and demonstrated that they had some peculiar and excellent culinary dish, or any new refinement in luxury, they gave them all the profits from the sales of those for one year, exclusive right to sell those. And that attracted lots of people to the town with their new dishes and new luxuries. So this is the goal of a patent is something that has been understood through history.

So go the next slide. Yeah. So when we think about the patent, we think about it as this balance. So what is it that we’re giving? We’re giving this monopoly. We’re taking something away from the public. Arguably, we’re taking away the ability to have cheaper drugs in the pharmaceutical context, but we’re allowing, in theory, more drugs and better drugs to actually come to market.

So the next slide. And this I like to highlight because I think a lot of people, rightly, see the patent system as really shrouded in two very difficult technical hazes. One of which is the legal haze of– I mean, the patent system is pretty complicated, one is the technical haze of what gets patented itself.

But I think it’s important to point out that, like, patents don’t just exist because it’s just like a natural right, and that’s what it is, but it exists because it is this outcome of what is arguably a democratic process, but not that many people participate in it. But I think it’s worth calling out because there are a lot of ways, if we understand the way the patent system works, to actually get involved and to try to make changes to it.

And now probably is a good time to think about that in particular because with the change in administration and the change in some of the priorities of the administration, what is going on with the patent system is a bit up for grabs. But typically, it tends to be just big pharma who’s sitting at the table and making a lot of these rules.

So next slide. And yeah, so some of the basic requirements for what a patent is. So it has to describe the specification, describes the invention and how to make and use it. And to get a patent, really, the crux of it is you have to have something that’s novel and nonobvious. It’s an invention, right?

So to be able to determine what is worthy of being granted a patent, the next slide– thank you, Dave– shows that, really, the crux of the patent examination process is the examiner searches for what’s called the prior art. So basically, what’s the state of the art? What’s everything that people know before the patent was filed?

They then compare it to what the invention is claimed to be. And they determine if that difference between what the prior art was and what the invention claims to be was obvious to what’s called one of ordinary skill in the art, so the ordinary person. Not the inventive person, not the inventors because they’re presumed to be, by nature of being inventors, a little bit maybe above the ordinary skilled person. But would this be obvious?

So we go to the next slide. So, obviously, the first thing then to be able to determine if something is patentable is to determine, is it novel? So here’s a patent that was granted on a DMT vape pen. People might have heard of DMT vape pens before. This was filed in 2020. DMT vape pens certainly existed before 2020, if you’re familiar with DMT vape pens.

So why was this granted? Well, the next slide shows the patent examiner missed– I mean, there were articles that one should have seen before 2020. And they didn’t search for– even DMT vape pen, they didn’t search Google. They spent really only less than seven minutes even searching. So this is a problem if people can’t find the prior art.

So the next slide shows, this is not just a theoretical problem, but actually, this is a pitch deck from the person who has this patent saying, in the bottom there, the visible internet is replete with sales of DMT vape pens, but they’re infringing. He’s going to go after them. Well, the reason the internet is replete with those sales is because those existed before he filed the patent. So this is somebody getting market power without actually contributing anything to the market.

So the next slide. Actually, this email is just from two days ago. So people may have heard of Porta Sophia, but it’s a nonprofit that is bringing together prior art. David Presti mentioned a lot of the underground work, especially the deep underground work and some of those techniques or the use of some compounds for certain things. Those might not have been in a place where a patent examiner, for instance, can find it.

So this nonprofit called Porta Sophia actually worked to pull together a lot of that prior art and make it available to patent examiners. And so this email just from Tuesday shows actually the– and this is quite a big deal. The Patent Office has made Porta Sophia part of their resource page.

So patent examiners now, because as you could see for the DMT vape pen, they actually don’t sometimes even go look on Google. They just go to the resources they have. So now they have this dedicated resource with psychedelic prior art.

So the next page. So just maybe to dip through a couple other things quickly. So here’s just another example of a patent. The MDMA and LSD in the same pill. So people certainly know that MDMA and LSD might have been taken together. The patent examiner, in fact, did have prior art to show that recreational users had MDMA and LSD that they took together, but they took them in separate dosage forms, not on the same pill.

So the next slide. So they granted that. So just to say that the bar for obviousness is actually quite low. So what makes an invention is not something that actually would take much inventive activity. So I probably don’t have– how much time? Am I done?

POULOMI SAHA: One more minute.

GRAHAM PECHENIK: One more minute. OK. So I’ll maybe see if there’s any other good slides here to go. Yeah. So what is in all these patents? Well, OK, next slide.

There are, as you would imagine, lots of these known compounds– you can probably just keep going– yeah, which, of course, we’re known for many years. And, well, you can probably skip through those. Sorry. I wish I had– yeah. So maybe just a couple other places to stop on my way out.

So, of course, if we’re thinking about how you want to design the patent system, we want to think about creating more innovation rather than having things that are just the same or very similar to what was already existing. I mean, we want to be providing this reward for things that are worthy of that reward. Maybe skip through a few others.

Yeah. I mean, I think, OK. Yeah. So maybe go one more. One more maybe. Yeah. OK. I’ll probably– I guess I’ll wrap up here. I think I have a few more slides. I mean, there are some things here that I wish I would have had time for. I know in 15 minutes is pretty difficult.

Maybe on the next slide we can show that– well, OK, this is another resource with BCSP is the Law and Policy Map. OK. Next slide. Yeah. I mean, there are so many other reasons to be critical of the patent system. I mean, one of the things that does is provides incentives for very specific things.

I mean, I think maybe one place to then end, like, David, you mentioned how MAPS was bringing MDMA through FDA as a reason to maybe figure out how to get MDMA available to more people. And that bringing it through FDA was like a Trojan Horse to get the government to permit it to be available, and then to bring it then more widely to the public.

But what has turned around is now all the investment is going to trying to bring drugs through FDA in a way that the companies who are doing so are now incentivized to make it harder to have access to those drugs outside of the medical realm. So turn what MAPS was doing on its head.

And in doing so, a lot of the philanthropic money that was going to MAPS has turned into investment dollars instead. MAPS has had a hard time– I mean, they became a for-profit entity. And so I think I’ve maybe– if you go to my very– next last slide that I’ll end on. No, not that one, the [INAUDIBLE].

Yeah. Maybe I’ll just end here just to say– I know I barely scratched the surface here, but just to say that the patent system really is something that I think it’s important for people to have more understanding of so they can have more say in it. So I’ll end there.

[APPLAUSE]

POULOMI SAHA: I’ll invite our presenters back. And we actually have– because everyone was actually wonderful about time, we have 15 minutes for questions. And I will not take moderator’s privilege except to say, this conversation was so exciting in the various overlap. Some of them, I think, expected and slightly scripted, and some of them truly unexpected.

And I would love for us to also think about some of the major things that have come up that cut across these presentations, including the question, I think, pre-eminently, of ethics and the question of power. Each of the presenters, in different ways, talked about how this question of mainstreaming has really gotten to the heart of questions of who has access to the resources.

Whether they be questions of Indigenous people and sovereignty, the questions of empire and violence, questions of moving away from the criminalization of particular kinds of access towards medicalization, towards money making patents, and how the question of money and ethics so intervenes with how we think about psychedelics today.

The fact that we are here at Berkeley, we are talking about funding available for this kind of research, and the shift, which is a highly materially driven one, which asks us to think, I think, in really nuanced ways that we begin to hear from our presenters about how we grapple with these real questions, the risks and the possibilities that mainstreaming psychedelics in this way might give rise to.

But before we let them speak to each other, are there questions? Maybe we’ll take a couple of questions at a time since we only have 15 minutes and ask the presenters to respond collectively. There’s a question in the back and here. You can take probably one more. There’s a third, but otherwise we’ll let the presenter– and there’s one all the way in the back.

AUDIENCE: Hi. I had a question for Graham, kind of following up on the last little bit. I’m a bit confused how people get patents when the drugs are federally illegal. Is it specifically like with medical exception, or is it just like– yeah, I guess I’m just a bit confused on the nuances there.

GRAHAM PECHENIK: Yeah. No, it’s a good question. And actually, I have that in my usual deck as a second slide because it is one of the questions I get most often. There are no prohibitions on patenting anything that’s illegal, with, really, two exceptions human clones and nuclear weaponry.

But it doesn’t have to be for medical use. So if you had a new way of making methamphetamines in your bathtub, you could get a patent on it. And it would be examined, too. So the patent examiner would purportedly have to go and see if there’s any prior art on it, but.

POULOMI SAHA: An invitation, perhaps.

GRAHAM PECHENIK: I mean, there may already be a patent on that, actually.

POULOMI SAHA: I think all the way back.

AUDIENCE: Hi. This is also a question for Graham. I’m curious as to how you see the landscape for psychedelic research changing in light of the fact that the recent phase III trials for MDMA-assisted therapy failed. Do you think that there’s still going to be investment and as much patenting in these substances and trials as there was previously?

GRAHAM PECHENIK: Yeah. That’s a really good question. I think the space did get a bit of deflation after the decision to not approve MDMA. It does seem, in general, like that has certainly slowed down the patent activity. I think, to some degree, it’s probably a good thing that there’s less focus on bringing as many drugs as there have been or as many companies bringing the same drugs through FDA.

So whether we need 10 competing companies to bring psilocybin all at the same time through FDA, I think, is a waste of resources, given that there are so many other ways of getting access to it that maybe would provide better access to people, like through state-regulated markets, through just local deprioritization or decriminalization.

So I guess that’s not exactly a direct answer to your question. I think the answer to your question is, I think it did make people realize that it’s going to be, perhaps, harder than they thought. That the money is perhaps further away than they thought because of the difficulty of getting these through FDA.

I think that may have changed with the new administration because people see RFK with the silver lining of maybe it’ll make it easier to have psychedelics approved with the co-president being, for instance, someone who is a very big fan of ketamine, perhaps he’s sympathetic to people who like to use psychedelics, but.

POULOMI SAHA: Let’s take a cluster. I see three hands. Let’s take all three of those questions at once, and then we’ll have the panelists respond.

AUDIENCE: I have a quick question for Diana. As I listened to all of you guys share and just my understanding, I’m curious about, how should psychedelics be mainstreamed from a decolonized perspective?

And what are a few, not necessarily concerns you have, but ways that you would like to see it unfold? Because when we mainstream something with the context of our society, it seems like, with RFK or with co-president, it will be born out of continued colonization and imperialism and capitalism.

DAVID PRESTI: Well, great question and great points. Thank you. Well, first of all, I have no–

DIANA NEGRIN: They wanted to take three questions and then let us all answer.

DAVID PRESTI: Say that again.

DIANA NEGRIN: I think they were going to take–

POULOMI SAHA: We’re going to take a couple of questions first–

DAVID PRESTI: Oh, sorry about that.

POULOMI SAHA: And then I’ll let you all run free with your answers. But let’s just grab these questions. Here and then here.

AUDIENCE: Thanks so much. This question is for Charles. I really enjoyed your talk. Yeah. I was talking to some people in the Jewish psychedelic sphere the other day. I talked to this psychedelic rabbi, and he was saying some interesting things that were dovetailing with some of the things you were pointing out. He was talking about some sort of– what he thought of as Indigenous Israeli psychedelic culture.

And mentioned that even like on the October 7 attack, that there were– the Israeli people were in a rave and that apparently there was some sort of ongoing research looking at, if those people who were taking psychedelics at that rave, how they fared.

And then I just wondered if you were aware of the study on ayahuasca, which brought together Israelis and Palestinians that there was a lot talk about in the psychedelic world. So those are a lot of questions. And I don’t know, in an aside, I guess the question is just how that would fit into your thinking on the current situation. Yeah.

POULOMI SAHA: Right here. Yeah.

AUDIENCE: Hi. Application, I’m a family doctor, end-of-life. My wife’s a therapist. And a lot of this involves the board that oversees therapy versus the board that oversees doctors. And the specific questions about right to try.

One of you mentioned that, but that’s people in end-of-life or people in dire situations, that’s been used for cancer medications, we use for HIV. And I wonder if you see any role for that from your various advantages. And thank you for being here.

POULOMI SAHA: OK. I’m going to let the panelists respond.

DAVID PRESTI: Well, I mean, I’ll say something to just kick it off. One of the questions had to do with, what’s my vision for mainstreaming and going forward? I don’t have one, and I’ve never had one. And my role has been, I’ve been teaching about psychedelics for 35, going on 40 years.

And it’s always been about education, and to move things along by the maximal amount of education. I mean, I do have an opinion about I don’t think folks should be arrested for anything having to do with psychedelics. But other than that, I certainly have no vision of how this is going to play out.

And I think, as I mentioned earlier, we’re in for a wild ride and anything could happen. For decades, these materials and practices were occult. They were under the radar. They were underground. Maybe they should stay there, I don’t know. And they will stay there. I mean, there will be– that will continue.

And there may be another path where there’s some legal FDA-approved availability, probably quite expensive. But with more knowledge out there, people will be able to grow their own mushrooms and develop community around how to effectively and transformatively and, with good preparation, utilize these materials.

DIANA NEGRIN: Yeah. I guess I’ll answer to a couple of the pieces. And I think that there is a very big– there’s a lot of dangers in the current moment, and I think that, at least, from my studies, and even listening to you all, it’s a lot of the same people.

So when we talk about power and ethics, we’re talking about a lot of the same actors, whether it’s Doblin or Bronner’s or Cody Swift, that are involved not only in clinical trials and conferences, but also in land acquisition south of the border. So the question of indigeneity and decoloniality is really important.

And I think I got in a big problem when I had a– last January, I was going to have an article about the relationship between indigeneity and land in the context of psychedelics, and why the psychedelic community should understand how land expropriation and settler colonialism is part of the picture that we’re seeing right now.

And I withdrew my article when I found out that MAPS was holding– continued to hold the conference in Israel in the midst of the genocide. And there was a huge debate online around the question of indigeneity, the trial using ayahuasca with Israelis and Palestinians. Ayahuasca is Indigenous to the Amazon.

So as a geographer, I’m thinking about, what are the ecological and cultural issues ethically with moving plants around that are actually in threat of extinction, whose lands are being taken over by mining, cattle ranching, other forms of drug matters like cocaine and poppy production. These communities are dealing with so much.

And unfortunately, a lot of the people who are making the rounds doing this work at a global power level are completely abstracted from how people are experiencing this on the ground. And if we don’t treat the fundamental issues of trauma, if we replicate and perpetuate war, then, yes, psychedelics become part and parcel of the same project rather than a liberation. And so that’s my big concern of the dangers and how decoloniality needs to really address those rooted issues, so yeah. [LAUGHS]

CHARLES HIRSCHKIND: Yeah. No. I agree. Thank you for the question. I think I am aware of that study. And it brought Palestinians and Israelis together in the context of using ayahuasca to see the way that that might bridge differences between them and change their feelings for each other and open up possibilities of dialogue and connection and so on.

It’s predicated on the idea that what drives the problem in Israel-Palestine is attitudes, feelings, antipathies, when actually the problem is driven by the policies of the state, which have the effect of producing those antipathies and feelings.

And so I’m not really optimistic in any way, actually. I think that– I don’t think there’s much use in that kind of study when it ignores the political facts that drive the struggle. So I thank you for the question.

POULOMI SAHA: I saw another hand here. We have time for one. Unless there’s a burning second question, we’ll end with one last question.

AUDIENCE: Yeah. I was just curious to compare– I think, Dr. Presti, you had started to mention the political moment of the early psychedelic landscape and how that was integrated in with a radical politics, versus within the mainstreaming we’re now seeing of a neoliberal psychedelic politics about how we can become more mentally fit to maintain the status quo. And I’m just curious how we would think about those dualities as we’re considering mainstreaming psychedelics.

DAVID PRESTI: Bingo. Mentally fit for meeting the status quo is not sustainable.

[LAUGHTER]

POULOMI SAHA: A pithy answer to an excellent question. On that note, please join me in thanking our panelists for that really terrific panel.

[APPLAUSE]

[MUSIC PLAYING]

 

Matrix On Point

Los Angeles Wildfires: Risk, Resilience, and Collective Action

Part of the Matrix on Point Series

As wildfires grow more frequent and devastating, they expose vulnerabilities in infrastructure, governance, and community preparedness. Tackling this escalating threat demands interdisciplinary solutions that address not just the immediate risks but also the broader systemic changes driving extreme weather events.

Recorded on February 18, 2025, this Matrix on Point discussion featured Christopher Ansell, Professor of Political Science and Executive Director of the UC Berkeley Center for Catastrophic Risk Management (CCRM); Kenichi Soga, Distinguished Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering and Director of the Berkeley Center for Smart Infrastructure; and Marta Gonzalez, Associate Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering and City and Regional Planning. Louise Comfort, Professor Emerita and Project Scientist, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, moderated.

This panel was co-sponsored by the UC Berkeley Department of City and Regional Planning, the Charles and Louise Travers Department of Political Science, the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, the Center for Catastrophic Risk Management, and the Center for Information Technology Research in the Interest of Society (CITRIS).

The panel was presented as part of Matrix On Point, a discussion series promoting focused, cross-disciplinary conversations on today’s most pressing issues. Offering opportunities for scholarly exchange and interaction, each Matrix On Point features the perspectives of leading scholars and specialists from different disciplines, followed by an open conversation. These thought-provoking events are free and open to the public.

Podcast and Transcript

Listen to a recording of this panel below or on Apple Podcasts.

Transcript

[UPBEAT MUSIC]

WOMAN’S VOICE: The Matrix Podcast is a production of Social Science Matrix, an interdisciplinary research center at the University of California, Berkeley.

CORI HAYDEN: Welcome to the Matrix. My name is Cori Hayden. I am the interim Director of Social Science Matrix this semester from the Anthropology Department, otherwise.

It’s a real delight to welcome you all here for this panel, which was organized on relatively short notice. And thank you so much to Louise Comfort and colleagues here for helping put this together, not just helping put it together, for taking the initiative and making this happen, obviously, in response to the devastating wildfires in Los Angeles. We’re going to explore some of the many dimensions of the issues that come up with urban and wild wildfires threats, bringing together a range of absolutely critical perspectives from political science, civil and environmental engineering, and, of course, from the Center for Catastrophic Risk Management.

We’d like to thank our co-sponsors as well. City and Regional Planning, Center for Information Technology Research in the Interest of Society, CITRIS. Now, I know that Louise Comfort, as moderator, will have some substantive introductory comments, so I will keep it short here.

I do want to– let’s see if I can do this. Oh, yes. –do my due diligence as center director and remind you or let you know of some upcoming events at Matrix.

We have a very packed semester of extraordinarily timely conversations. Upcoming next Monday– Virtual Realities and Digital Spaces. Thursday, March 6, really interesting panel, lunchtime panel, on mainstreaming psychedelics.

Monday, March 17th– An Author Meets Critics Panel With Areej Sabbagh-Khoury from the Department of Sociology to discuss her recent book, Colonizing Palestine. Additional events are up here. Please do keep us in mind as you are looking for interesting things to do with all of your copious spare time. But today, as our topic is the Los Angeles wildfires. And we’re going to be talking about risk, resilience, and collective action. I will leave the floor to our panelists, but let me introduce our moderator, Professor Dr. Louise Comfort.

Louise Comfort is project scientist with the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering and the co-principal investigator for the NSF grant, Designing Smart, Sustainable Risk Reduction and Hazard Prone Communities, which runs from 2022 to 2025 here at Berkeley. She’s Professor Emerita of the Graduate School of Public and International Affairs and was the director of the Center for Disaster Management at the University of Pittsburgh from 2009 to 2017. As a fellow– she’s a fellow of the National Academy of Public Administration and received the 2020 Fred Riggs Award for Lifetime Achievement on International Comparative Administration.

She studies the dynamics of decision-making in response to urgent events, earthquakes, tsunamis, hurricanes, wildfire, COVID-19, among them. That list was probably going to just keep getting longer. Without further ado, let me turn it over with enormous gratitude to Louise Comfort. Thank you.

LOUIS COMFORT: Yeah.

[APPLAUSE]

Thank you. Thank you very much. And I am delighted to introduce this panel, a sad panel but an important panel and one that we really need to pay attention to.

Let me just give you just a very brief context of these, were catastrophic– and we’re looking at catastrophic risk, a set of conditions that’s the extreme of the extremes. And this is probably the most consequential, the most costly, the most difficult wildfire we have seen.

Just some brief statistics. It was not just one wildfire. It was 10 wildfires burning successively. In the two big wildfires, the Eaton wildfire and the Palisades fire, were burning simultaneously.

So this was a situation where we had– it burned over 16,000 acres. The numbers keep changing. And there were at least 25 people who were dead, found dead, but likely the consequences from of smoke, pollution, et cetera, will lead to more and thousands and thousands of people harmed.

The evacuation was really rather remarkable. About 200,000 people were evacuated in a matter of hours. It was chaotic. It was difficult.

Cars were being pushed off the road, but they got people out. And the total cost was estimated at $250 billion, largest, most expensive wildfire we’ve had. The critical thing about this event is that was the initial event.

And already what we see is the rains came, and the mudslides that followed, and the floods. And then the whole discussion of recovery. So we’re looking at these catastrophic events of very complex systems that are interacting and interrelated. And I’m very pleased to say that we have, from our own Berkeley faculty, some expert analysts to address exactly this.

And we have Kenichi Soga from the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering. And Kenichi Soga, if I read all of this, I think I’m going to shorten it a little bit. He is not only professor, and he’s a distinguished professor of all kinds of things, but he’s also the director of the Center for Smart Infrastructure and also the principal investigator of a project that is focused on designing resilience for communities at risk and the interaction between the built infrastructure, the organizations that manage it, and the people in the communities and interacting with them.

And second, we have Marta Gonzalez, professor of city and regional planning, who has looked at modeling in complex systems. And then we have Chris Ansell, who is professor of political science, is focused on governance issues, and especially governance across jurisdictions. So this is what you’ve seen, but I do have to point out this was a photograph.

And anyone who lived through the ’91 fires here will see that ominous standing chimney. And then this was the critical issue. It’s where we are now in– excuse me, cascading and compound risks.

And this is the burn scar from both the Eaton and the Palisades fire that is now subject to mudslides, landslides, flooding. And so our challenge is really to understand these complex conditions, the dynamics that are driving these extremes, and to anticipate the risk for the next time, which will surely come. Now, I’ll turn it over to Kenichi.

[APPLAUSE]

KENICHI SOGA: So I’m Kenichi Soga from the College of Engineering, Civil and Environmental Engineering Department. I see my colleagues here. So it’s great to have our College of Engineering and Civil Engineering colleagues here.

We’re coming from a very technical side. And I think gradually it goes to Marta and then Chris into social science side. So please bear with me.

We have a project really promoting what we call socio-technical digital twin. But before I do that, two weeks ago, Louise and I were in LA area looking at the aftermath of the wildfire. And these are the photos that we took. And we took a lot of photos in Palisades and also Altadena.

And one thing that you see– the burned the car on the right. And it’s the first time I saw no EV.

So we start to see this new technology creating an issue on the other– when you have a wildfire, what do we deal with this EV-related cars and that sort of things? So that’s another interesting area of research, I think, that we need to think about.

During the weekend, I went through a variety of news articles and figured out what are the issues on the evacuation, which I’m focusing a little bit more today. But you can see there are a lot of articles, and you’ve probably read some of the articles related to that. The one on the right– I’m not sure you can see it. It’s the purple one. It’s showing the evacuation order that happened. It’s from The Wall Street Journal.

I have to go through, check with the– going to LA to find out more about it, whether this is true or not. But you can see that the evacuation order was done on the one side of the street that you see on the purple side. And then, the after eight hours, evacuation was on the left side of the street. And then you can see on the bottom figure showing that who were killed in that particular incident you see more on the left side.

So there’s an interesting– think about evacuation and that thing. And this is where we come familiar earlier with Paradise and Camp Fire event that I started working in this area with Louise. And I’m going to show you more on that.

At College of Engineering and Center for Smart Infrastructure, many of our colleagues know that we run a lot of simulations. And the simulation is coming from the street level to the regional scale. So in the left, we see the area where we are. There are about 7 million people. There are about 15 million trips every day.

We model each individual trip and see what’s going on in each of the roads. And then we say, OK, Bay Bridge goes down, what’s going to happen? On the right is our water network, is pipelines that you see. And then, when earthquake happens, what’s going to happen to the pipelines, and then how we recover? So these are the things that we do in our simulations.

And really we’re looking at systems of systems or how one system affects the other through the simulations. And then, we hope that will inspire some of– or work together with our social scientist colleagues.

The SimCenter is an NSF-funded Center. So it’s a collection of our research colleagues working in not only wildfire, but also earthquakes and also on tsunamis and other things. So if you want to know more about it, please let us know.

This is an example of when earthquake happens. There’s a Hayward earthquake that happens here. And you can see the ground shaking, which is shown on the left top. And then, you can start to simulate which part of the pipeline will get damaged and then how much water will go, so you do a simulation of the water. And then you start to see earthquake may not happen in one particular location.

It’s probabilistic. So you have to do a lot of simulation to figure out. And then, we can also simulate what happens to the red-type buildings, and then traffic disruption. So these are the interactions that we do simulate.

And then looking at the functional recovery, how long it will take, and how do we recover. So these are working with East Bay MUD. This is a project with Caltrans.

For example, Caltrans have thousands of bridges. Of course, Bay Bridge, Golden Gate Bridge are good, but then there are thousands of bridges. When earthquake happens, which one is going to be? So we have a project to see which bridge is very important so that everybody has access to hospitals, everybody has access to fire station, everybody has access to police stations. So these are the things that we’re working with Caltrans, and looking at emergency recovery and functional recovery.

The project that I want to highlight today is what we call a smart and connected community. It’s a National Science Foundation project that we’ve been working together with the counties of Alameda and Marin in particular. And Louise is one of the colleagues. But Steven Collier, who you may know, and then Michael Goldner from the mechanical engineering, we all work together with the UC Santa Cruz and UC Davis colleagues.

For my part, it’s really using socio-technical digital twin, the simulation that you see, a wildfire simulation that you see on the top, a traffic simulation. So what you see in the dot is like a usual traffic. It’s ordinary traffic that happens.

And then, you start to see some people in the blue evacuating. And then, what are the interaction? What are the bottlenecks?

Obviously, it’s a simulation. So it’s not going to be true. Every event will be different, but you start to see what-if scenario. What are the things happening? And then it allows the community to discuss with the local government by looking at each other and trying to understand each other.

So I’ll go through this a little bit more carefully, and that’s what we do. So what we do in this particular project is that Louise will look at through the interviews and looking at the network. So Louise may talk about this later on, but then there is a formal network, how people talk to each other during the wildfire event, but also there’s an informal network like fire councils and all these organizations. And then, the link may be related to PG&E, for example, not through the local government, Cal Fire and Cal OES.

So on the formal network, you see Cal Fire and Cal OES linking closely together. But then, in the informal one, it’s really fire councils that I see some of the colleagues here linking to PG&E. We do simulations on wildfire modeling and agent base. And then important part in the most important part is that how to model the communication, how the organization talk to each other, how the organization talk to the public, and how do we model that is a tricky part. But I rely on Louise to work on that.

And so we can combine everything together to see what’s going on. And I’ll show you some later on. And then my colleagues from UC Davis and UC Santa Cruz creates games out of that. So because these are complex system, outcomes are quite complex sometimes. So how do we bring that into gaming environment is what we’re working on.

In terms of social science questions, these are the three questions that my colleagues highlighted. You see on the left? One is called social dimension, which is complex time. How do people look up time, how they think about time?

Your time is different from my time. Sometimes, my time go quickly. Your time goes very slowly.

What are the times? And I guess that’s something about complex time scales of risk and capacity for action. So again, whether it’s a local, or government, or regional, how do that– risk and capacity can be looked at and make action?

And the action is related to the third one, collective cognition and action, is that how community– it’s not only a person making action. It’s really how the community collectively make a– realize what is going on at that time and make the right action.

So again, it’s about cognition and action as a community. And that’s what the– another third question that my colleagues came up.

So in the project, these are the important questions to answer. And then, myself, I will work on the right side on the technological dimension, is to figure out how it works together. And obviously, by showcasing those together in community is what we want to do.

So Camp Fire is probably, you may remember, in 2018, that happened in November 8. And, of course, the Camp Fire wildfire happened, as you can see, on the simulation. And we see how fast it went to the Paradise. And within one hour or two hours, it consumed all the town. And obviously, everybody has to evacuate, as you can see on the right bottom.

So we do simulation of this in terms of wildfire and then communication model and how traffic goes. Oops, sorry. And then, how the traffic simulation happens? And then, compare that with the reality and try to see.

Obviously, there are a variety of issues. For example, if you evacuate, you may have two cars in your household, so you want to use two cars. You may have three cars, so you may have three cars. But it may be better to just have one car because it don’t create traffic jams. So the question is that if you only have one car, what would have happened?

At that particular day, cell tower went down, so people didn’t have a communication. And what would have happened? So again, if you don’t have that communication part, what would have happened? And that’s something that we can look at as well.

The most important part is really looking at the timeline of what happened. And then, this is the video of the fire chief going to the site in the morning, where actually the fire has consumed the city, and then town, and then people are evacuating. So Louise and I and ourselves got together to really looking at the timeline because that’s so important in terms of understanding what really happened and how organization behaves. So we really want to do this for the LA Fire as well. And we just submitted a supplementary request to NSF, but we’ll see how NSF goes.

The incident is that fire arrived at Paradise at 8:00 AM. And then 10:30, the communication went down. Actually, the Paradise had 14 zone divided, and they had an award-winning evacuation plan. But then that assumed a staged evacuation. But in this case, it went so fast the fire chief had to decide everybody evacuate at the same time.

And the question really is that the right thing to do? And this is something that we can simulate and understand. You can see that there’s a four exits, different roads.

And then, at every point, because the fire was coming from the right side, they had to stop the access road stop. And then you can see when that happens. So again, that allows us to look at the simulation, how the people evacuate.

They did use a contraflow, meaning that there are four lanes to two, but then they 4 lanes. But then the issue was that sometimes if you’re on the right side, you’re not very used to it. Your police chief and the other cars are coming against you. And so you have to figure out is that the right thing to do. So there was confusion on that particular part as well.

So that is a finding that we made. And then we’re trying to simulate the most important part of the communication challenge is really how people decide to evacuate. And that, we see that on the wildfire in LA as well, is that you– people, the fire chief will come and say there’s a siren saying that evacuate, but people don’t usually evacuate.

It’s only your neighbor knocking the door saying you’ve got to evacuate that you evacuate. So these are the things that we do see often, but we have to create a timeline. So that’s what you see on the right, is that we inform population and how they evacuated. So these are an important part of our simulations.

And at the end, we do simulation like this for this particular car. Each individual cars are modeled. But then you can see time it took for 90% of evacuees to leave Paradise. So that’s what you see on the right top, which is called baseline.

So if you see on the right top, I’m not sure I can show you. This is the baseline, which took about five hours, six hours to evacuate. But let’s say if you had one vehicle to go, then it takes about three hours. And then if you do contraflow, what would the effect?

We have a phased evacuation. It did have an effect, but then actually doing an immediate effect did have a good results as well. Real-time information is about if your smartphone is working, if you knew about the traffic.

But in this case, you only have one way to go anyway, so it doesn’t really help. But in Berkeley Hills, there are different ways to evacuate because there are small roads, so real time– we know that real-time traffic information does help to evacuate faster.

Obviously, it’s not only evacuation, but then if you’re evacuating under the fire, it becomes your lifetime trauma as well, being exposed to fire. So you can be safe, but you’re under the fire, creates a psychological, mental issue in the future. And therefore, we also look at how long you are in the fire as well.

So the simulation does like this. Actually, what you see on the right is simulation. We’re working with City of Berkeley. Maybe you’re familiar with Marine Avenue, Marine Circle. And there we do simulation of that and then trying to work together what are the issues on that particular Marine Avenue, and then how do we evacuate effectively?

We do have a game. So if you go to a QR code, you can look at some of these games that my colleagues from UC Santa Cruz are developing. There are entertainment game developers, but then they also call them serious game developers. So we’re working with the community to showcase these ones.

We also have a startup called WUI-Go!, trying to use this particular simulations and then trying to make more evacuation personalized. So you can see some of the apps that we start to create. And these embedded simulations are part of that. But at the same time, this particular software is– trying to make it small so that it works without cell coverage.

And then we’re trying to do that as well. So we tried to put the information as possible inside your small computer on your smartphone. So if the internet goes down, at least you can see how you evacuate. So it gives you different routes by putting, if it is blocked here, what’s going to happen?

So this is my last slide just to see two sites that we looked at. Altadena, which is on the left– and then, Palisades on the right. And just looking at the geographic but also street, they’re all quite different.

In other words, we also see in the other cases, Berkeley Hills, we work on Sunol, we work with Marin County, Inverness area, but also with the Novato. They’re all different street condition, which means that they’re all different scenarios that we need to think about. One is more important than the other, and that’s where it’s very important that what you learn from one does not really reflect the other.

What we need to do is to find out some other things, and hopefully that what we want to do with these simulations is not just understand what your belief is correct, but then also find out what your belief may not be correct, and find out more scenarios in your community.

And therefore, when something happens, you can see which one is the right one for your community to take and make the right decision. So that’s what we’re doing at the moment. Thank you very much.

[APPLAUSE]

MARTA GONZALEZ: All right. We were in the civil engineering domain. I belong to civil engineering and city planning. So I would like to bring some data-driven planning and modeling in wildfire research.

I had to put things in context. And what is surprising to me is, if you see, from 1985 until a few years ago, the number of fires, contrary to what you may be perceiving, is not increasing. However, the area burned is increasing a lot, which is this black line here.

And then, the suppression cost increases. And California is right there with the US suppression costs. But what is most surprising to me is the number of infrastructures that have been destroyed.

So if you see here, from the last 16 years, it is only this amount of infrastructure. But in the orange line, until 2019, we have this. If we include the wildfire of LA here, the red zone is already going to be all this size because this is the campfire with 18,000 buildings infrastructures, and we have 18,000 infrastructure.

So the amount of infrastructures destroyed is growing an exponential rate. And that brings us to the urban planning domain. The problem is that we know how costly housing is in our state.

And we have this model of growth that is low density growth, also called sprawling. And that brings us to go from the urban side to what we call the WUI, the wild urban interface. And that is a problem we need to address.

And, well, it’s a political problem, not only a modeling problem. So that is what brought me, the urban planning had brought me into this problem. And here is just– from 2020 until today, how many more blocks increase the WUI.

So here we have LA, is in a dramatic context and also the Bay Area, so all over California. This is the PNAS 2024 by Greenberg is showing us where the WUI blocks are increasing. And here, in the right-hand side, we can say the climate.

So this is the infrastructure planning growth, and this is the climate, which means that we have more bigger areas fire. So the fire is getting worse, and we are building in the WUI. That is our problem that we need to tackle.

And it’s a sobering case. I will not solve it. But let me go into three examples in which I think data and modeling has helped us.

And this is the first one, what brought me into this topic. So it’s basically how we predict wildfire behavior and intensity of spread. It was through the realization of this type of law. We want to spread when– this is in the wildfire, not in the WUI.

Just in the wildland, when we are spreading the fire, we need fuel type, fuel moisture, wind speed and slope. And the physics of that is the so-called Rothermel equation, which are not microscopic physics like the one Michael Goldner is doing. This is semi-empirical laws. And these laws are in different simulators, Prometheus in Canada, Farsite here in the US, like the one Kenichi was using.

And the problem is that this physics is old. The simulators were built in the ’50s probably. And I thought as a physicist, and engineer, and data scientist, we should be doing better, something that everybody can use, that is friendly. Let’s bring the IT here. Then I had this student from Iowa, a brilliant student, that developed– we shared this thing. It has to be better. Let’s develop it ourselves.

He wrote down the equations in a cellular automata model, and it is open source. And here what we have is what’s the angle of the ellipse, and what is the rate of spread in the front, in the back, and in the flank. So we are able to– because it’s relatively simple physics, we are able to write down the equation, Cristobal was, and develop the model.

And here is where Minho comes, our PhD student, to follow up on the thesis of Cristobal. And we have here the fire spread of our model itself to fire in Santa Barbara versus the standard fire simulator that is Farsite. And we can do better because the physics of these problems are simple. Then we have the typical problems, that here is the real fire scar. Here is what the simulator saw. So we are falling short in how to model the fires.

We have the hope that applying machine learning would give us better models. Sobering story. Just simple black box optimization was better. And we set the fire, change the shape of the ellipse, parameters and get better results.

So right now we have an open-source fire spread simulator that can produce fire scars. It’s not very elegant because, again, it’s not the physics of the problem, is semi-empirical models. But we have it and we expect to use our models with CRM to have something open source. And as we know, Berkeley is very keen in open source.

Then, the second story is facility allocation, is again, where is the communities? And there is one aspect that I see, the environmental science modeling is not together with the human models. And this is what brings us into the second story.

We have the ability to download and process the whole 2 million nodes of the road network in California. We are able to download all the fire stations, and we want to see something as simple as the accessibility to fire station of the different census blocks in the state. However, we need to do a facility allocation, not only take into account where the people is, that is more the planning had. That is not doing the environmental science part.

We also have in every block what is the fire behavior, that is, the fire intensity in the block in the state. And then, we have this optimization model that is for every block of 0.1km, what is the shortest travel time from the fire station, and what is the fire behavior in that block? Then, you have a risk index that is the combination of these two. That is the shortest time to the fire station.

If you have these too long, your risk is very high. You have the fire behavior. And here comes the number of infrastructures and amount of people.

So we have all the different variables. And these type of thing, when we are doing optimization, we come still– I think we fall short. The best ideas for facility allocation may come from the social science.

And here, we have the fire behavior only is worse in the North. If we only look at the amount of people and infrastructure is here in the South. This is a LA County. And with this, together having fire behavior and sociodemographic utility, we have this weighted utility to then minimize the risk to every block and allocate the facilities.

In this paper, it was before the fires in LA, what we show is that all this region in the South are lacking access to fire stations. And if we relocate the facilities, we have all this shortened in the shortest travel time to the fire station. So here is where we come from, infrastructure data and optimization.

The last story brings us more into the WUI and land use. And it’s assessing the mobility in LA in context. And here we have 21 cities around the world. Notice that we have from the more sprawl to the less sprawl.

And there, if you look at the name, we have Latin America, Europe, China, and California. And what we see interestingly is that when we compare, let’s say Boston area with LA, those are the probability density function of wind in a radius of travel for every mobile phone user in these cities. And what we see, in short, is that in cities like Bogota, the poorest population live in the skirts and need to travel more. In cities like LA, the poorest population live in downtown. So who is the sprawling is the surprise, surprise, the richer neighborhoods in California?

And then we started seeing something very interesting, is depending– what distance you are from the CBD, how many people you find? And here you see in LA all this amount of people that travel everywhere. In Boston, you travel more if you are far from the CBD. This is a monocentric city. But LA, mobility wise, is a polycentric city.

So we are sprawling and traveling everywhere. And when we compare polycentric, monocentric, which is the travel behavior, with the development of the land where people is, which is the Gini of the population distribution, we see that LA is in this a box, that is, polycentric and dispersed. And when we see this, a plot of the 21 cities mentioned, California cities are in the worst parts, dispersed and polycentric.

So we got to put this into our model. So with slide, I would like to wrap up. We need to develop physics-based models informed, hopefully by AI, to improve prediction of fire behavior.

Data science and decision science allow us to target vulnerable locations at the state level. Our next step includes market design, Mansi, I am looking at you, for land use planning and more compact urban development. And that’s it.

LOUISE COMFORT: Thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

And now, I’d like to introduce Chris Ansell, who will take us into the governance nexus.

CHRISTOPHER ANSELL: Good.

LOUISE COMFORT: Thank you.

CHRISTOPHER ANSELL: OK, hi, everybody. Thanks, Louise. Thanks to the Matrix for organizing this.

My co-panelists, thank you very much. Strangely, our topics complement one another, even though I don’t have any models here at all. So Louise suggested that I focus some of my comments on governance, which is what I’ve done.

And before I get into the details, and maybe I’m dating myself, but I want to make an analogy between the Los Angeles fires and Hurricane Katrina. Some of you may remember that. That was very formative for some of us to think about. I know Louise worked there as well.

And just like in the LA fires, there was a blame game that went on. And I’m sure you spotted it in the newspaper. It started very early in Katrina and continued. And you may recall that a lot of the blame fell on FEMA.

And FEMA was the villain of the story. And it was argued to be too slow and too unresponsive to the needs of the local community. OK, and so FEMA certainly didn’t perform amazingly well, and there were definitely some mistakes made. But I recall a conversation that was important for me with a colleague who Louise knows named Arjen Boin, a Dutch scholar, also a well-known crisis management scholar.

And he said– he ended up writing a book about Katrina. And one of the things he said is everybody was focused on how to analyze the errors of FEMA.

He said that’s kind of misleading. He said if you really look at it, the best emergency management agency in the world would have failed in Katrina. And focusing on their errors, not that they’re unimportant, that’s not the point.

Not that they’re unimportant, but focusing on the errors of FEMA is distracting you from the big picture. And that stuck with me as an important thing. And I think a similar thing as I read the newspaper articles.

A similar thing is true about LA. We got focused on a lot of blaming across– between the mayor, and between the governor, and between the LA Fire Department, and other people. And if you focus on that, you can find errors, things they did wrong, but it sort of distracts you from the big picture. So I want to try to put it a little bit in a big picture for you.

And this quote up here by John Keeley, who is a US Geological Service Survey fire ecologist based in California. And just to paraphrase, he said something like, and this caught my attention as I was thinking about this, how this puts things in perspective. He basically said when the winds are blowing like this, all bets are off.

So the severity of the winds were just overwhelming almost anything you could do in response. Now, again, that doesn’t mean that there weren’t ways you could improve, that there were things you could do better. I’m not saying that, but just kind of trying to get you to focus on some of the bigger issues.

OK, and what are the bigger issues? Sticking with John Keeley, I’m impressed by a particular distinction he makes in his work with some colleagues. And he distinguishes between fuel-dominated fires and wind-dominated fires. And fuel-dominated fires are driven by the buildup of excessive fuel.

You’ve probably heard a lot about this, about how in the West we suppress fire so long and it built up fuel. And that led to our President saying that the problem in California was we were not raking the forests enough. But it turns out that the fires in LA were wind-driven, not fuel-dominated fires.

And that actually has implications for how you think about public policy, as I’m going to try to bring out a little bit. And the first big thing is, and you can see down here, is that a lot of the wind-driven fires, which, by the way, are mostly along the Coast of California, except for the camp Camp Fire– it’s a little further in. But they’re all being impacted or lit, or many of them are being lit by power line failures. So there, that’s an important public policy issue there to think about governance.

Now, if you think about power lines, they’re kind of a tricky issue. It’s an important issue to think about, but it’s a tricky issue. There’s speculation, by the way, that the Eton fire, but not the Palisades fire, was caused– speculation.

There’s still investigation. Speculation that it was caused by Southern Edison power lines. Is that right? Southern Edison? Yeah.

Now, one of the ways that you can address the power line issue, this is a governance question. You can put the power lines underground. Really expensive, effective, but really expensive.

Now, what Keeley says is that that’s a good public policy solution. Whether people will pay for it or not is another issue. He says we can be a little bit more selective.

We know, we’ve done modeling of extreme winds. We have a lot of data on that. We can tell, show you where the extreme winds are likely to come in the future, and we can selectively put things underground. But if you see pictures of where the Eaton fire was, up in the hills, it’s a pretty hard place to put things underground. So that’s another point to keep in mind.

OK, so now let me talk about a second issue. And Marta already brought this up. And this is the issue of what are called the wildland-urban interface.

And the wildland-urban interface or WUI– that interface is where you get basically high density of vegetation coming into contact with high density of settlement or buildings. Where those two things come together, it’s not a very good place for big wildfires. A lot of the big devastating wildfires we’ve had are in these or near these WUI zones.

And so what I wanted you to– first, I should say that people who do a lot of research on this have found that there’s different ways to measure WUI. And this one is using remote sensing. It says that it’s an improvement on several other measures.

But anyway, what I really wanted you to see was this, a map of California in the middle, B. And what I want you to see is that these are measuring the amount of area of WUI in a particular county. And you see, the worst place from this perspective in California is in San Diego. It’s not so good up in Sonoma, either.

OK, that dark brown area is San Diego down there. You go two counties up. That’s LA. That’s like the second worst county to be in.

OK, now think about this in governance terms. We have fire-dominated– fire-driven fires in areas that are dominated by wildland, by WUI. So this is a real challenge in LA.

OK, now this is leading me to my next point, which is going back to the blame game. But before the fires, the LA– there’s two fire departments in LA. One, the County Fire Department, and one, the City Fire Department.

Before the fire, about a month before, the Fire Chief had– the City Fire Department sent a message to the City Council and the Mayor saying, you cut our budget by this amount of money, and we’re not really prepared to deal with a lot. You’ve undercut our capacity. So this is part of the issue.

And in fact, one of the other issues was that the LA Fire Department didn’t really respond very quickly and very adequately to the fire. There were other issues that came up in the blame game. And you may have heard of them, the water and fire hydrants. The water basically ran out for the fire personnel, firefighters. And that made national news.

It turns out, just to say something about this, again, Connie, you need to put this in context of a larger perspective of the magnitude of the fire. There’s a guy, a water resources expert at UCLA, named Greg Pierce, and he basically said there is no fire, there is no water system in the world that would have been able to function perfectly under these conditions. And then he said, and this is also– I’m getting you to think about costs and what the trade-offs are.

You can put– you can make the water system really reliable for giant wildfires, but it’s going to be really costly. And the question is whether that’s the best use of the money. Is it better that money goes into maybe burying power lines, for instance?

So now I want to come back. There’s a bigger structural issue, and it was brought up in Marta’s talk about the polycentric and dispersed nature of Los Angeles. And that is, if you look at LA County and LA City, you see that the fire departments cover this incredible size geographical region between the two of them. It’s much bigger than New York City’s metropolitan region, by the way.

And one of the things they found, I wasn’t able to find reliable data on this, but one of the things they found is that the number of firefighters that you have in LA– they’re very thin on the ground. And it’s partly because they got to cover these big geographical distances. So this goes back to the finding that Marta found.

Now, when the fire chief said, “Mayor, you’ve cut our budget. You’re undercutting our capacity.” That was, I’m sure, true to some extent. But the Mayor said, well, we had some tough choices to make. And you can understand that.

They had to make some tough choices. We put this into education, or do we put it into the firefighting, et cetera, et cetera? Do we put it into affordable housing, which is a big issue in LA, or do we put it into firefighting? You can see that there’s tough choices.

Now, what I expect is after this, the fire department will get a budget increase, and the budget increase will improve their capacity at the margins. But I don’t think that LA is ever going to have fire capacity the same as New York or Chicago because it has to deal with this basic structural problem of a big dispersed polycentric area.

OK, now let me come to my next point. And this brings me, in terms of thinking about governance, to what some of the planning and regulatory approaches are for dealing with issues of wildfire. And let me just say, take one step back and say people like John Kelly who’ve been studying these wind-dominated fires– he says you’re really better than thinking about response because that’s how we think of LA.

The fire department is a response function. You should think about preparedness, prevention, preparedness, and resilience of community like Kenichi is working on. And that’s probably a better use of money. But what’s happening there when you actually look at that?

Well, one of the things that’s happening with planning is that there’s a couple of different ways that local– well, first of all, I need to tell you that a lot of planning is very localized for wildfire. It’s basically 88 cities in LA County. They’re all doing their own little planning for the issue.

And one of the things you learn from the research on this is that there’s a lot of variation in the quality of those plans. Some communities are really doing a good job, and some aren’t doing such a good job. And then, there are different mechanisms for planning. And there’s three big ones that I found. One is called community wildfire protection plans.

These were prompted by federal legislation, but they take place locally. And it turns out they’ve done research on these. And they find out that some do good work, but a lot of them are superficial. So they don’t do great stuff, unfortunately.

And other research has found that these hazard mitigation plans, which are sponsored by FEMA– that they actually do a better job than the wildfire plans. And the reason why they found is interesting to me is because they found that local planners have to check more boxes in order to actually get the plan approved, and that leads them to be more systematic. And then there’s also something called the general plan, which all counties do. They put together a general plan, but those– the best approach is through these hazard mitigation plans.

OK, another thing I want to tell you, which is interesting, I think, is that California and Los Angeles are pioneers. They’re really out ahead of a lot of other places in terms of wildfire planning. In some ways, they’re doing a really good job, although it’s limited in ways that I’m going to tell you in a second. But they’re out ahead of other states and many other cities.

So one of the ways that California has been ahead of things is that they have what are called– they’ve developed maps of high-risk areas, and they’ve connected local planning regulation to those maps. So basically, in these high-hazard zones, you don’t actually– you do actually have to build to a higher standard. And that’s something that California has been ahead in.

OK, now that brings me to regulation. And I found that there’s two big types of regulation at the local level that are designed to make communities more resilient. One is basically to get rid of the vegetation around your house.

That’s called producing a defensible– what is it called? A defensible space. Thank you. And the other is called home hardening, basically making your home more resistant to lighting on fire in the first place through the materials you would use on your roof.

Now, vegetation. For instance, I told my wife, OK, there’s a new rule that says we’re going to– there’s going to be a new state rule that says you have to clear stuff within 5 feet of your house. I told my wife that. She says– her reaction is, “Oh my god, that’s like half of our garden.”

[LAUGHTER]

 

And I think– and I just use my wife as an example of– I think a lot of people feel that way. And one of the things that they found is that there’s a lot of pushback on these local regulations. So there’s a political angle to this.

OK, in terms of home hardening, again, California has been a leader on that, has very strict building codes. But one of the limits of this is that this only works for building, new buildings. And old, wooden houses like mine in Berkeley– they’re like tinderboxes.

And we’re not really not really improving those. So there’s a long-term transition to really move towards greater resilience in this way. OK, I’m almost done here.

And so my conclusion about these regulatory measures is that they’re good, they’re important, but they don’t really meet the need for responding to fire on a big level. And I had some more slides, but I’m going to jump to my conclusion, which is the governance of large fires in Los Angeles and California is, to be very understated, a big challenge.

I think the good news from what I– from my reading is that cities like Los Angeles and the state of California are really leaders in addressing wildfire risks, contrary to what our President has been saying.

And also, I saw a lot of evidence in reading things that there are– that fires do lead to incremental improvements in wildfire safety. So you do see learning going on, although I would describe it as mostly incremental.

The bad news is that addressing these more fundamental challenges is really confronts some significant political and financial barriers, addressing the problem of utility lines, or building up the capacity for fire response, or accelerating home hardening. All these things are expensive, and they pose trade-offs across these different programs.

So if you look at local planning and regulation, it’s kind of mixed. It’s very variable by community. Some communities don’t have the capacity to do it very well. There’s limits in the willingness of citizens to go along with local regulations.

So I hope in the end, I’ve provided a little bit of perspective on the governance. I hope I didn’t go too far past. Yeah, thanks.

LOUISE COMFORT: Thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

 

Well, thank you, Chris, very much. We’ve had three different perspectives from different disciplinary of views. And now, I’d like to open it up for questions if anyone would like to ask a question. Anna.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thanks for all the presentations. I have a question regarding to the first presentation. How do you couple the information from the network’s analysis with the simulations that Kenichi does?

KENICHI SOGA: So when you say network analysis, our simulation is a network analysis.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: The network analysis is a network analysis.

KENICHI SOGA: Oh, I got it. So I asked Louise to create– we are agent-based model. So each agent decides when to evacuate. So that means that the agent’s decision is made from the model. Does that make sense?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I see.

KENICHI SOGA: Yeah.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: OK.

KENICHI SOGA: So wildfire propagates seeing the– so there is an agent who will see a fire and say I got to evacuate. So there are certain proportion of that saying that some proportion will say, well, somebody said so I’m evacuating. So Louise is creating that model for that.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: To inform form the agent-based model?

KENICHI SOGA: Yeah, for the agent-based models. Yes, yes.

LOUISE COMFORT: We’re actually looking at the network of people and managers and the communication between the people and how that is communicated actually to the managers of, say, the traffic system, who sets the traffic lights, and which direction? When the roads are closed, how is that information communicated to the people?

So this is the sociotechnical aspect of a digital twin, recognizing that the roads are fixed, but people can change their minds and they can redirect and go in a different direction if the communication is there. So it’s communications and traffic. And it becomes a dialogue between the two.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thank you.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thank you all. Wonderful presentations. I have a question for Kenichi.

So your SNCC proposal was about Alameda and Marin. And so you’ve transferred that knowledge down to Southern California. So I’m just curious.

I have maybe two questions. In terms of modeling what’s going on in Southern California, were there variables that you had to consider that you weren’t expecting? So what came up as different– as the most prevalently different from your Bay Area modeling? And what is the spin-up time for transferring those models to other places?

KENICHI SOGA: So the first question is currently working on Alameda and Marin. And actually colleagues from El Cerrito, which is a Contra Costa, recently contacted, please include us. So that is a really because fire doesn’t know the boundaries. So that is a very big issue.

And, of course, we have to confine ourselves. So we started with city of Berkeley. We now have LBNL. We now have our campus colleagues, Office of Emergency Services colleagues, coming together and thinking about it. And, of course, we’re trying to expand that to Kensington and the area.

So I think that’s a challenge. But then I’m hoping we go or some of the startups or these colleagues will create a little bit more how to scale up. Yeah, and then our SimCenter also helps to scale that up.

Number 2 is what we see in LA. And here, I think that’s something that we really want to find out more because we find that every locations are different. We see in Palisades that they did do education pretty effectively, but they did say that issues were there. It’s one way out.

But then, typically, if you’re in one way out, people are a little bit more aware of the issues. So it works better. It’s really the Eaton fire was a little bit more sporadic.

Maybe they were not prepared for the wildfire because they’re quite spread. And so we do see that differences. But then I really want to find out why.

And that’s why it’s very important to find the details to get that because I think every fire is going to be different. But it’s a good question that– and it’s really about community understanding that, is that one person you may have a past experience of wildfire.

Sometimes, the issue is that they think that’s the case. It’s going to happen again, but that may or may not be the case. So realizing that is very important. Sorry, I’m maybe talking too much.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: It’s interesting.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: So I appreciate all of your presentations. And what I wanted to ask about is– so Berkeley has extreme fire weather and suggests people to pre-evacuate. Trying to get people to pre-evacuate– ooh, that’s hard.

OK, we did, but a lot of people didn’t. But what I’m wondering is, do you simulate in your simulations– because you were talking about a lot of wind-driven fires. And if we get the spot weather forecast, which Berkeley’s been doing, they say very low humidity predicted, high winds, Diablo winds around here, so please evacuate. Do you ever put that in your simulation in a way to maybe encourages more of that?

KENICHI SOGA: Yeah, that’s a good question, and we would like to. So we are hearing different scenarios that you can think of and trying to see what– would that have an effect?

Maybe your community may have a good effect, but then the other community may not have an effect. Just understanding that a little bit more is an important one to start. And what we want to do is that– maybe City of Berkeley has that particular evacuation notice that we received.

I live in North Berkeley as well, but then maybe the public don’t understand that. But having perhaps, and I’m not sure this is the case, but we start to see that people see the simulations, and they start to say, OK, this may be the case. But having that particular dialogue is important rather than telling that this simulation is true because it is not going to be true because every simulations are different. Yeah, but I think we want to try that. And working with the community is very important.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hi. I have a question for Professor Gonzalez especially, but if others want to share, too. I’m curious about the fire growth simulations, the optimized simulations that you showed us. I’m curious how feasible it is to be producing those and using those in real time for localities and local fires.

I assume that these might take a while to complete. And also then there’s the issue of– I do work in the rural counties in California, like Plumas, Butte, more rural, that are impacted by fire and don’t have the resources, also local computing resources and would rely on, I’m guessing, like Cal Fire having those resources to then distribute that information. So I’m curious just whether those can be used in real time and what the feasibility of that is.

MARTA GONZALEZ: Yes, that is what brought me to the topic. I said, if there is so much computation, we got to be doing better than this. And then I discovered that the accuracy, meaning the physics of the models, to make– just the physics of fire is a whole complex work in itself.

Then, I refer to Michael Goldner, Kenichi’s collaborator. That type of problem is the frontier in terms of the research. To make it more for operational purposes, real a decision-making, it would be these semi-empirical models.

And right now, with my students, we just make the search of what are the existing models. And the existing models are Farsite, Prometheus, you name it. Every country has its own. And it was built long ago.

So the idea was, OK, let’s do our own. It’s open-source, and let’s improve from that. Then, it brings us to one sobering realization that is high-resolution wind injection. Wind data. What we call data ingestion is limited. So I believe one of the main components is the good high resolution of wind, is one big limitation to make real-time meaningful because you can do a video game, a movie, but it is not accurate. Then ingesting wind in high resolution is one frontier that we would like to. And that brings CCRM, our center, with a new initiative in campus that is the Environmental Data Science Center.

LOUISE COMFORT: Exactly.

MARTA GONZALEZ: That would be the idea. So it’s a social good problem. And what I realize is not going to be done, let’s say, by Google.

The technology is there– we need to be aiming into that. And I believe in a public university like Berkeley it could be done. It’s not there yet.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Great. Thank you. One quick follow-up. How long do those optimize– how long does it take for you to get those simulations? What is the actual computing time?

MARTA GONZALEZ: –just behind you?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Are you referring to those simulations? Running those simulations don’t take that much time. And so they’re definitely able to be run in real time. I will say in a matter of minutes.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: OK, great.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thank you for great presentations. One topic that hasn’t come up here that’s quite in the public mind is insurance. And from, I guess, beyond the governance level.

So perhaps could one of you comment about the direction that discussion is going in, and who might know where the next catastrophic wildfire is going to occur in California in a probabilistic sense? Is it somebody like First Street or the risk– the analysts with their proprietary models, quite in contrast to the wonderful open-source models that you’re presenting here, which are very, shall we say, propagation models rather than general risk models that a real estate insurer might use?

So maybe start with the provocative part of the question. Who knows where the– in a probabilistic sense, where the next catastrophic wildfire will occur in California? And what do we do about it?

LOUISE COMFORT: I’ll respond to that because I’ve interviewed an awful lot of fire chiefs in California. The fire Chiefs know that there are certain areas that burn repeatedly. Malibu that burned in the Palisades fire burned in 1993 in three-four different times.

The fire chiefs know that it’s the combination of the geographic terrain, the fuel, and the winds that come. So they are making investments in mapping those areas. And this is where the select– Kenichi mentioned this, and also Marta, and Chris.

The selective, for instance, undergrounding of power lines might be a good strategic decision. But I will say that CAL FIRE has invested in the last five to seven years enormous amounts of money in modeling equipment and training their own personnel to do this. The difficulty is that there is a direct, almost one-to-one correlation by the increase in emissions and the increase in the size and ferocity of the fire.

The critical issue that we can change, and this is social action, is literally reducing the number of emissions that go into the air. And framing that as an issue, Chris, is a public policy issue. And so this is why addressing this problem of increasingly exponential wildfire is a interdisciplinary inter-jurisdictional issue.

And we have to do it smart. We have to do it recognizing that we’re dealing with a very complex set of interconnected systems. And this is why I think the University of California, with campuses across the state, is in an excellent position to do this. But it’s not going to be easy, and it’s not going to be fast, and it’s not going to be soon.

KENICHI SOGA: Chris, do you want to talk about insurance issue? That’s a big issue.

CHRIS ANSELL: Well, one thing I’ll say about insurance because I have been following a little bit is that the FAIR Plan– the FAIR Plans are the last-resort plan. I lost my insurance this year, by the way, in my house.

The FAIR Plans basically were driven bankrupt by this. Or they can’t fulfill the claims because of the LA fires. And what the state did was it allowed the FAIR Plans to basically– I guess it’s– what do they call it? Not meta insurance but reinsurance.

Basically, the FAIR Plans could take $1 billion from other insurers in the state, who are set up in the state. And I think you can maybe see some– one of the implications of that is we’re all going to be paying for the LA fires. Yeah.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: [INAUDIBLE] produce this?

CHRIS ANSELL: Yeah. I don’t know that, but it’s a good question. Yeah.

LOUISE COMFORT: I will say one of the members of our team, Steven Collier in Urban and Regional Planning, has focused on insurance. And his basic quick assessment is private insurance is almost going to be gone in California. And that’s a really difficult thing. So looking at alternative plans and the FAIR Plan, publicly supported is one of those.

KENICHI SOGA: Yeah, that’s the next workshop, I think, which is a very big one.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: –much for bringing this to us. I have a question. So Louise, you mentioned almost in passing, but as a take, something very obvious, we need to reduce emissions. And this is the elephant in the room as there’s something that the models are maybe taking for granted, which is– I’m curious what you all do with the fact of the driving causes of those winds that mean that all bets are off, or of climate change, these changing conditions.

And so I’m not– I’m assuming that this is very much on all of our minds. There’s one question one could ask of like, well, the governance issue is how do we put pressure on Exxon and fossil fuel companies. And that was part of the blame game.

Actually, some community– some affected folks are trying to sue some of the fossil fuel companies and name them as the responsible parties. So there’s a governance question there with the blame game. That’s probably the one blame game to be played.

But I’m just curious, and from where you all sit and the expertise you bring to the table, where does that conversation– what input is that into the simulations? Are you taking for granted that things are just going to get worse and the winds are going to get worse? Or how do you factor this very messy political world into this story? And I ask that, having just read that Trump just agreed with–

MARTA GONZALEZ: Yes, actually, I like to quote Dan Kammen from ERG in this topic. And it is that a housing policy is a climate policy. And what the data is telling us, why the areas burn is getting worse is the drought. So we have drought, and then is– fuel is worse and that’s why it’s getting worse.

However, interestingly, we cannot continue building at risk. That’s why I like to put our cities in the international context. The model of land use development that we have in the US and particularly in California, that this low dense that we all love is not sustainable.

And then, right now, even CARB, California Air Resources Board, is funding a call for proposals that brings housing policy with vehicles miles traveled. So we need to reduce vehicle miles travel, and that means sustainable transportation, but even how far we need to travel. And California is aware of that marriage.

And then, housing policy is a climate policy. And we are now being affected by the fires. So it’s all intertwined.

KENICHI SOGA: I’m not trying to promote our work, but then I think we can really go to the details to model what you see in a climate change model right now. So I’m hoping– Stephen Collier is a great example. He doesn’t believe on models that we do, but then he creates different ideas and said, wow, that’s interesting. Maybe we can model that and see how that goes.

[LAUGHTER]

So it allows us to do that right now, I think. And so I think Stephen starts to see maybe what we do maybe link to what he’s thinking. And that’s what we see in this project. But probably before the project, maybe he did believe at all what we’re doing.

So I think that’s where we can have an interesting discussion on what can be integrated if we can because there are lots of interesting ideas that come from you that we may want to think about. And Louise has been very promoting, yes, I can do it in the communication style. So we need a model to put it in that. Of course, the model may not be correct, but then at least we try.

LOUISE COMFORT: Thank you. I’m looking at the clock. It is 1:30. Others may have other appointments.

If there’s any last question, you might ask any one of us. But I really want to thank all of you for coming. And I’ll ask one big favor.

Keep this in your mind. Start thinking about it. We need an innovative approach to deal with these increasingly catastrophic risks. And the one thing that we can change is how we think and act about risk. So let’s– please join me in thanking–

[APPLAUSE]

[MUSIC PLAYING]

[WOMAN’S VOICE] Thank you for listening. To learn more about Social Science Matrix, please visit matrix.berkeley.edu.

 

Authors Meet Critics

Society Despite the State: Reimagining Geographies of Order

Presented as part of the Authors Meet Critics event series

Recorded on February 10, 2025, this “Authors Meet Critics” panel centered on the book Society Despite the State: Reimagining Geographies of Order, by Gerónimo Barrera de la Torre, Assistant Professor of Geography at UC Berkeley, and Anthony Ince, Senior Lecturer (Associate Professor) in Human Geography at Cardiff University and British Academy Mid-Career Fellow.

Professor Barrera de la Torre was joined in-person to introduce the book, and Professor Ince presented remotely. The authors were joined in conversation by Dylan John Riley, Professor of Sociology at UC Berkeley, and Anna Stilz, Professor of Political Science at UC Berkeley. Jake Kosek, Associate Professor of Geography at UC Berkeley, moderated.

The Social Science Matrix Authors Meet Critics series features lively discussions about recently published books authored by social scientists at UC Berkeley. For each event, the author discusses the key arguments of their book with fellow scholars. These events are free and open to the public.

The panel was co-sponsored by the UC Berkeley Department of Geography, the Charles and Louise Travers Department of Political Science, the UC Berkeley Department of Sociology, and the Center for Interdisciplinary Critical Inquiry.

About the Book

The logic of the state has come to define social and spatial relations, embedding itself into our understandings of the world and our place in it. Anthony Ince and Gerónimo Barrera de la Torre challenge this logic as the central pivot around which knowledge and life orbit, by exposing its vulnerabilities, contradictions and, crucially, alternatives.

“Society Despite the State” disrupts the dominance of state-centred ways of thinking by presenting a radical political geography approach inspired by anarchist thought and practice. The book draws on a broad range of voices that have affinities with Western anarchism but also exceed it. This book challenges radicals and scholars to confront and understand the state through a way of seeing and a set of intellectual tools that the authors call ‘post-statism’ In de-centring the state’s logics and ways of operating, the authors incorporate a variety of threads to identify alternative ways to understand and challenge statism’s effects on our political imaginations.

Podcast and Transcript

Listen to the event below or on Apple Podcasts.

Transcript

[MUSIC]

WOMAN’S VOICE: The Matrix Podcast is a production of Social Science Matrix, an interdisciplinary research center at the University of California, Berkeley.

CORI HAYDEN: Welcome to the Social Science Matrix and to this fantastic panel. My name is Cori Hayden. I’m the director of Matrix for this semester. I want to say that it’s been a hard week in social science world with the loss of Michael Burawoy. And I think it’s fitting and in fact, rejuvenating and energizing to have this panel fortuitously lined up for today, that’s really going to push us to think how things could be otherwise. To think about a politics far beyond the terms that normally define our politics and our critical vocabularies about politics.

You’ll hear more about that in a second. But I just want to say I’m really glad that we are gathered here today for this particular panel. And let me just say a few words. The panel, of course, is one of Matrix’s Author Meets Critics sessions, and we are delighted to celebrate and talk about the 2024 book, Society Despite the State, Reimagining Geographies of Order.

We’ll be discussing that book with the authors Geronimo Barrera de La Torre from UC Berkeley Geography and Anthony Ince from Cardiff University. He’ll be joining us on Zoom. We will be joined for commentary by Dylan Riley and Anna Stilz, and Jake Kosek from Geography will be moderating, and he will introduce the panelists in a bit more detail.

Today’s event is co-sponsored by geography, political science, and sociology departments and the Center for Interdisciplinary Critical Inquiry. So thank you to all of our partners in this event. And I want to thank our amazing Matrix staff also. Chuck Kapelke, Sarah Harrington, and Eva Seto, who already have and will continue to make this event run smoothly.

Before I turn it over to panelists, I want to briefly mention a few other upcoming events for the spring semester at the Matrix. And as you can see, we have a couple Matrix On Point events. Los Angeles wildfires, something on virtual realities, mainstreaming psychedelics, colonizing Palestine, and other book panel. Please do check out the Matrix website and all your socials for further details.

And I get the easy job of standing up here and taking credit as if these are my events, but I want to thank Marianne Fourcade and Ambrosia Shapiro, who really helped put together– actually, in fact, did put together the programming for this semester.

All right, without further ado, let me turn things over to our fantastic moderator, Jake Kosek of the Geography Department at Berkeley. Jake’s research focuses on the intersections of nature, politics, and difference, drawing on geography, anthropology, and history.

He explores how cultural, racial, and national dynamics shape environmental politics with a particular emphasis on the politics of natural history and its role in shaping social and ecological systems. Without any further, I will now turn over the panel to Jake. Thank you so much.

JAKE KOSEK: Welcome, everyone. It is a remarkable moment for this panel. It’s like this panel was planned a long time ago. And to think about just the radical transformations of the state in the last couple of weeks and also what they make visible the structures of the state, what it looks like, how it might be working, how it might be working differently. The questions that are directly related to the book in some ways.

Also what the book holds is also the possibilities of other geographies. And the moment where we try to figure out as things are shifting and new forms and threats of state power emerge, the desire to find, and identify, and build alternative geographies couldn’t be more timely. And so two central themes of the book, I think, are just right at the tip of all of our minds and in this current moment.

A couple of things. I’m not going to go on long commentaries. I have lots of questions. But if there’s moments towards the end, I will start asking some of those. But I want to get to the questions and really wanted to center it on all of you. But just say two things really quickly.

One is the remarkable collaboration that goes on here. This book is a 10-year project. We don’t do that many 10-year projects, and you don’t do them so deeply collaborative in a way that the voice of the book is actually one voice. It is a collective voice, and you can see and feel it as you read the book.

The conversations that have gone on, the tensions and differences in the voice. There’s moments where it’s more open, where they point to different directions they could go. But also moments where the voice of the book is so clearly in one voice. That is a remarkable thing that happened over a very long period of time.

Another thing that just to mention, that the panelists hit some of the main themes, but other things you mentioned that really stands out to me is just the multiple voices around the state and anarchy here. When we think about anarchy, and they mentioned this very directly in the introduction.

As such, having such a Western European history, and to open that up is remarkable. It’s not just that it’s opened up here, but the voices and the citations and the engagements are global in a way that makes this conversation really quite remarkably different than the conversations we often have around state, capital, anarchism.

And I think that those pieces, just for those who haven’t read the full book or don’t know where it’s coming from, those two things I wanted to mention because both that collaboration and that sense of where are the conversations emerging from, and who they’re having conversations with is a different set of people, and I think it’s part of what makes the book really quite different and what it’s saying.

All right. A couple of things. First of all, I am so psyched that Geronimo Barrera de la Torre is here. In Geography, he is one of our newest hires, and we work very hard to get him here, and I’m very excited that he is among our faculty. He’s already changing the feel of the Department and the focus in the Department, covering a whole new area, bringing really questions of anarchism and a whole bunch of other things, methods into the conversation. So great to have him here.

His interests are really at the intersection of political and historical geographies, political ecologies, critical cartographies. It focuses on really the intersection of land or territory and landscape while engaging in much broader discussions on environmental politics, colonialism, and statism.

His research is grounded. One of the things that really stands out is how grounded his research is and really collaborative methods, not just with other academics, but with the community. And those are long term collaborations also. He’s working in Oaxaca for 10 years.

And so you can see that in his work that he does but also in the methods he uses, social mapping. His videography work is really just really deep and long term engagement with the community members around political issues there, such as forest conservation, agrarian change, social mapping, and his involvement with them around a bunch of political issues in the area.

And also, yeah, the diversity of methods is new. One of his newest projects that I’m really so excited about. I’ve only seen little glimpses of his new cinematography work. His new movie that’s coming out of a documentary, which really looks at this really interesting intersection of international carbon offset markets and the consequences and effects on a rural communities in and around Oaxaca.

It’s a remarkable piece of work, and I think it’s July is its first launch date, or what’s the film festival, or I think there’s something– August, sometime this summer. So keep your eyes open for that.

Anthony Ince is a senior lecturer, associate professor in human geography at Cardiff University and British Academy mid-career fellow there. He is a political and social geographer with particular interest in agency, social movements, and migration. His current research explores the role of civic virtue, citizenship, and dynamics of the far right and anti-fascist struggles.

I know him as a geographer. He is known as one of the long-standing central person in debates around anarchism and anarchist geographies. And so he’s been part of holding that space and creating and remaking that space for quite some time. And he’s also known for his co-leadership of the Cardiff Interdisciplinary Research on Anti-fascism and the Far Right, which is a lot of what he does.

Dylan Riley, who I failed to recognize, even though I know him quite well when I walked in the room today, is a remarkable professor of sociology at UC Berkeley. He studies capitalism, socialism, democracy, authoritarianism in really a broad comparative and historical perspective.

His work as a professor, the students that I’ve sent and taken his classes come back really transformed not just by ideas but also by depth and mode of engagement. A remarkable, a remarkable teacher and has been for quite some time.

His books, many things he’s published in many debates he’s involved in. I mentioned first his book, The Civic Foundations of Fascism in Europe, Italy, Spain, Romania from 1870 to 1945, really argues that fascist regimes arose paradoxically on the basis of strong civil society in the pre-fascist period, which kind of raises some really interesting, tricky questions for us I think, we’ll hear about today.

Also how societies and states count comparative genealogies of census, where he argues that state-centered accounts of unofficial information that census work best where there is an intense interaction between state and civil society kind of paradoxically. Anyway, lots of different works and lots of these engaged in all kinds of interesting debates around state and political economy and beyond.

Anna Stilz, I have never we never met before today, but I’m so excited to have you here. I mean, I was reading about your work. And I was like, oh, my God. This is the perfect person. Who is the person who put this panel together? So as a professor of political science at UC Berkeley. She’s the author of a Liberal Loyalty, Freedom, Obligation and the State, which deals with questions about moral importance of political citizenship and state authority. Again, kind of perfect for being on this panel, her first book.

Her second book, Territorial Sovereignty, A Philosophical Exploration, investigates where there seems to be a good ethical justification for organizing our worlds into systems of sovereignty and territorial states and explores the limits of state, justified power over its territory, how we think about that relationship between state and territoriality and its boundaries.

Professor Stilz is working on a new book project on the challenges that climate change poses on the territorial state system, including climate displacement and the large scale changes in land use and global governance that may be necessary to adapt to this moment of warming climate. Or the state frame is so limited as it’s crossed over with the broad transformations of climate change.

All right. Those are the panelists. It couldn’t be a more tightly thought out group of people. And I’m so excited about today’s debate at Animo. And Anthony, why don’t you want to kick off your presentations and get us going?

Or I should say, sorry, I said that before. They’re going to have a presentation at the beginning here. And then Anna’s going to go, and then Dylan’s going to go after that. And then we’ll open it up to everybody. So that’s the order of the order of things. OK. Excuse me. Geronimo, please.

GERONIMO BARRERA DE LA TORRE: No, no, no. Well, thank you so much, Jake, for the introduction. Thank you, Annie, Dylan, for being here and for taking your time to bring this work. And also thank you for those who make this happen. And here also at Social Science Matrix, thank you so much.

So we’re really looking forward to this discussion to talk to your questions and afterwards, your questions as well. For this first minutes, we really want to make just a few comments on the main ideas around this book. But I will start also talking about how this project came about.

Mostly, yes, as Jake, the idea was to make something collaborative. And from the beginning, this project was thought as a collaboration from very different perspectives as Anthony’s in a, well, a different country obviously but comes from a different perspective in geography than mine, that I was trained at then first in Mexico and then in the US.

And so we have very different perspectives. And we met in 2013 in a conference, in a sessions about anarchist geographies. And I remember that I wrote back to Anthony after we met that session. And just, I was very interested in what he was doing, and he was telling me that he was also interested in what I was presenting at that time.

So then we start this collaboration, and we start working on different texts that we published later as a paper and also chapters. I’m trying to take different aspects of this idea around the post-test autism geographies.

And so we were trying to really fill this gap in, we’ll say, in political geography but in geography in general, about the role of the state in our discipline. But drawing from different perspectives mostly first and anarchism with frameworks, but also from anti-authoritarian perspectives and broader ideas.

And so we were trying to draw from our strengths, from our different perspectives in what is geography and what are the voices about the critique of the state of statism. So we start to develop these themes and these ideas, in these different texts.

And then we decided that we were ready to go for the book as a way of commenting not only in the discipline we’re starting to go and to have at the center of the geographical imaginations. How this state defined how we understand not only the discipline of geography but also territory, place, cartography, et cetera in a broader perspective of the politic and geographical imaginaries in our daily lives.

And so this is what we want to talk about with you today. And one of the critical questions of this book is why this? The state remains central to our understanding of the territory. Why is fundamental ideas of order come from the idea of the state, but also how the state remains a neutral vessel for good or bad governments, but also represents like the pinnacle of this political evolution of human societies, or as well, logical progression in the development of a complex and large societies.

So all these what we call myths that remain in question and challenge and are ingrained in the ideas of social territorial organization. Also, the idea of this book was to bring different voices about the critique of the state, not only from anarchist geographies, but also from this broader perspective of anti-authoritarian.

And the idea is to bring together these two different sensibilities that we call it, to weave them together into a radical geography of understanding the state and these logics. Because we thought that anarchism in a way is part of a very large, or we’ll say, a large family of anti-authoritarian perspectives that share these ideas around vertical organization of order.

So we thought it was necessary to decentralize also the ideas of what is anarchism and also considered the plurality of anarchism. So we were trying to decenter not only the idea of the state but also the idea of the critiques about the state.

So the book reflects that the role of the state needs to be called into questions instead, as a contingent religion institution, like the modern state, and a self-referential framework defining modes of knowing and mode of being.

So this book is an investigation into how states shape our understanding of the world, how they acquire the symbolic and material power to do so, and what and how ways of being and knowing help us to rest ourselves from its narrow conception of what life ought to be.

I would say just a few words as well about my work aside from this project because I think it’s important in how I’m approaching this project with Anthony. I mostly work with communities in Oaxaca, communities in the Indigenous Chatino and peasant communities.

And we have been working from more than a decade together in different projects. But in a way, it has been a way to documenting the history of this place and these communities, understanding the internal colonialism and the different strata of this history of colonialism in this place in Oaxaca.

But more importantly, it’s been an opportunity for me to learn many ways in which I was taught geography and also to learn from and with community members, to really understand how intricate, how complex is the relationship with the state from these communities.

I will say, for example, the role of the commons in reimagining the world, but also how this is not something fixed. This is not something that is natural to communities. It’s always that it’s changing and remaking their own world. So in a way, this relationship with the state is based on this possibility to bring new futures for themselves and not just community against the state.

And that way, I think it’s also how we’re approaching here and trying to really decenter the idea. We’re not trying to define what is a state. We’re more interested in the place-based analysis and how different communities have related and challenged, avoided, disregard the state in many, many ways. So I will now turn to Anthony, and I will finish this presentation later.

ANTHONY INCE: So first of all, Thank you very, very much for having me and for doing all the tech work to make this possible. I couldn’t quite justify the carbon footprint of traveling all the way to literally the other side of the world to be here, but I’m so glad I am, even though it’s the middle of the night here.

So thank you also for the very, very generous introduction. In the UK, we’re always very self-deprecating. So it’s nice to have an American welcome in that regard. So I want to just build on some of the things that Geronimo has introduced by diving a little bit more into some of the central themes of the book.

And although this is a long process of writing, and thinking, and discussing together, kind of a low and slow kind of thing, this book isn’t like an endpoint as such. It’s really an introduction, a statement of purpose.

So we start the book with a slightly provocative question, which is what if the state had never existed? How would we act? How would we think? How would we make sense of our shared world differently? And this isn’t just a hypothetical question asked for fun. Counterfactual thinking like this can help us open up other ways of being.

And the state is so central to dominant ways of seeing the world. But if it had never existed though or perhaps was only one idea among many broadly equal ones, would almost inevitably think about the world and our place in it quite differently. So that’s the project we’re trying to come across here.

We’re trying to descend to the state from its position as the pivot around which our political and geographical imaginaries orbit. I was explaining this to somebody recently, and I sort of accidentally came out by saying, the book tries to understand how the state becomes ordinary, or regular, or uninteresting, so we can make it feel strange again. And I think the idea of making the state feel strange is something that’s quite significant to what we’re doing here.

So we’re not asking, like Geronimo says, a definitional question, what is a state? We’re talking more about its logics. And when we’re talking about logics, and we’re really interested in what we mean by this is the repeated rationalities and repertoires of order developed and reproduced over time that produce a thing called the state, a kind of equality of stateness.

The state in this regard is sort of an effect of a set of operational logics, not the logics themselves. Now, these do have real life effects. It’s no coincidence that many states, especially modern ones, have arrangements of similar or at least kind of equivalent kinds of institutions.

And the empirical study of these state institutions and how they functions is absolutely essential. We’re just trying to do something a little bit different here. So what our book is trying to do is think through these logical foundations of what we broadly call statism, that’s expressed through a whole wide range of everyday frames, be they cultural, social, cosmological, that incorporate the state but also massively exceed it.

And we take this deliberately expansive gaze because we argue at least, it needs to be expansive if we’re to take seriously. The multiple and often contradictory effects of statism, of states but also far beyond them as well.

So we’re quite critical of the state, but the book isn’t specifically a critique of the state. We’re not saying this is why the state is bad, and we should definitely get rid of it. We’re more interested in how it maintains its order over time and across multiple contexts and how it maintains its imaginative centrality amidst the many problems and crises which it faces and in many regards, may be unable or unwilling to resolve substantially.

So we think about this by considering how the state becomes ordinary. And we call this ontologization. The process of rendering the state is kind of just there. It just is. Not unlike something like Mark Fisher’s capitalist realism.

So through this thinking, we start to make sense of how the state becomes ordinary, unremarkable, and so on. But through this process, crucially, we actually spend most of the book writing about that. But through this, we also try to tease out some of its dissonances, its contradictions, its gaps, rips, bumps, and kind of frayed edges of what we call the statist fabric. And we use metaphors of fabric, and thread, and weaving right the way through the book.

It’s almost kind of very basic to say that the state doesn’t have a total grip on everything at all times, OK? So what do these gaps and dissonances tell us about other non-state, or in our framing, post statist logics of order? A lot of people have written on similar topics, but we’re particularly interested in the logics and rationalities, the ways of doing things rather than the specific outcome.

So we work with contemporary and historical sources. Geronimo has taught me an awful lot about historical work, which I’m not well trained in until we met. But we often focus particularly on accounts from below and at the margins of state societies. And these are generally really where the state touches people’s lives, either on the one hand, most violently, or on the other hand, not very much at all. And often, a kind of an awkward combination of the two.

So these kind of examples don’t just expose how fragile perhaps statist logics can be, but also demonstrate that alternatives are already living among us and can help us to triangulate what we’re particularly focused on is affinities that can be found across very different contexts, cosmo visions, and so on.

So importantly, rather than sort of capital P political alliances, which often rely on quite straightforward sort of ideological alignments or misalignments, we look to affinity between logics of order that can perhaps highlight points of solidarity across this anti-authoritarian family that Geronimo mentioned that might otherwise go unnoticed.

So I’ll just finish off briefly. Ultimately, we might not all want to abolish the state. In fact, probably most of the people in the room don’t. But even if we’re wanting to make the state better, we won’t get very far if we’re only or mostly looking to the logics of statism for inspiration, OK? So we’re looking to abolish the centrality of the state in how we look at the world because it severely limits our imaginations.

So in a context, the contemporary political context where we find complexity, and uncertainty, and fragility, becoming a more and more pronounced aspect of daily life, of political life, of social life, we suggest that, and I quote, which logics of order will emerge through this is a pressing question of our moment. So our book is a sort of a small contribution to perhaps responding to that question. So back to Geronimo.

GERONIMO BARRERA DE LA TORRE: OK. Thank you so much. Well, I just want to finish this presentation just to talk to you about the sections, how the book is organized. And as Anthony mentioned, we use some metaphors or ideas about weaving and threads.

So the first section is titled Threads and is trying to work on these connection, trajectories, tension, and conflicts among the different experiences that we refer to against and about the state, but also the shortcomings in conventional frameworks exploring the multiplicity, the plurality of ways of being despite the statism, and then the reflections on the state as an integrated fabric, transversing and conjoining the different forms of hierarchy and domination. And then we explore this idea of myths that have been crucial for us to understand this idea of post-statism and the statism idea.

So the idea is to this aestheticism is defined by myths that are the pillars that define this logic. And so we divide this section, which is I think is the core of the book in a way, in three sections. One is time, nature, and order.

And so we’re interested in this statist time scapes, the normative frameworks that delineate our lives through linear evolution is determinist time scapes. But trying to also bring other temporalities, other ways in which experiences in the past and in the present, the time has been thought differently. And what it makes us think about the contingency and fragility of the state and its logics.

Then nature helps us to criticize it, to really engage into the naturalization of the state and how it brings this– well, we try to go in depth into the relationship, but this patriarchal tendencies, patriarchal framework, and the divide between nature and civilization that has been carefully policed through the statist logics.

And then order. We try to question how states impose this particular order and how state logic saturates the meaning of order [INAUDIBLE] in the multiple orders that do not conform with these logics or use instrumentally and strategically elements of it.

And finally, we end up with the idea of horizons in trying to bring and contribute to the pathways of interrogating and taking seriously the role of the state in our geographical imaginations and expand the dialogue about the logics that sustain these logics. Sorry. To sustain the statism. And finally, we try to bring some ideas, not only the academic work or outside the academic work, as part to destatize our geographical imaginations. Thank you.

JAKE KOSEK: Thank you. That was great. So we’re going to start off with Anna. You want to start us off for the first commentary?

ANNA STILZ: Sure, great. So thanks very much for inviting me to be part of the event. I should also explain that, I’m going to have to leave a little bit early, and I apologize for that. I just have to go pick up my daughter from after school.

So yeah. I was very engaged by this book, and I really enjoyed having the opportunity to read it. So society, despite the state, offers a pretty strong and searing critique of the state as the dominant form of political order in the contemporary world. And it also gives us a plea to consider and take seriously alternative kinds of political futures that might be inspired by various anarchist traditions, particularly local, self-organized, cooperative practices like mutual aid organizations, for example, and also other kinds of non-state communities that are structured by different bonds, like bonds of kinship or family.

So I, in my previous writings, have had a little bit more sympathetic take on the state than the authors do. And that probably is why I was invited to be a commentator. But I’m afraid I’m going to disappoint a little bit because I actually think anarchism is very interesting, and I’ve always thought it was a tradition that’s very much worth taking seriously.

And I think we should consider the question of whether a non-state society ultimately would be a more ideal society, whether it would better realize democratic values like freedom and equality than even the most democratic state that we can imagine.

I think that’s a question worth thinking hard about. And as a higher ideal that we might aspire to achieve, an anarchist society has always seemed to me kind of attractive. But my role here is to be a critical commentator. So I’m going to just mention four questions that I have about the book. So I just want to signal like I’m not as one might think in some fundamental ways.

So my first question is just that while most of the book was critical of the state, and Anthony actually said this wasn’t a question that they wanted to engage, but it was a question I had. I wanted to get a better sense of what institutions count for the authors as a state.

So it’s very clear that sort of modern Iberian European nation states are definitely like paradigmatic cases of the state. And it’s also clear that things like a local mutual aid society is not a state. But in between these two kinds of very clear cases, it seem to me there are a lot of other things that might or might not be a state, and I wasn’t sort of sure.

So for example, I mean, I think of the modern European state as emerging around 1,500 or so. But the authors do discuss like archeological findings about the earliest states that emerged 3,000 years BCE. So there are some pre-modern formations that the authors are at least willing to countenance as states.

But they strike me as completely different from the Iberian nation states that we’re familiar with. So I just wonder, like some liminal cases, what the authors would say. So Ancient Athens, this is a direct democracy based on a highly restricted, highly inegalitarian citizenship. But it doesn’t have a lot of features that we might associate with the modern state, like centralized bureaucracy. It’s a direct and not a representative democracy. So I’m not sure if it’s the state or not.

I thought also of the Haudenosaunee Confederacy that organized the five nations in what is now New York prior to European arrival. They governed the Mohawk and the Oneida, Onondaga, Cayuga, and Seneca peoples. Would that be a state? The Aztec or Inca Empires, would that count, or China under the Ming Dynasty? There’s just a lot of political forms, and I’m not sure if they’re states or not.

So I’m not sure if the authors are arguing only against the modern Ibarian nation state, kind of European nation state and post-colonial state, or they’re arguing against a y-intercept of political forms. So that was my first question.

My second question is I’d like to hear more about exactly what features of states are objectionable. Like it’s clear that the authors object to the states, and I think they object based on a variety of different things. The hierarchy, inequality, centralization, and coercion are all things that they find objectionable.

But I wonder. So modern states, they characteristically feature a set of binding procedures by which to make decisions for everybody in a territory. Sometimes but not always, those procedures extend some democratic rights to the people that are subject to those decisions.

But modern states also typically feature a centralized, hierarchical, often bureaucratic apparatus that coerces people to obey those decisions. We could imagine a polity though that did feature binding democratic processes that everyone in a territory was expected to comply with but that didn’t have a bureaucratic coercive apparatus.

Maybe the ordinary citizens of this policy would polity would enforce the rules themselves maybe through social pressure, or ostracism, or other kinds of informal sanctioning practices. And I’m just not sure if that would be objectionable in the same way that a state is or not for the authors. So I’d like to hear more.

So that’s my second question. I have a total of four. So I’m halfway through. My third question is that the authors sometimes speak as though all the bad stuff that states have done is like constitutively and definitionally part of the state.

So states are said to require an outside in the form of borders to citizenship and to exclude and other the people who are outside in ways that cast them as unclean, and threatening, and unruly, and oppress them. States are also said to inevitably engage in cultural assimilation to homogenize kaleidoscopic, pre-existing cultures. Colonialism, displacement, and removal are also said to be conceptually part of the state.

So I don’t disagree that there have been and often have been settler states, exclusionary states, assimilationist states. But I wondered whether there could also be anti-colonial states, multicultural states, maybe even states with open borders. Would those formations be possible or not?

And it seemed like for the authors, that there would be some constitutive or conceptual feature of the state that made those possibilities impossible, rule them out. And I also felt like while the authors valorize local self-organized communities, there have also been lots of local communities that were pretty exclusionary to outsiders. There have been groups that have been based on kinship ties that have engaged in what we might think of as quasi-colonial practices, conquering and subordinating, expropriating other neighboring groups.

So I kind of wondered, is the state ultimately a neutral institutional form that could be used for good purposes or for bad purposes, and local communities as well, like could be good ones and bad ones? So one example that I wanted to consider was the US state during the period of reconstruction after the Civil War.

This is a state that went into local communities in the US South and very forcibly interfered in their internal self-organized processes, and I’m not inclined to think that was a bad thing. I’m inclined to believe that a little more interference was necessary. The state did not interfere enough. It withdrew before the job was done. So I’m open to thinking that there’s some kinds of state action and interference that’s actually ultimately good.

And my last question is when I think about the contemporary world, I wonder if we need the state to achieve certain important and progressive aims. There’s always been a strong set of left traditions, from unions and social democratic parties to Marx and also Lenin, that argued that the left needs to take control of the levers of state power in order to achieve its aims.

And I’m thinking here about goals like the large scale redistribution of wealth, the taming of corporate power, the control of artificial intelligence, and the resolution of the climate crisis. How are these aims to be achieved in our society if not by harnessing the power of the state to dislodge the organizing and wealthy interests that often block progress and to enforce policy on these fronts?

Now, it’s definitely true that the state can and often has served as a protector for elite interests. I don’t want to deny that, but I think it’s also true that the state can be and sometimes has been harnessed by mobilized popular democratic majorities in the interests of socially just ends.

And doing that requires major investments in political organizing to build popular power. But I think the state’s regulatory, and planning, and coercive capacity is going to be necessary to transform the world in the service of these kinds of progressive aims. Because the state is the only organization we have that can plan and carry out these kinds of large scale social initiatives, like providing public health care, education, as I said, redistributing wealth, building a resilient climate infrastructure, and so on. It’s hard for me to imagine that we’re going to decarbonize the world economy in the next 20 or 30 years by relying on self-organized mutual aid collectives.

So I think that’s why the Marx and Lenin argued that the working class needs to seize the state and wield its coercive capacities to reshape society. I think a proposal to get rid of the state here and now might not usher in a kind of world of equal freedom for all. It might just usher in the domination of the richest and most powerful among us and the organized corporations that dominate so much of our life.

So unless we remake society and probably do so using the coercive power of the state, I think getting rid of the state is just going to leave ordinary folk potentially prey to forces of private oppression. So I’ll stop. Thanks.

[APPLAUSE]

DYLAN JOHN RILEY: Yeah. OK. So thanks a lot for sharing the book. And I have many of, I guess, my reactions are very similar to Anna’s. But I did also want to start off with a real appreciation of the project of the book. I think it’s actually very important for people in academia but also just outside of academia, on the left and among progressives, to think about anarchism, to think about radical critique of the state, to think about the notion of a political order beyond the nation state.

I think that’s often, I think the political imaginary of the left is impoverished by not being able to imagine a political order that goes beyond the state. I also have to say that I really liked the composition of the book with these kind of alternating sort of analytic sections and then these little intermezzos.

I especially appreciated the discussion of Asterix the Gaul. That was great. It was sort of the little village as this sort of image of the stateless society that was very evocative and appreciated that very much. But yeah. So I guess I too have some questions that I’ll just raise, and you can see if these are useful or not useful and you’re thinking about it.

So I guess the first question I had in a way is similar to Anna’s question. In a way, I’m just wondering who the target of the critique that is being developed is at times in the book. At one point, you describe a view that suggests that the modern liberal state is an inevitable endpoint of a process of social or social evolution.

But I was just thinking kind of analytically, I mean, if you think about the classics of political sociology, it’d be hard to argue that a Weber, or a Hintze, or a Perry Anderson, or Charles Tilly or even [INAUDIBLE] writing on Latin America, would see the idea of the modern state as the unfolding of this kind of telos.

I mean, their work, it strikes me, is very much about contingency, non-evolutionary thinking in a lot of ways, and particularly within the Iberian tradition, a rejection of the idea. I mean, obviously there’s the idea of a rational state. But for Weber, it’s only instrumentally rational, and that actually, the modern state includes deeply a rational or irrational element that is kind of intrinsic.

It’s intrinsic other side of the rationalization process in the instrumental dimension. So I just wondered like what you guys think about how are you situating yourselves in a relationship to that sort of tradition?

So the second point I was thinking about is the question of contingency. So a number of points in the text, you say that the state is contingent, and the evidence for the contingency is to reference the fact that the state is a recent historical form. But I’m not sure that the evidence that the fact that the state is recent, some 200 years, depending on exactly how we want to date this, let’s say 200, 300 years.

Why would its recency be evidence of its contingency, and its an abnormality in the trajectory of humanity, as you put it at one point? Surely, there must be some reason for why the political form of the modern state is sort of universalized in a certain kind of way. And even its origins, if we want to say the state is of European origin.

But I think you could make an argument that these political forms have developed in a number of different ways. I mean, clearly, one of the reasons that the state emerges is because of this dynamic of war-making, which has its roots really in the European feudalism.

So it is recent but not contingent. I mean, there’s lots of reasons why one would get organizations like the state. So I was just wondering how you guys are thinking about the relationship between the historical argument and the argument about contingency.

Now the third question is a little bit more specific, and it has to do with the issue of colonialism. So you say that the modern state emerged in tandem with colonialism, and that the state and colonialism nurture each other, establishing the boundaries between humans and non-humans, civilized and savage.

But I wonder whether that’s– I mean, as a general matter, I wonder actually about that in the following way. Two sides of this. First of all, were the first colonial states modern states? I would say not, actually. They were basically, with the Dutch, it’s a kind of merchant dominated oligarchy. It’s not really a modern state.

And then in the Iberian Peninsula, these seem to me to be late feudal absolutist states. And that’s actually very important because what really drives them out, in a sense, is the search for solving the problem of the second sons, right? That is to say what do you do when you have limited land, right? And you have to do something with these noble sons?

Then in the British case itself, was colonialism a state project? Perhaps. I mean, it depends on what we think about, how to define a state. But clearly, these merchant companies and the chartered corporations, they were not, although chartered by the crown, they’re not exactly state. I mean, they’re a little bit more like private enterprises.

So I just don’t know exactly. I think maybe some thinking needs to go into actually how we understand the relationship between colonialism and the state. Of course, it’s true that in the later period, there is an infusion. I mean, in the period of classic imperialism. Yes, it’s clear. But of course, in the 19th century, that’s connected to a new kind of new phase of capitalist development.

So I was just wondering, how do you guys think about the relationship between the state formation, colonialism, and the different phases of colonialism to imperialism and that whole set of issues?

Then I guess the fourth question is just about this question of cartography, which is really interesting and lots of really fascinating stuff in the book. It’s very worth checking out. But I wondered, even on this, I mean, in my understanding, I mean, obviously, in some ways, map making has gone along with state formation but not always.

And I mean, even in the case of thinking about the case of the enclosure movement, I mean, it’s important to understand that enclosures in the is my understanding of this anyway. In the British case, this is largely a movement of private actors who are making maps of their estates, which they are then using in the context of cases that are brought before parliament.

But this is really a dynamic, not from below, of course, but it’s a dynamic that comes out of agrarian capitalism as much as it comes out of the state. Or at least that’s my understanding. Maybe I’m misunderstanding this. So how does mapmaking and state-making go together?

The other thing about that I was thinking about this I’d be interested to hear is, of course, the real breakthroughs in cartography are made in Renaissance Italy, which is one of the places with the weakest and least integrated states in all of Western Europe. And it’s very much associated with these kind of merchant oligarchies and so on, which are not particularly modern state-ist in its origins. Of course, later, it’s a different matter. But just how are you kind of thinking about that?

And then I guess the sort of fifth point that I wanted to just ask you about is really to go back and very much resonates with Anna is saying, is that, well, what does this all mean in the light of contemporary politics? I mean, what does it mean to have a radical critique of the state?

I mean, so one thing I would say and this may be a slight point of difference between Anna and myself. I actually think that Marx and Lenin offer a deeply radical critique of the state, that is smash the state. And he’s only after you use it. So you need the state, and then you smash it, right?

So the state, this is, of course, coming out of the civil wars in France and then obviously taken up again in the state and revolution. Lenin’s point is that the anarchists are great. They’re not Kautskians. Great. But they’re like, they’re just missing this little point, which is that you need to use the state before you smash the state.

So how are we going to do that? And then I guess that raises this whole question of this moment that we’re living through now. I mean, I think these guys who are running the US state at this point see themselves as anarchists. And they may be wrong, but I mean, we’re basically, are we not living under a kind of anarcho-capitalist regime? So what do we do about that? Anyway, thank you very much, because it was really a fun read, and I really appreciated your sharing it. Thank you.

JAKE KOSEK: Geronimo and Anthony, do you want to take a couple of minutes now, or what do you want? We have some time for you to respond directly right now, or we can open some questions too.

GERONIMO BARRERA DE LA TORRE: With me or–

JAKE KOSEK: Sure. Why don’t you start?

GERONIMO BARRERA DE LA TORRE: Yeah. OK. Well, I’m going to maybe go around different of these questions because I think there are some of those related. And then maybe Anthony can help me with others. So I want to start just, I think that’s one of the main different perspectives on what to do with the state.

So I will start first about the idea of what is really what we’re thinking about the state here, because we’re really trying to make a framework about the logics, not exactly what the state per se. So that’s how we’re trying to draw not exactly boundaries about a modern state and non-modern state.

Because we saw also in the works that we examined in archeology, for example, in anthropology, that the definition of the state was sometimes anachronistic in the way that through the perspective that of we now define what data state. We’re trying to portray or to make other organizations as a state in the past. But we don’t necessarily know what that mean for them in that moment.

But for us, what we were interested in was the logics around this perspective that were shared across many of these types of states. So that topology we’re not exactly following, but more interested in the vertical and hierarchical coercion that defined many of these types of states.

And for example, with the first question, we were, in one of the chapters, we were quoting some Chinese commentators, thinkers from the ninth century. We see that they were exactly considered by some, arguing around this idea of anarchism because we’re exactly counter to the ideas of the state in China at that moment.

So from that moment, we’re considering that these ideas have been, through the history of when these type of coercive, centralized organization of authority, there is a voice always that is trying to attack these perspectives.

And so for that idea, this is what we are considering also other voices that organize differently. For example, I’m using the example of autonomy in Mexico. But they are using this different organization of their own zones, autonomous zones. And they have their own infrastructure, their own health, their own education. They say Zapatistas, Rojava, et cetera. There have been examples of this that does not require the hierarchies that we are assumed that we need to organize this infrastructural structure.

So yeah. For the need of the state, I mean, I think Anthony will help me more on that. But I think we’re clear in the sense that we’re trying to make the argument that through history, we have been taught that taking control of the state has never come true. Yeah. The dreams of using it for good. And that was, yeah, what anarchist said in the 19th century, and we’re repeating ourselves here today.

Yes. So in a way, I mean, the difference here in the US has been difficult for me to talk about. There is a difference in the genealogy I think of libertarianism and anarchism. So sometimes, and it’s here, it’s here in the US. And this idea of libertarianism as this capitalist ideas of free markets and free private property or not, really get rid of the state.

I don’t think it’s nothing to do with the anarchist perspective. The anarchist is coming from the socialist family in the 19th century, and this is a different and even take, the name of libertarian. Because in Spanish or in French we use libertarian, libertarios, et cetera, as anarchist, as the other far right capitalist perspective.

So I think [INAUDIBLE] for example, has a very interesting book about these projects, mostly the US-based libertarian projects in the Pacific and in Latin America. They are trying to buy territories to implement these ideal places for anarcho-capitalism, which for me is like a really paradoxical, contradictory ideas.

But they also show, is the state is required to make this happen? Because they needed the state to secure that private property, right? They need the state of Guatemala, for example. They need a state in any Pacific area to really secure that rights of this private property. Should I stop here? Yeah. So we have time.

ANTHONY INCE: Sorry. Hello. I would also echo Geronimo’s point about when anarchists, left wing anarchists of the socialist tradition, talk about abolition of the state, We’re not talking about just getting rid of the state and leaving everything else intact. That’s very much the kind of the right libertarian tradition there.

So the anarchist abolition of the state comes with a whole set of other transformations. And those were very much similar kind of transformations that Lenin and co, for example, were trying to do with the state through the state. And I understand in that Russian context, there was definitely a valid argument there, even though it didn’t work out so well for, well, Russian people.

It’s a shame Anna had to go. I wanted also to pick up this definitional question and these questions of obligation, political obligation, which again, is something that actually, in fairness, the anarchist tradition has not really pushed that in ways that it perhaps could or should have done.

But I would highlight, How do we create conditions where people feel politically obliged to act in concert, kind of universally or together? And what kind of sanctioning practices might there be? She used the word sanctioning practices.

And it’s good that Dylan’s here because I’ve read his book or parts of his book on the civic foundations of fascism, which also connects with some of the early, early work that I’m beginning to do on citizenship and the civic.

But there’s quite a lot of empirical evidence and kind of theoretical frameworks that allow us to see political obligation beyond the state. So the work of Mohammed Bamyeh, for example, he wrote this wonderful book, Anarchy As Order, where he talks about the state as actually a kind of a growth on our civic environment.

The state doesn’t create citizenship as a practice, as a social and political obligation to one another. It actually intervenes in those relationships. And so we can’t automatically assume that political obligation is created by the state. And we see this in all kinds of places in civil society, where in fact, actually, the state can disrupt these obligations to one another, not least through the creation and policing of state borders and the various things that happen at them and around them.

So that’s one thing I wanted to pick up on. And also, this matter of large scale infrastructure and public services. We need mass strategic social functions. We need infrastructure, and utilities, and all of these kinds of things. But do we specifically require states to enact them?

Now, states are able to mobilize lots of things very quickly across a large scale. So that is efficient. That is efficient. Is that the right or the best way to do it? Well, that’s up to a kind of wider debate, but I would flag up that in many regards, states have actually taken ideas from below and implemented them as their own.

So in the UK, we have the National Health Service. I don’t want to talk about the US health system slightly more– slightly different, let’s say to the UK, the European model. Well, the National Health Service was modeled. It wasn’t just a wonderful idea that the government came up with.

It was actually modeled on grassroots, very large scale, well-developed infrastructures that were produced, particularly in South Wales among the coal mining communities, where they created a sort of a proto-National Health Service that was then seen by Aneurin Bevan and a number of others in the Labor Party after the Second World War and saw and thought, that’s a great idea. Let’s take it basically. Let’s not steal it. I won’t use the word steal, but let’s take it and claim it as our own.

So alongside these contemporary examples. Rojava, Chiapas, if we want to go James C. Scott, the Zomia Region, for example, there are many examples of autonomous regions. But there are also others that are perhaps less well known about, where people have produced and cooperated and created social goods from below at quite a large scale and high complexity of development.

We also see non-state forms of regulation as well. The international organization for standardization, it’s exceptionally dull, I know. But ISO numbers, you see those ratings on safety and so on. That is global, that is cooperative, that is led by technical expertise, and it’s voluntarily opted into by states but also by businesses, by organizations, and so on. And the ISO is a great example of global non-coercive regulation that really, really works.

So let me have a look at my notes. Was there anything else? Was there anything else that you wanted to come back to?

JAKE KOSEK: So let’s do some questions. If you’d state your name and department or where you’re coming from and address the question.

AUDIENCE: Hi. My name is Jane Mongo, and I’m from the political science department. I’m a PhD candidate. Thank you so much for this. And I think the book is fascinating and interesting. I know very little about anarchism, and this was a good introduction to it.

And so for me, I feel like the most important question that needs to be answered for me to buy the whole argument, or at least begin to buy the whole argument, and you might have addressed it in the book. I’m just beginning to read it, so I might not have gotten to that point.

But I just wonder, what is your understanding of human nature? And I’m asking this because Thomas Hobbes, the most passionate proponent of the state or sovereignty or whatever, they always based it on human nature. They are like it’s chaotic. Like if there’s nothing to rule over them, people will eat each other.

So I guess if, I don’t know if you’ve discussed it. If you could, then maybe you could share that. If you didn’t discuss that, maybe you could also discuss, tell us maybe why you didn’t necessarily see it as relevant.

JAKE KOSEK: Let’s just open with that. The small treatise on that, you can open that. If you can do that in two minutes and like and also really touch on who else has talked about human nature in the state, that’s great. It’s a good question. Which of you two would like to take that one?

ANTHONY INCE: Why not? Let’s give it a shot. It’s a great question. And I think we do attend to that a little bit in the book, this idea of the state of nature, as this world where life is, what is it? Violent, brutal, and short. Which I know has many different iterations. If you look at Rousseau, it’ll be different from Locke and so on.

So we take quite a broad brush stroke on that. And we pull apart that idea as an empirically and also conceptually slightly simplistic, let’s say, way of thinking about human societies. So if you look not just from the anarchist perspective but also others like Protevi, I can’t remember his first name. He wrote this wonderful book called The Ages of the State.

Where in fact, if you look at not just historical examples of non-state societies but also kind of evolutionary psychology, and in many ways, biology as well, that state of nature just doesn’t stand up to empirical scrutiny.

So there’s that empirical side. But we also have, from the anarchist or kind of slightly anarchist leaning area of political theory, we think about human nature in a slightly more open way. I mean, for example, Peter Kropotkin, one of the great anarchist geographers and frankly, one of the best beards I’ve ever come across.

He writes in his final book on ethics, which is unfinished. He died before he finished writing it. He writes about how the human nature is, in many ways, it’s slightly deterministic, and it’s in that slightly kind of Victorian way of thinking of things. But I think there’s a lot of validity to it.

Human nature is not defined fundamentally. We can’t a priori create a kind of an image of what human nature is or isn’t. It is produced, in many regards, it’s a materialist thing. It’s produced through the material conditions where we live. So he bemoans in perhaps his most famous book, Mutual Aid, the many ways in which the cooperative ethic of living has been sort of eroded over time with particularly but not only through the expansion of the state and also capitalistic enclosure of things like commons.

And that, he says, again, it’s slightly deterministic. I don’t fully buy it. But he says that has actually affected what human nature is. So human nature is always becoming. It’s never finished. It’s never complete. And I think that’s probably where I think we would stand. Geronimo, you might say something slightly different there but–

GERONIMO BARRERA DE LA TORRE: Yeah. Just quickly. One of the last book, what’s the name, from David Gabriel? He is examining just these ideas. And he’s exactly saying that no one really reads this text because they are arguing that this is just a model for their argument.

They are never presenting any evidence for that idea of the state of nature. It’s just how they’re trying to argument through these ideas, and they don’t give any evidence of that, aside from what Anthony already said. But even they didn’t think that was the idea.

JAKE KOSEK: I had one in the very back in blue and curly hair. And then back up here.

AUDIENCE: Thanks for the talk. A really sympathetic to the ideas in it. I guess the title of the book makes me think society, despite the state, society itself is also this kind of totality that emerges as a concept alongside the state. And if you think of the Age of Revolutions, it’s all these attempts of society to impose its kind of legislation, autonomy over the state.

And one thing that Marx and Tocqueville say is that they ultimately fail, and the state only gets stronger every time society tries to do that. So I’m just wondering, should an anarchist also be suspicious of the concept of society as well, or is it possible to have a mass society that is autonomous or anarchistic, or is this only a small scale thing?

JAKE KOSEK: You want to take some questions? We have a few minutes. Why don’t we take a couple questions around, and then you guys can kind of pick which ones you want to respond in the short time we have. So I think Cori had one, and there was somebody else in the white shirt there first and then Cori.

AUDIENCE: Hi. Thank you for this wonderful presentation and discussion. My name is Hanna Hilbrandt, and I’m a visiting researcher at the moment in geography, but a professor for social geography normally at the University of Zurich.

I was really fascinated by the arguments, and I kept wondering, how would they be taken in geographies or areas of the world where the state is not as present as we think of it, potentially from here or from Europe, in areas where non-state armed forces or the Pentecostal Church or what have you would be ruling society in much stronger ways.

And so I guess my question is to what extent you’re also engaging with the kind of epistemological critique of Eurocentric views of the state, and to what extent we can just already denaturalize or decenter the state just by reading geographies from other places, potentially Southern places, the majority world.

JAKE KOSEK: We’ll take Cori and then one more, and then you have 5 minutes or so just to answer all these huge questions. An impossible task. There we go. That’s what we set up for you. I’m good at that.

CORI HAYDEN: I think the discussion so far has almost proven the point of your book. One of the biggest points, which is that it’s almost impossible for us to have a discussion without obsessing about the state. The whole discussion has been about the state, and the whole point is to try and think otherwise.

So I want to invite you to tell us about, for example, the radical pluriverse as an alternative formation or something. Just curious about some of the terms that anchor your imaginations otherwise, because we have been very focused on the state when you are joining us to not do that anymore. Thank you.

JAKE KOSEK: There’s one more person back here. Yes.

AUDIENCE: Yes. Hello, I am David Dopazo. I am a diplomat, so I represent the state, working for the French embassy. But I am also a historian and scholar. My question is actually following yours. When you look at all the social movements in Europe, in Western Europe especially, and people fighting to defend the health care system, the pension, the education, even the police and the mean for the police to act, is there not a way from inside to take the state and smash the state, and at some point, the society embracing or most part of the community becoming the state?

And my perspective as an early modernist is always like the society is within the state. And it’s very difficult when– I mean, the question about when the state start was super interesting for that. And my second question is very quick. When you look at the Web3 and all what the blockchain can offer today, do you think there is a digital space for anarchy, or all of that is just all the opportunities for a radical capitalist?

GERONIMO BARRERA DE LA TORRE: Thank you so much.

JAKE KOSEK: Let me give you another 10 if you really want some challenge.

GERONIMO BARRERA DE LA TORRE: I would have some of them and then– OK. Yeah, I would say, first of all, I don’t think there could be a universal set is exactly the idea. I haven’t really place based perspectives on how to organize the territories and the politics in that territory.

So the idea was to try to play with this word exactly because it comes up with the idea of the state. But what we can say about it in spite of it, in trying to, yeah, take that language without state, right?

I would say more about the radical progress that we were trying to bring together these other voices, these other perspectives of trying to organize territories otherwise, in despite, or negotiating, or avoiding the state in any way. We’re trying not to divide or make a stark division between a non-statist or a medium or something like that.

Like we’re trying to bring together those ideas that are struggling to organize themselves in the contradictions that they are already into, right? Because it’s not possible to be outside of it, but yes, to organize within. And that’s why we use despite as the idea.

And one of the things that from, well, from the historical anarchism, that they will always say that solidarity was like a rare resource in this world. And we’re trying that’s why we’re trying to come up with this idea of picking up the different ways in which to build these solidarities among different ways of organizing these territories.

And so you will see these different projects in these territories, how they share ways of organizing through the commons, through horizontal ways of organizing the territories or through different gender organizations, et cetera, noise of knowing nature, ways of constructing knowledge and healing, et cetera, et cetera, is a way to try to see the multiple, the diversity in these ways. Because the state is already diverse, and we’re arguing that through the diversity, how we can really find ways to build these places despite of the state. Yeah.

ANTHONY INCE: Yeah. Really interesting questions. I think the question about areas where the state is not very present is actually really quite significant or not present in the way that traditionally sort of like European, Westphalian model of the state would be.

It comes through actually quite strongly in Geronimo’s work independently of our book as well. So definitely read his articles, and I would defer to his authority heart, if I can use that word. What anchors our imagination? That was a really good question, whoever asked that?

One of the things we work with towards the end of the book is this notion of disregard as a way of navigating between state, non-state/gray areas in between them. Disregard is a sort of it’s not ignoring the state. It’s not pretending that it’s not there. It’s not about hoping that it’ll go away. And it’s not just about evading it at all costs.

Disregard is devaluing. It’s a really conscious word. If you think about what disregard means, it’s really consciously this like decentering or very consciously, sort of touching it very lightly and instrumentally. So we talk about a few examples of disregard towards the state, where people have actually engaged substantially with the state in some cases, but in ways that somehow sort of disrupt its authority, disrupt its centrality.

So one very niche historical example is the IWW, the wobblies in the states. So I’m using an American reference here. Hopefully some people know of them, where they would deliberately fill the local jails and cause utter chaos for these small, small kind of police forces in the kind of farming towns and what have you.

As a political vehicle for or as an opportunity to organize but also as a political vehicle for disrupting the capitalist state that they were challenging. So I think disregard is something I want, I personally at least want to push on a little bit more, as well as this notion of affinity as well.

Affinity, which is slightly different from solidarity. Because solidarity sometimes come with a certain sort of 20th century baggage of it has to be organizations formally constituted and so on. But that doesn’t necessarily connect very well with the way that actually, the reality of solidarity is if anybody reads David Featherstone’s work on solidarity, it really comes across. It’s not just the institutions that are doing the solidarity. It’s actually the people, often in spite of those kind of hierarchical institutions like trade unions, for example.

So one other thing about digital spaces is a huge thing, but I’m old enough to remember to have been sort of politicized around that sort of global anti-capitalist movement around the turn of the millennium.

And during that movement, there was a huge amount of digital innovation taking place among activists, anti-authoritarian activists that were creating logics of organizing digital space in ways that were collaborative, non-hierarchical, open, and so on.

So Indymedia, for example, if people remember that, and actually, the sad thing about it is that these sort of techno Bitcoin bro-types have actually picked up on those logics and have actually appropriated that for hypercapitalist, sort of right libertarian ends. And that was a weakness. That was always going to be a weakness of that in hindsight.

But there are spaces in there that continue to be those digital spaces. I’m not an expert on them, but there’s something there, I think. I think that’s everything from me. We probably haven’t covered half of what Dylan was talking about, but I’m afraid that might just be for another time. It’s half past 1:00 in the morning for me, and I’m ready for bed.

JAKE KOSEK: Anthony, Geronimo, and Dylan, thank you very much. This is obviously the very beginning or continuation of a deeper, longer historical conversation that we’ll keep having. But really thank you for the book and thank you for sharing it with us. It was great. And thank you, Dylan, for thinking with us on it. And thank you all for coming.

[MUSIC]

WOMAN’S VOICE: Thank you for listening. To learn more about Social Science Matrix, please visit matrix.berkeley.edu.

New Directions

New Directions in the Study of Fringe Politics

Fringe politics today is highly diverse and dynamic, reflecting the rapid social, technological, and economic changes of the 21st century. While the term “fringe” suggests ideas or movements outside the political mainstream, many fringe ideologies have increasingly influenced, or even reshaped, national and global political landscapes.

Recorded on February 4, 2025, this panel brought together a group of UC Berkeley graduate students from the fields of geography, anthropology, and sociology for a discussion on politics on the fringe through the lens of such topics as QAnon, religious studies, and California secessionism.

The panel featured Josefina Valdes Lanas, PhD candidate in Anthropology at UC Berkeley; Alexis Wood, PhD student in Geography at UC Berkeley; and Peter Forberg, PhD student in Sociology at UC Berkeley. Paul Pierson, Professor of Political Science at UC Berkeley, moderated.

The event was co-sponsored by the UC Berkeley Department of Geography, the Department of Sociology, the Charles and Louise Travers Department of Political Science at UC Berkeley, the Berkeley Economy and Society Initiative (BESI), and the Berkeley Center for Right-Wing Studies.

Podcast and Transcript

[MUSIC PLAYING]

WOMAN’S VOICE: The Matrix Podcast is a production of Social Science Matrix, an interdisciplinary research center at the University of California, Berkeley.

CORI HAYDEN: Welcome, everyone. It’s great to see you on this rainy Thursday on a very exciting week on all matters related to our panel. My name is Cori Hayden. I am the interim director of Social Science Matrix, and really delighted to welcome you to this extremely timely panel. The panel is about fringe politics, which seems to be more and more a misnomer.

Fringe politics are no longer confined to the periphery, as we have seen. And this is the case from the rise of QAnon to debates over California secessionism, Catholic theologies that offer a window into the anxieties and aspirations of this very rapidly changing world that we are in.

So today we have gathered an extraordinary panel of UC Berkeley graduate students, our pride and joy on this campus. These are students from anthropology, geography, and sociology to explore the dynamic forces that are driving fringe politics today. Now, this event is part of our new directions series, which features the cutting edge research of Berkeley PhD students.

Today’s panel is co-sponsored by the UC Berkeley Departments of Geography, Political Science, and Sociology, the Berkeley Economy and Society Initiative, and the Center for Right-Wing Studies. Now, before I turn it over to our moderator and the panelists, I do want to just give you a quick preview on some events that are coming up.

We have a full slate of really exciting events coming up at the Matrix in the next, well, this whole semester. Next week, a fantastic Author Meets Critic event on the book, Society Despite the State– reimagining geographies of order, a couple of matrix on point events three in a row on wildfires in LA, virtual realities, digital space, and mainstreaming psychedelics, and then some additional Author Meets Critics events, as you can see here.

So I do hope you will continue to join us for what looks to be an action packed semester at the matrix. Let me now introduce our moderator, Paul Pierson. Professor Pierson is the John Gross Distinguished Professor of Political Science at UC Berkeley and the Director of the Berkeley Economy and Society Initiative, also known to many of you as BESI.

He has written extensively on American politics, including his latest book, Let Them Eat Tweets– How the Right Rules in an Age of Extreme Inequality, which examines how plutocrats and right-wing populists have shaped a party that undermines democracy. Without further ado, let me turn this panel over to Paul. And thanks very much. Looking forward to this.

PAUL PIERSON: Thanks a lot. Like you said, it’s very timely, this panel. I’ve been studying the political right for over 20 years, and watched as what started out as a fringy operation gradually marched its way into greater and greater control of the Republican Party. And there I’m thinking about the Koch brothers network and folks like that. And then the last few years, we’ve watched a new, even fringier set of actors, or what we’re seeing is even further on the fringe at the outset, pretty rapidly displace those folks.

And now they’re not only have displaced those folks, they’re displacing the people who work in USAID and the Office of Personnel Management. And they’ve moved in with their cots and everything. So I think the basic message is what starts on the fringe doesn’t necessarily stay on the fringe. So it’s very timely to be having this conversation. And it’s a very Social Science Matrix Event, I think, to have people from three different departments moderated by somebody from a fourth department.

And as you were saying, to have to really be celebrating our graduate students. So without any further from me, we’ll have presentations first by Josefina Valdes Lanas from the Anthropology Department, and then Alexis Wood from the Geography Department, and then Peter Forberg from the Sociology Department. And they’ll each talk for 12 or 15 minutes, and then we’ll open it up for discussion, open it up for questions. So, Josefina, the floor is yours.

JOSEFINA VALDES LANAS: OK, thank you, Paul. Can you hear me? Yeah. Thank you, Cori, to the organizers and, well, everyone who’s here, despite the rain. I want to show you a piece of my dissertation that is titled The Passion of the Exception– Ordinary Sacrifices and the Flexibility of Authoritarianism, in which I examine Opus Dei practices in neoliberal Chile.

Opus Dei is a movement, a congregation of the Catholic Church, a conservative branch of the Catholic Church. And all over the world, but in Chile in particular, they congregate a very conservative, traditional, wealthy elite. Yes. And my project so far is looking like what I’m calling a phenomenology of authority. I’m looking at the sacrificial imagination of these practitioners, my interlocutors.

The sacrificial imagination means basically to look at their practices, internal and invisible practices in which they frame their very ordinary actions, most times, trivial actions as a sacrifice, and actually, as a liturgical sacrifice. And in these practices, I’m seeing like a very profound encounter between neoliberal values and theology.

And I address that encounter happens very concretely in the notions that I encounter in the field of efficacious action or efficacy that are both present in the theology of the liturgical action and, of course, in neoliberalism. And in this combination, my argument is that they are actually because they have too much power, power is expanding on its own. So they are actually transforming the theopolitical substance of their authority.

And yes. And a few minutes before, this was my last slide. But I move it here just because I want to be able to show you– my main objective is to show you that through these practices, Opus Dei members are actually inhabiting an ethics, a differentiated ethics, an ethics that is different and that implies different temporal and therefore political horizons.

OK, and before starting, a very few words on why the neoliberal, even though I know it’s like a very unfashionable term these days, but I don’t want to– I’ll be happy to speak more about this if you’re interested. But I want to delve into the theology. But why neoliberalism? Just because I’m like, again, examining the conceptual congruence between economics and theology and its actual social effects.

Of course, because of the very exceptional history of neoliberalism in Chile, we have to remember a history of foreign intervention in which the US State Department crafted this Chile project and a project that could only be implemented through the means of a civic military dictatorship.

And it’s in this civic component of the dictatorship that allowed for it to last 17 years, that Opus Dei members are introduced both as supporters of the regime and as implementers of the neoliberal system, and also because Opus Dei in general, since its beginning in Spain, its project of aiming for sanctity, from perfection, from your own state could be certainly read as an anti-communist project.

OK, so we all know that the neoliberal model ended up producing very clear inequality even in Chile. And despite the fact that Milton Friedman called it the Chilean miracle, the inequality until it’s still ongoing. And I have figures, if you’re interested. But I wanted to say that it’s important neoliberalism because as a concept, and as an ideology was very prominent in the social revolts of 2019. And it’s also important because there was lots of public debate around neoliberalism in its specific relation with Opus Dei.

OK, so a few years forward, we are now enduring also in Chile, a conservative backlash after the social revolts and its failure into achieving structural transformation. This man was recently, well, not so recently, but was selected in the second project of the constitution.

And he is an honorary member of Opus Dei. That means he lives in chastity, lives in communal life, gives all of his salary to the congregation. OK, so this also meant that the public opinion had to learn what it means to follow the form of life of Opus Dei.

Now, let me radically shift gears and go into the more satirical parts that are my thing, the theology. I’m calling this section the tyranny of immanence, liturgical authority, or the ethics of action of Opus Dei member. This is a photo from the field that I love because it’s very imminent and has a lot of things, but I also really like that it has a bottle of mayonnaise, and we Chileans really love mayonnaise. We put it into everything. So it’s very characteristic.

So the life plan are the norms that Opus Dei people follow, and they are a lot of norms– very concrete, tangible norms, such as going to mass every day, corporal mortification, fasting, but also very abstract ones such as being joyful, smiling. But it’s overall it’s a lot. So I was very surprised in the first phase of my fieldwork. But when at the beginning, I met a senior member and she said, I am a member of Opus Dei because it is extremely easy.

They give you complete freedom. Nobody cares if you do this or that. OK, so this was in sharp contrast with what I knew from Opus Dei discipline and what is known from the outside. A very complete account of the influence of Opus Dei in Chile starts with the testimony of a former member who had left by saying it was simply too difficult for me. I couldn’t comply with all that was required.

OK, so just keep in mind this tension between too easy from the inside and too difficult from the outside to then go back to the ethics. OK, so I learned soon, during my two years of ethnographic fieldwork, that the life plan has a very flexible structure that is very important. People were very recurrent in repeating the metaphor that the founder, Escrivá de Balaguer, who is a saint of the church, used to say about the life plan having to fit like a glove into your own particular life, into your very different secular activities.

So how this flexible structure can be combined with a total regimentation of life, it is by finding the divine in the ordinary actions of your life. So the ever shifting focus of the sacred, that is moving all around, and also the leniency towards norms and the flexibility towards norms can be found in this quote by a young woman, mother of three.

She says, “When there are simply no more hours left in the day, and I can’t attend to daily mass, I don’t feel bad. I transform bath time with my kids into a liturgy. In those cases, bathing my children becomes my liturgy.” So OK, this quote could be read as an excuse, as a desire of being mindfulness, mindful, sorry, and present with your children. But these explanations wouldn’t illuminate what is actually happening, the practice that this woman is performing in her imagination.

She is referring to making an offering, which is not actually a rare practice in the Catholic Church. An offering is an event of the imagination, a practice of framing an action in alignment with the passion of Christ. It has a ritual effect, pleasing God or alleviating his pains. And any action can be aligned with the cross. A very common example that I encountered often was, for example, skipping dessert, or skipping a portion of your dessert that was like all over.

And everything can be aligned as a passion because the passion we shouldn’t imagine just the action of death of Christ in the cross, but as a whole complex apparatus of a narrative, a theological apparatus, normative, affective, dramaturgical, participatory that inhabits the imagination of my interlocutors.

And I really like the example of bathing children because of its corporeal intensity. I really think it illuminates the passion aspect because, well, everyone who has ever done this will know that cleaning up a toddler is both very exhausting. You have this woman is on her knees. It’s draining physically, emotionally, but it’s also so joyful and delicious. It’s a clean baby.

And so I want to invoke a choreography of also sensations, bubbles, smells, caresses that really bring the passion effect here. So what is particular of apostate? My argument is that when this woman says, this is my liturgy, she’s not using a metaphor, even if we take the metaphor very seriously.

She actually is invoking the theological framework of the liturgy. She’s framing her actions into the liturgical logic given by theology, which means that she assesses her actions within this framework. Because of this, when my interlocutors would offer daily actions, they never really doubted their efficacy. They never had doubts on their intentions, the earnestness of it, should I be offering something that is more relevant, more big, more important? No.

Ritual efficacy appeared to be completely secured, yes, completely guaranteed by a differentiated logic. So this meant that it was removed from features of interior features. And of course, this has to be a transformative device of subjectivity because if your quotidian actions are continuously embedded in this logic of complete ritual efficacy, this comes with power. But also it emerges from power. So keep that in mind.

So what is the differentiated logic that I’m referring to? I’m referring to the liturgical praxis that Giorgio Agamben explained. And this is basically a system that the church had to create to secure the continuity of its mystery, the death of Christ being repeated in the mass. So it’s this is very like cryptic, but bear with me. You need to have a mystery, that is, the passion, the liturgy, the sacrifice being if it’s what they believe it is.

The mystery is administered by a minister by virtue of a ministerium. This means that the mystery coincides with the minister through a ministerium. This means that the priest, when the priest is performing the Eucharist, he also partakes of the mystery.

And my argument, through examining their practices and watching the authority with which they perform these sacrifices, is that my informants place themselves in this analogical chain. And they, in fact, would participate of this paradoxical subjectivity, that is, the paradoxical subjectivity of the priest in which what you do, your action coincides with your being. So coming back, they are inhabiting an ethics of action that was created for a sacrament, and they are taking into their everyday lives.

And I made something to close with neoliberalism, but it’s not necessarily about efficacy. And yeah, we can talk about that later, but it’s related to the efficacy of the neoliberal with the efficacy of the theological. Sorry. OK, thank you. And my email, if you were to have any questions or suggestions, I love to talk about this. So please write to me. Thank you so much.

PAUL PIERSON: Thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

ALEXIS WOOD: Hi. My name is Alexis Wood. I’m from the Department of Geography and the Berkeley Center of New Media. I work out of studio geo, an experimental cartography studio in the Geography Department. And thank you so much for the invitation to come speak today. And thank you so much for Peter for suggesting us all get together because it’s the right-wing studies thing. It’s not a big thing on campus, unsurprisingly.

So before we start off, I want to address this question right off the bat because I teach intro to geography, and this is the first question we try to address immediately, or else our work doesn’t really make too much sense or it’s confusing. So I wanted to give you three principles. Space– it is not just a surface where events take place. It’s a multiplicity of flows that are produced and reproduced by power relations.

And within this, there are power geometries imbued in space that produce and reproduce that space, influencing what sort of stories get told. And three, the stories, the stories that we choose to tell influence the production of power and space. If we find new ways to tell stories, we change the way power and space are produced. And this in turn changes what stories can be told. That sounds very roundabout, and it’s because it is.

Our favorite geography quote is from Ruth Wilson Gilmore. A student questioned why she would get a PhD in geography. I mean, like all of our parents do constantly. And she’s like, well, why would you study where Nebraska is? She’s like, I’m not studying where Nebraska is. I’m studying why Nebraska is. And if that didn’t confuse everybody so much more in my household.

Well, I study particularly the state secessionist movements and how digital space in a rapidly changing physical space come together to produce and reproduce what would be considered a fringe politic, a fringe geography, if you will. Today I’m going to focus on the geographies of Northern California in particular. And now, keeping in mind our three principles of geography, I want to bring you back to 2021, I’m so sorry, to an ultimately unsuccessful California Governor Gavin Newsom’s recall election.

When the petition was handed in and the signatures counted, there was a general shock that emerged in the news media that the petition number had actually been achieved. Even though that number is quite low in comparison to the general population of the state, this was only the second time in the state’s history that had been achieved. So in this sort of flurry, various maps flew around the internet trying to explain why this petition, out of the 100 that had circulated previously, was successful.

There were maps overlaying signature data with 2016 election data, population density, educational attainment, COVID 19 cases, trying to understand what it was about these counties that led to a successful petition. But here’s the thing about maps. They are very, very particular types of abstractions. They are very particular arguments which demonstrate a thing’s most quantifiable aspects. They are inherently limited by the types of data available. And then in data itself is limited by the world’s quantifiability because not everything is or should be quantified.

So if you make a map using that signature data provided by the Secretary of State, you will end up with something that looks similar to on the left. This is actually, the first map I ever made, and I keep it because it’s close to my heart. But because I lived in the far North of California, I know that these counties fall in the boundaries of the State of Jefferson, a 150-year-old state secessionist movement.

I also knew that the act of organization of the State of Jefferson had been aggressively leading that particular recall campaign in-person and on Facebook since 2019. But again, maps are limited by data. And what data is an imaginary state boundary to a state GIS office. And as some of my U reps in the room can attest to, they are not well organized either.

I argue that these boundaries, even though they are imagined, are exceptionally important in understanding deep and long standing socioeconomic and political fractures if one wants to use that word in the United States. And while Northern California and California more generally has always had a tendency towards breaking apart, the movement that we’re seeing today is directly descended from a movement that began in 1940, when Northern California and Southern Oregon tried to secede from their respective states.

In this image, supporters shut down Highway 99 every other Tuesday to hand out this proclamation of independence I’ve copied on the slide. At this point, the movement had elected a governor and had a capital city, Yreka. But this movement would be put on hold with the event of Pearl Harbor about a month later.

Today, the movement has remained quite consistent in their messaging. Their home is simultaneously an extraction site for the government, while suffering from a lack of investment in economy and infrastructure. These frustrations are further exacerbated by the idea that the interest of rural regions lack fair representation in the respective state governments and in the federal governments.

The result is an rural or rural urban divide, not being not only a political division, a geographical division, but an untranslatability between the two spaces. This was one of my favorite copypastas from that minute just because of that first sentence where it says, while I live in the same state as you, I feel a world away. And that’s geographical, folks.

So with this, I ask that we look at these regions as more than official boundaries delineated by the map, more than demographics, but rather as affective states, where power geometries present between rural and urban divide have produced and reproduced a space where feelings that accompany state secessionism proliferate.

So just to bring us back to geography, think of space in this context as layers of paint where actions, events, the general trajectory of an age, as Raymond Williams would say, lays down texture for the next layer that is being splattered plopped on the page. Space is constantly being reproduced, retextured, but what came before it is still there, in a way, is being constantly produced and reproduced.

It’s not about where the state of Jefferson, but why the State of Jefferson? With this question in mind, I’ve been hosting a project documenting the imagined states of the US alongside archival work to understand where, yes, sure, it is still a map, but importantly, why these state secessionist movements exist, what develops and sustains these spaces, and what do they look like? All boundaries are constructed, but it’s which one of these constructions we choose to tell stories about that matter in the creation of space, particularly, and in the continuation or disruption of power.

So back to maps. If we choose to only tell the stories that we’ve heard again and again, what are we aiming to understand, actually? Look at this map. It’s telling me, telling us something we all know. I ask you to propose questions that center around why and to be open to different stories. So why the State of Jefferson? Why is it that both a white supremacy group and a gay liberation movement tried to overtake Alpine County in the 1970s to institute a new community? Why the most rural County in California?

There’s something about that geography in particular. Why are stories about white settlers the loudest stories? Where are the agencies of diverse identities in the regions that we paint as white? Yes, colonialism and white supremacy. But there is more than just these structures which have shaped and continue to shape space. What are the geographies of Northern California, which have continued as an American frontier, where there is intense precarity, but also amazing possibility? California has always been the frontier, but Northern California has always been on the fringe.

I find it hard to believe that we can look at these images and not understand in some capacity why the state of Jefferson? And this that we can look at these images and not understand the ongoingness of space, the reproduction of space, which has been hijacked by colonialism, by neoliberalism, by capitalism to produce precarity and insecurity.

This image was posted on January 7, 2021. Insurrection seems outrageous. But when a region has required a life of insecurity, where do you put that anger and that grief? This is not solely a problem of politics, but one of economic insecurity and economic system which demands exploitation. If we’re told a different story about the State of Jefferson, what would it tell us about the rural urban divide in the US? If we took a step back and shifted to a conversation about class, about wealth and poverty, about race and settler colonialism, what could we address?

Thanks to my advisor, Clancy Wilmott, and my colleagues of the Department of Geography have so far endured almost three years of my rage. And thank you to the Berkeley Center of New Media, as well as the NSF, for as long as it exists for my funding. All right, thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

PETER FORBERG: All right, I’m going to stay sitting here, if that’s OK with everyone, because I do not have slides to present. At some point, I’ll ask you to imagine a slide, but we’ll get there. So first, thank you to the Social Science Matrix, to Cori and Ambrosia for organizing this, and to Paul for moderating and for my co-panelists for presenting their work up here.

So I’m going to go through three stages. I’m going to start in the very concrete and talk about some empirical work. And then I’m going to move into higher and higher levels of abstraction. At some point it may seem like I am speaking in tongues, but I promise I will then come back down and get real again.

So let’s start with the concrete. So my previous work has been on the conspiracy theory QAnon. I’ll do a very brief explainer, which is simply that QAnon was a conspiracy theory that began on Fortune. You might have heard of it. It is a well-known alt-right message board. It essentially alleged during Trump’s first presidency that there was a secret plot that was working to overthrow the “Deep state,” which was comprised of celebrities and bankers and intellectuals who actually run the United States government.

So QAnon alleged that there was an insider within the Trump administration, who was telling them all this information about how soon Hillary Clinton would be arrested, the United States would be liberated by perhaps the National Guard. Maybe it was the COVID vaccine was actually going to eliminate all the bad people.

The conspiracy theory came in many different flavors and forms, but ultimately, it was a conspiracy theory about a group of people, QAnon, who had secret access to information that would help them revolt against an evil, authoritarian United States government that we didn’t even know about because it lurked so far beneath the surface. It was not the people we voted for.

So I want to understand how people joined this movement. How did people come to believe the political reality of QAnon that I have just described to you. And I did this by conducting interviews, doing ethnographic work with QAnon followers, and doing some computational analysis of their Twitter bios and tweets. Some of the general takeaways is that QAnon acted as a place for emotional investment in an identity, as a response to particular political grievances.

What do I mean by that? Well, if I had a slide, it would be one of my many, many attempts to visualize QAnon Twitter bios. These are all incredibly difficult to visualize. Their language, language is messy, and I’ve tried a million strategies. I’m finally getting close to one, and I wish I had it prepared for today.

But you would see a big bubble that says QAnon, and then you’d see a million different lines heading out in different directions, going to disabled veteran or animal lover or Save the Children or anti-pedophilia, or sometimes gay liberation, Brazilian liberation. Portuguese liberation, QAnon Japan. It’s a raft of identities, all of which center around this thing called QAnon, which I explained to you. I told you what it was, but that’s really a misnomer.

I like to think of QAnon as a floating signifier. What I mean by that is that there is no thing that is QAnon. Qanon doesn’t represent any one ideology, any one belief. Instead, it’s a placeholder for a lot of different beliefs, a lot of different etiologies. It’s where people who were abused in the foster care system, or people who served in Vietnam, can project their anxieties about the current state of the United States and claim that they have agency and control over what’s going to happen because they have this secret knowledge about how they’re going to overthrow the US government.

So what does QAnon represent? What does it mean? It’s an identity. It’s an identity that people invest in because it makes them feel good, and it allows them to project political possibilities. It allows them to build a community. It allows a lot of people to make a lot of money by selling merch, by hosting podcasts, by making crypto coins. So there’s other reasons for investing in QAnon beyond the emotional, but the financial investment.

And it’s a way of converting apathy, of taking a lot of people, such as some of my interview subjects who said, I’d given up on politics. I hadn’t voted in years, and now here I am. And this is why QAnon resonated not just among Republicans, which was by far its largest demographic, but also among independents. What I really want to say QAnon allows, though, is a form of identity, which necessarily entails a vision of social reality. A vision of political reality is a counter epistemic discourse.

You learned that the Constitution worked from Schoolhouse Rock of writing a bill, and it goes and it’s contested and it’s made into a law. That’s not how the government works. There’s someone else pulling the strings who’s actually controlling the government. And this is what QAnon offers. It is a counter epistemic, a counter truth claim that gives people control over organizations that don’t really make sense to them, like Big Pharma or the government, or the finance industry, the banks, the hospitals.

So it held a theory of social reality. And with that it held a theory of political change. And this is why QAnon has been coined– it has been called participatory disinformation. Participatory disinformation, a term coined by Kate Starbird. It’s not disinformation coming from just the Russians broadcasting it into your brain. It is instead disinformation that you are actively creating with your friends. And QAnon would view it as a community of friends and a family working together to build this alternative truth.

And then they’ve built this alternative truth, and they stormed the capital. And they start running for boards of electors and school boards and house reps. And that’s where my research ended, right? Was right as QAnon was getting close to the sources of power. I left my undergraduate institution. I had to find a job. And I was left with this question, what happens when the dog catches the car?

What happens when these people who have an alternative vision of how the government works, are suddenly the people leading the government? I think we’re getting a good image of that right now. I think we’re getting a good image of what happens when the dog is driving the car if we look at what is going on in the United States.

And so what I’m interested in are two movements, not social movements, the way I’ve talked about QAnon, but two intellectual movements of where I think those of us studying fringe politics, those of us studying the right, should be looking. And the first one is I want us to think about these floating signifiers, things like QAnon, things like the anti-trans movement, things like the State of Jefferson, things like the new Christianity movement, whether that is the Opus Dei, whether that’s Evangelicalism, these identities that people have been able to latch onto, and invest their political ambitions in, and how they’ve become linked together.

Why are all of these people from disparate backgrounds attaching to something like QAnon? Why are there people from diverse political sects who have all come together to agree on this signifier of QAnon? And I think this has a lot to do with the way we talk about myths/disinformation. You might not have ever heard of myths/disinformation five, six years ago, but now it’s how we understand how everyone joins these political movements.

We think people must have had their brains hacked by YouTube. People must be so gullible as to believe in this misinformation. I like Kate Starbird’s version better. I like the idea that people are investing in this misinformation for a reason. They’re joining these movements because they believe in what’s going on, but also that there are media structures that are enabling them, such as social media, to create this kind of misinformation and that these media structures are really effective at grouping together disparate beliefs and creating new political contingencies that surprise us.

Some of the work on QAnon, I was surprised to see that a lot of people with left leaning critiques of Big Pharma or the mainstream media were suddenly like, I can deal with the White supremacists. They were able to use their position in digital space and media space to come together and create new political formations that we hadn’t seen before. And now those media elites, the people who have created these platforms, the people like Elon Musk, who has a wild political background, are now in the reins of government.

We’ve had more people from Fox News, from One America News in the Trump administration than we’ve ever seen someone from MSNBC or the Washington Post joining up in previous administrations or even Fox News in previous Republican administrations. What does it mean that these media elites, the people who have helped to construct signifiers like QAnon, are now part of this government coalition? So I want us to understand how these disparate groups come together.

The second movement that I want us to make, the second intellectual move I want us to make, is to understand what happens when the dog is driving the car. I think that is the big question. What happens when people like QAnon, who believe that the election was stolen, are suddenly in charge of boards of electors, and are trying to put their belief, which is often based on absolutely nothing. It’s completely fake. It’s completely fabricated. They’re trying to govern on the basis of an ideology that has no grounding in reality. What? These are the two kind of maneuvers that I’m very curious about studying.

So that was me getting more and more abstract. But now I want to bring it back down and talk about what would it look like to continue doing this kind of research, to start studying the political elites, to start studying the processes of the formation of something like QAnon? I will say the landscape has changed drastically. In the past two weeks, the landscape has changed.

I think we need to be very careful about how people who are studying the right-wing think about doing this kind of research. Is it possible that someone like me could just go out and interview a bunch of QAnons, again? Would I be able to do that? Would I be able to study State of Jefferson or white supremacists, or is this still possible, given the way that researchers have been exposed in recent weeks to more and more political threats? What does this mean for our disciplines, for our field studies, if researchers are increasingly being seen as the target by the administrative state.

So this is something I’ve been thinking a lot about. If anyone’s interested in this topic, I’m working on a paper on it with a professor in which we’re thinking about research because she’s a scholar of gender. She has a lot of students who come and say, I want to study the abortion providers who are defying Texas State law. I want to study the teachers who are still using pronouns when they shouldn’t. I want to study the children who are transitioning in states where it’s illegal.

And we say, why would you do that? Why would you open yourself up and open your research participants up to all of the dangers in this current moment? And so we need to think– and I’m not saying that kind of research can’t be done. I’m not saying it’s not important. I’m not saying there aren’t strategies for doing that. But I want to know, how are we working to make sure that researchers are safe and that we’re studying up, rather than just studying the people who are in danger?

How do we create research programs that are focused on studying the media elites, the administrative elites, the people who are taking away our funding, who are trying to shut down our schools, who are taking away course requirements in Florida. What does sociology, geography, anthropology, political science, anything do in this kind of research environment? And how do we do it ethically?

I think we also need to think about how– I’ve learned a lot about QAnon. I think I know quite a bit about how QAnon started and how it was formed. But in the midst of January 6, in the midst of the recent Trump election, I don’t know what to do about it. How do we also think about praxis? How do we think about taking our insights into these kinds of movements and using them to inform political organization counter movements that are addressing some of these concerns, that people in these movements have to try to undermine their power and authority within the US?

And my last note is when I first started studying QAnon, it felt surreal. I started studying QAnon before the COVID pandemic. At that time, it was still kind of a fringe thing on some message boards, and I was like, oh, this is just strange. It reminds me of some guys from high school I knew who would spend a lot of time on Fortune. It was odd that this thing was happening. I think a lot of political reality right now feels very surreal, and I think we should lean into that.

I think there is a tendency to just dismiss it, to call it misinformation, to call it disinformation, to call it fascism. And I it’s all of those things. But I think we should say, but then why is it here? Lean into that strangeness, try to understand why it feels strange to us and get inside of its head. And with that, I think this is a panel for scholars of the right-wing, scholars of fringe politics. And I guess my statement is, I think we’re all scholars of the right-wing and of fringe politics.

Now, I think if you’re studying medicine or finance or governance, if you’re studying politics, if you’re studying education, these forces are now determining, they are overdetermining, I think, the trajectory of a lot of our studies in the way that during the COVID 19 pandemic, everyone had to account for how COVID was changing, how we thought about our research. I think we all have to think about how the current political environment is changing, how we approach and think about our research.

And I think we’ve done ourselves a disservice by pretending in the past that we could study politics without addressing this– that you could study politics in the early 2000 without thinking about the Tea Party. You could study what was going on during COVID and the recent Trump election without thinking about QAnon or thinking about these kinds of movements. Yeah, so that’s my spiel. Thank you very much.

[APPLAUSE]

PAUL PIERSON: All right, so we can open it up for questions. I have to just– I can’t resist before doing that to say, Peter, that when you said the dog is now driving the car, I kept waiting for you to say the DOGE is now driving the car.

[LAUGHTER]

PETER FORBERG: I missed it. Dang it.

PAUL PIERSON: Any questions? Yeah.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I have a question for Peter. Oh, thanks. Really interesting presentation, all of you. And I guess this is a question for you, Peter, that I think ties into Josefina’s presentation, too. I’m curious how you think about and how you theorize the difference between– you said the elites that are sort of controlling the offices of government now, and they might be taking on the QAnon mythos without actually participating in the ritualistic practices that actually are understood in the same way that someone, a mother washing her child, is understanding that practice through the actual structure of a Christian understanding of the world. So I guess I’m wondering how you think about those two– the differentiation there.

PETER FORBERG: I could– yeah.

PAUL PIERSON: You can start.

PETER FORBERG: I’ll say, this is something I’ve been thinking about. I really like this question. I have this budding theory of things like Trump’s maneuvers around tariffs, or this whole DOGE, or whatever these kinds of political spectacles might be. I see them as being a way of– I mean, I think Paul’s book does a wonderful job of analyzing these kinds of forces of– I don’t want to say mystification, but there’s a reason why we talk about misinformation.

There’s a reason why we talk about there being a separation between what is going on in government and what is going on with the people on the ground. And I QAnon is a perfect example of this. In which people would say, oh, Trump is doing xyz thing. They would think he would use the right language. He would make symbolic gestures showing that he has taken up their beliefs, that he’s practicing their beliefs.

I think there’s a lot of people in the elite who are doing that, who know how to speak the language of the people who give them– supply them votes and supply them support, and then to do whatever they want behind the scenes. And I think that’s where studying power becomes really important. I’ll just quickly say, I think someone who had a really great understanding of this was Arlie Hochschild in her latest book, is talking about how there’s bifurcations of media and thus of understanding.

Such that Trump does something or xyz right wing figure does something, and the liberal media interprets it one way, and the right wing media interprets it another way. And then the people on the ground only see that slice of reality. And so we’re able to put together the logic that says, Trump didn’t actually get anything when he threatened Mexico with tariffs.

They did something that they already promised to do four years ago. But people aren’t seeing that half of the narrative. They’re seeing Trump threatened, and then he got a concession. And this kind of bifurcation of reality between what the elites know and what the people know allows them to fill that gap with the spectacle of the right language, of the right discourse. I hope that addresses what you were getting at.

JOSEFINA VALDES LANAS: Hello. I guess I would just add that in my case, because of scale, I’m very interested in your point and in the interaction and how authority acts between different elites. But in the case of my research, because of scale and numbers, is very different because Chile is a country of 20 million people. I think California only is like 70 or 40.

So the traditional elite dominates– the elite that I’m describing dominates the media. Of course, I’m there are intellectual elites that don’t participate of Opus Dei, but it’s– I have it easy in that way, I think. But what I wanted to add is that studying the right wing always will confront you with your own elite status as we in an intellectual elite. And this day and age, I think it becomes more tense, the relation that we get with it.

A few weeks ago, I was chewing on some words that I heard because, of course, we are all in shock. But a very intellectual person was asking, how immigrants can vote for someone that, of course, we’ve heard this a million times, for someone that is like going to impede their rights. But that has the presumption that immigrants are just immigrants and not they’re people with a vast variety of beliefs and an ideology, some cross by history. And so yeah. And in that sense, you get the overlapping power structures of elites working right in that comment, I would say. Like, reducing a subject into just this legal status. I don’t know if– yeah, that’s what I think [? I have. ?]

PAUL PIERSON: Any questions.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hi. Thank you so much for your presentations. So my question is about the relationship between neoliberalism and right wing populism, like in QAnon, or intermingled with QAnon. So I’ve argued in my research that neoliberal economic policies propagated by both major political parties severely impacted many regions of the US, and that both major political parties had populist rebellions in 2016, resulting in Bernie Sanders movement in 2016 and Donald Trump’s movement in 2016.

And that the Republicans were– had their populist rebellion win out while the Democrats suppressed their– largely suppressed their populist rebellion, which is– and I’ve argued that that’s part of why we’re here, where we are today. So what do you all think that that might mean in the future for partisan politics being the way to maybe combat the rise of QAnon or push back against it in any way?

PETER FORBERG: Anyone else want to talk about neoliberalism? I think it applies to all of us. But yeah. I mean, I think you’re positioning the rise of QAnon and the right wing populist politics as emerging from neoliberal practices, I think, is– largely resonates with everything that I’ve come to understand about the political trajectories of a lot of these figures, how they’ve been able to tap into this discourse.

In terms of partisan politics, I mean, I think what we’re witnessing right now is that there’s this huge bifurcation within the Republican Party in which you’re able to have a party that holds people both like Steve Bannon and Elon Musk and Stephen Miller and however many– like, people who represent different economic factions, different class factions– as possible are all subsumed into this party, and they’re able to do this mystification strategy in which they can pretend that there are populist politics going on. They can talk about prices at the grocery store.

And I think what we witnessed with the campaign of Kamala Harris is really no concessions to a kind of a populist vision in that sense. It was about homeowners and the people who aren’t homeowners are like, I don’t know what– does that do for me? And so I think when we think about partisan politics, I mean, my take on it right now is the Democrats are failing deeply to show that there is a partisan way to integrate these kind of populist policies into their program.

And that they remain committed to, at best, a reactionary program against what is currently going on. But their responses to the takeover of USAID or any of the Treasury, so on and so forth, does not really suggest that they’re building a positive program, that they’re articulating a positive program that can address these concerns. Yeah. So that’s, I guess, where I’m at. Yeah.

JOSEFINA VALDES LANAS: In that sense, I would just add that neoliberalism is also, I would argue, an empty vessel signifier. Because when a party’s become under neoliberalism and they start making exceptions into integrating someone that, I don’t know, salted the capital and things like that, to accommodate– to have the flexibility to accommodate the exception is– well, from my department, famous anthropologist, Aihwa Ong– is not it’s not an exception of neoliberalism. It’s actually how it works. It has to work like that because it’s structurally inherently empty and it moves. So yeah, just I wanted to add that to your image that I think it’s great.

ALEXIS WOOD: Not explicitly related to my own research. But as somebody who grew up in the UK, which is only slightly less on fire than the US is on fire now, I think we’re seeing the Republican Party filling the vacuum for what would be a Labor Party. Because of increasing economic widening between classes, you see instability, you see a lot of desperation. I grew up with a– who is now a QAnon mother. And it was– a lot of it is charged by this, there is so much instability in my own life because there is nobody actually fighting for the working class, and now you just have two parties of elites bickering at each other. And who is there, really, except the Republican Party, which is now this face of instability and possible change, or you just have more of the same.

CORI HAYDEN: I think because I’m holding the mic, I become the eye contact person. So I have a cue here, there, here, here. I love it.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thanks for this panel. My question is for Josephine. So first, I loved your image of bathing the child. I can relate to the holiness and the hell of bathing a toddler, so that was very evocative. My question for you is about gender in Opus Dei. I’m not very knowledgeable about this movement. And if I’m understanding your presentation right, it sounds like there’s at least one individual in elected office from this movement. I’m assuming there’s maybe more. Is that right? Is it that one individual or are there more elected?

JOSEFINA VALDES LANAS: I know of one.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: One, OK.

JOSEFINA VALDES LANAS: I know it must be more. But there’s always someone important of Opus Dei in the history of Chile, I would say.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: OK. So my question is about, what is the role– what is the gender makeup of the followers of Opus Dei? Because it sounded like most of the quotes you had were from women. And I saw some parallels with the tradwives I follow, American tradwives, that I follow on social media, about sanctifying the domestic life. And so yeah, I’m just curious, what– and there’s women on social media play a big role in laundering white supremacist ideas here in the US. And so what role is the mother or women playing in widening the appeal of this movement?

JOSEFINA VALDES LANAS: Yeah, I appreciate that you’re bringing the tradwives because I think that they also– they inhabit a similar paradox than the women in Opus Dei. I’m thinking of a tradwife that supposedly sells like making everything from scratch and being submissive to the husband, but we also know that she’s the one earning the millions of dollars and there are plenty of domestic help. In the case of my [? interlocutors, ?] it’s the same.

They’re devoted to the domestic in this very affluent– so I’m very interested in what domestic then. And working with their ideology, their theology, as I said, is all about being efficient. So I’m just working now in a chapter that deals with those issues. And it’s, what is the efficiency of the domestic, which as a person that clean floor every day can imagine? But they don’t. So they would say, for them, the domestic is changing the water of the vessel.

And they actually think that that is effective because in their views, well, yeah, the role of women is about making atmospheres for others to thrive. And that gender model of efficiency and efficiency that is based on details. The productive efficacy of a detail, it’s very interesting because it has completely been integrated into the corporations and the institutions that Opus Dei lead.

For example, in a university that has– that is lead by Opus Dei, not directly, but people that are an Opus Dei and that work in a department of, let’s say, economists, they have a person that has a position of something administrative. But how people would frame it is, she’s like the housewife of the department. She is in charge of making everything nice.

And that nice is about productive for them, but it’s also a marker of class, of course. But yeah. And I didn’t mention, but because of the structure of Opus Dei, I only work with women. I knew that person, that guy, but just an interview. But I was bathing toddlers with women and attending to spiritual events. And thank you for your question.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Great panel. Just blown away by everybody’s research. One for the table, it’s a bit of a mouthful, but how do we reconcile a push for epistemic plurality, or recognizing that there are multiple ways of knowing and that some have been silenced by these legacies of slavery or colonialism, imperialism with the need to critically engage with fringe political discourses that challenge mainstream or orthodox truths. At what point does valuing diverse epistemologies risk legitimizing destructive, or at the very least, harmful ideologies?

JOSEFINA VALDES LANAS: No, I don’t know. That’s the most difficult question ever. I would say, like, where do you put your limit to engaging in dialogue with others? Is it fascism? But I think that line is very corrosive to me. And working with people that, yeah, still support a dictatorship that meant all sorts of atrocities, but also working in the scale of bathing children is always confronting me with that– because people are so layered, and that’s the beauty of anthropology, I would say. But I have no idea how to reply.

ALEXIS WOOD: This is actually a question that we think a lot about in my department in particular. One of the first things that we’re introduced to is, what would it mean to live in a flactoverse, basically, instead of a one-world world? And I think it really depends on what you think your contribution is, where you put your politics, and then how that translates into method.

So in my office, we do a lot of alternative cartographies. So right now, we were working with a Sogorea Te Land Trust to develop a cartography of the Bay Area that’s rooted in anti-colonial projection, working with them specifically to put their stories into a new cartography. And that in itself, producing that map, changes the story. And often, my students get very overwhelmed when I introduce them to the idea of epistemology. And they’re like, oh my god, so nothing actually means nothing.

And I’m like, no, no, no. You have to choose what means something to you in particular. And I remind them of the story that I try to tell them at the beginning of the semester that was a New York Times piece about somebody berating somebody else for being interested in anti-reflection glass on buildings to save birds. And he’s like, how could you care about this in a world that’s just falling apart? And he’s like, but how can any one person deal with a question of the world ending?

That’s just too much for any one person to deal with. You can only face the direction you can face, and then hopefully, enough of us face that direction, and we start moving in a better way. And seeing diverse stories as ways to re-world, basically. And I think my answer to the how do we risk engaging with damaging narratives, aren’t we already? So I think there’s more of a risk in not entertaining more diverse narratives.

PETER FORBERG: Yeah. I mean, this is the question. This is always the difficult one. I was reading Donna Haraway today. So my brain is not primed for this because I’m just thinking about situated knowledge. I think one thing– I mean, my kind of research program, if I’ve ever had one, is to say, I just– I want to take these beliefs seriously. And I think that there are a lot of people who, when I started doing this research, who said, I would never want to engage with this. I would never want to think about these things. I could never give an inch to any of these people.

And I think that’s a totally fair position, especially when some of the beliefs that you’re being exposed to strike so deeply at your core moral, ethical values. And so right now, I’m talking about it in the research ethics and the research practice framework. But I do want to say that that’s part of what I mean when I talk about the surrealism of doing this is. I mean, for this research, and I’m sure all of us have experienced this, it’s like bingeing content that makes me feel cognitive dissonance and deep anxiety about the nature of reality for hours and hours on end every single day.

And I think leaning into that anxiety and understanding, trying to understand the situated knowledge, a little bit of [INAUDIBLE], if you will, to get at why people believe in these epistemologies, these counter epistemologies is important so that when Curtis Yarvin or JD Vance goes on The New York Times there is an alternative that debunks that. And I’m against fact checking, debunking culture as a cure to democracy, but the practices that I’ve seen from research participants is, they’re so willing to look up alternative information.

But oftentimes, the kinds of– this is a tactic for conspiracy theory propagation, is that they’ll choose news stories or they’ll choose terms that are so specific to their conspiracy theory that when you look it up, you find yourself in a completely closed room. Such that you can’t find any– there’s nothing from the outside intervening on that epistemology. There would be times where I was deep into a three-hour documentary on some part of QAnon kind of mythos, and I would try to– I would be like, that can’t be true.

And I’d Google it, and all I would get would be references to this documentary. We can’t go out and fact checked everything. We can’t go out and do all of that. But to understand their language and how they present that language, I think, is important for developing an alternative discourse that both can provide a pathway for leaving that closed box, but that also addresses whether it’s the lack of a narrative for the working class.

Is like, OK, what are the kinds of questions that people in the working class are asking that lead them to this kind of epistemology? Literally, what are the things that they’re googling? What are the things that they’re checking on their news feed? And how can we understand that language and think about intervening in that language to put a different perspective in there? That’s a very– yeah, I think I have a lot of problems with what I’ve just said, and nobody should hold me to it, [LAUGHS] but that’s my initial thought.

CORI HAYDEN: We have a couple questions stacked up here. So I’m going to suggest [INAUDIBLE]. I’m going to suggest that we cluster the three remaining questions and put them to you all as a group. I have a question here, here, and in the back as well.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Sure. Thank you for such a rich panel. So I’ll try to be brief. Essentially, what role of history here? Because I think when we think about French politics, when we think about the surrealness of the dog driving the car, there’s this tendency to say this is either completely unprecedented or it’s totally isomorphic with 1930s Germany. And nothing in between.

So I wonder– this is not the first time that Christian cults or secession movements or fringe politics have had social movements and political rises. I mean, I just think about my own history, growing up in Mississippi, I went to two elementary schools. One was named Jefferson Davis, and the other was Beauvoir. The president of the Confederacy and the name of his White House. So I grew up around these things, and the US grew up around these things as well. So what role do we pull history out to understand that what’s new is, in a lot of ways, old as well.

CORI HAYDEN: Thank you.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thanks. Great panel, everyone. This was a question for Alexis, and I was really curious– you had this throwaway slide about arguing for affective states over imagined states or imagined communities riffing on Benedict Anderson, I assume. And I wanted you to unpack that a little bit, and to also think about, you’re using this in reference to geographically bounded secessionist movements, and I was wondering if you might be able to– could we think about the idea of affective states as a more dispersed kind of geographic imaginary? Does that make sense?

ALEXIS WOOD: Mhm.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yeah. OK.

CORI HAYDEN: Take notes on these questions.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thanks. Thanks for the panel. I’ll pose my question as maybe something you could drizzle over these other ones and just– you already commented on this a little bit. But I think when I think of the church and a rural secessionist movement and Fortran, I think of these things as very male-dominated patterns. And so I’m curious if all three of you could maybe comment again on the gender dynamics relevant in your movements, whether that’s the priests or the manosphere or and male female dynamics in rural America. Thanks.

PAUL PIERSON: And I can’t resist adding one more, because it’s all so interesting. And it’s probably not huge. And this is for Alexis as well. I’m wondering what happens to the state of Jefferson with the rise of Donald Trump and what we learned– so if they’re saying they have this really strong place-based attachment but then some national figure comes along who has nothing to do with that place, but who resonates for them, to what extent do they just like flip to now being MAGA?

To what extent– how do they reconcile their attachment to Jefferson and to being separate from the United States, or separate from the way that things are organized? But now, they’ve got a MAGA guy in control? I’d just be interested in what you learn when you drop Trump into that situation. So you guys can– I said before, it’s good to collect questions, because then you can pick and choose and bob and weave. If there are things you don’t want to talk about. But we’ve got we’ve got about 10 minutes, so you probably each have three.

JOSEFINA VALDES LANAS: Well, I don’t know. The women I work with are very much disputing the power of the priest. I would say Opus Dei as a whole. But in their daily interactions with the priest, they would refute the priest answer in the confessionary, like, at that level. If they feel that the priest is being lenient with something, they would be like, well, but then what do we believe? They are demanding from the priest is very structured. But then again, in their own– they have this flexibility with their own practices. Yeah. I was going to say something more to you, but I forgot. But it’s going to come back, so maybe you want to go?

ALEXIS WOOD: Oh, yeah. OK. So on the first question, I don’t believe in history nor time. They are all rewritten to serve the present. But within that, I do believe in space. And space is very bound up with narratives of history. I believe in patterns, because space is determined by power geometries, which fall along the same things, which they have since the closing of the Commons.

We’re going to see capitalism extract from people what it can until it’s done, and it’ll move on to something else, and again and again. But I think it’s more of a question of space than history. And then, I guess, that falls into affect. I want to go for affective states, precisely because it does account for, I think, dispersed geographies as well. I study what digital space is within the context of state secessionist movements as well because rural areas are dispersed geographically. Social media is a big part of this.

And these introduction of technologies, even though it’s a characteristic of dispersed spaces, what it’s doing is collapsing space. And so even though somebody, which I’ve seen before, on the East Coast, is a state of Jefferson supporter– and it’s random, but it happens all the time, because they believe in the anti-elite state, a new mission for what the US could be, what a state could be.

Gender dynamics, I find that the women in my group specifically in the state of Jefferson are in charge. They are in charge of the social media. They are in charge of organizing the events. They are in charge of making sure that everybody is where they’re supposed to be, and that is the same throughout Western society. We are in charge of timekeeping. But the face of the organization is a man. But women play a huge role in that organization. And what has happened SRJ in the face of trump, of course, they’ve adopted the MAGA rhetoric because it speaks to them. But I think because it is a place-based movement, it will exist after Trump, just as it existed before it. Speed run.

[LAUGHTER]

Well, I’ll start by addressing history. And I agree that there’s often this dichotomy that’s posed of– there’s a few– I’ve always worried that I’m just someone who’s– and now I’m the human chasing the dog driving the car. That I’m just like, whatever is the most present controversy, I’m there, I’m on it. And that I haven’t done a lot of historical work. But then the more that I’ve spent time thinking about QAnon, I’ve always thought, it’s interesting, why have we come up with these– we’ve got these neologisms for mis/disinformation.

And I’m like, well, propaganda was a thing. There were debates in the early 2000 about the rise of infotainment, and Fox News. And so some of the things that I’m looking at in media studies suggest to me that there’s– these are not either directly analogous to something that’s happened in the past. They’re not entirely new, but they seem to be part of an emergent pattern or a recurring pattern.

And it’s really hard to take in the whole of history and from that then say, oh, yeah, all– here’s a checklist of the political-economic media, cultural sphere, and how this 2020 is an exact replica of 1920, whatever it is. So for me, I think the project has been to think about how– what are the small pieces present that we can really hone in on, and just trace that.

And so I think that this is a way of opening into what is sometimes the complexity of history and of the nuance of discussing history and trying to avoid these simple analogies. Is to be like, let’s take one process. Let’s take a single process and see if this recurs as a pattern throughout history. And so now I’m like, OK, I’m studying media. Of course, I have to go back to Stuart Hall. And I have to go back to people who are writing about the printing press.

And if we’re talking about conspiracy theories being propagated over social media, let’s talk about conspiracy theories being propagated over the printing press. And that is a way of both destroying the analogs and being, like, [? press and ?] [? reformation ?] is not exactly like QAnon in 2020. But it gives us some small sliver of history that we can trace. And from that, start to build up a bit of a catalog of historical threads to hopefully arrive at– I’m a Gramscian at some conjunctural kind of analysis of the present. So that’s my piece on history.

And then the piece on gender. I’m very ambivalent about how to frame this, because I think it’s interesting to hear that state of Jefferson was is really dominated by women, because QAnon was often assumed to be dominated by women. It was often thought that it was a very feminist movement because of the whole save the children kind of faction of it. And because you had a lot of these mothers being the face of it.

And I often was like, this is fascinating because it is a big part of QAnon, is one of the identities that are helping construct this thing that is QAnon, but it’s also a way of really downplaying all the white nationalists in it. It was like the male politics of QAnon was sublimated to introduce the fanciful progressive politics of the mothers in the movement and how harmless they are. And it was not the save the children protesters that we saw being arrested on January 6 who had connections to the QAnon movement.

So I think there’s– we have to be very deliberate about how we study gender and how we use it to discuss these politics, which is not at all me questioning the role of women within QAnon, but just thinking about, how do we talk about gender when it comes to these movements? How do our own frames about gender and biases about gender start to bleed into our political analysis of what’s happening?

And how do we square the fact that something like QAnon was at once a deeply kind of– I hate to reify these binaries, but yeah, it’s like this maternal thing that’s about protecting the children. It’s also a big thing in the manosphere. It’s all about red pilling. That is the language. And that these two worlds are colliding and negotiating with one another. And there are women who are telling me that they’re choosing to ignore some of the other parts of the movement because that doesn’t represent them. Yet, they’re still part of the– I think it gets very, very complex for a movement like that. But that’s all to just say, I think gender is always a key thing to be talking about in these. Yeah.

PAUL PIERSON: OK. Do you want to say one more thing?

JOSEFINA VALDES LANAS: Yes. Yeah.

PAUL PIERSON: OK. Sure.

JOSEFINA VALDES LANAS: Speaking about space, I’m just thinking that all that we are referring to here is about a very self-contained space where really, at times, no air enters. And in my own research, I can think of one or two, maybe three moments in which the system that they have created for themselves really collapses. And these are very particular moments.

And I’m thinking with history on how to study those moments and what’s unprecedented of these times. For example, I was also, with gender, thinking about what technologies of IVF mean for women that want– that are called to have plenty of children, or the circulation of bodies and information. Like, how an elite that is so privileged to maintain itself bounded and all that applies for your cases as well. Just that.

PAUL PIERSON: OK. What a rich conversation. Thanks to everyone. Thanks to you guys for sharing your really wonderful research, and we’ll call it a day. Thanks.

[APPLAUSE]

[MUSIC PLAYING]

WOMAN’S VOICE: Thank you for listening. To learn more about Social Science Matrix, please visit matrix.berkeley.edu.

California Spotlight

The Future of California Agriculture

As one of the nation’s agricultural powerhouses, California’s farming industry stands at a critical juncture. Climate change, labor availability and migration, and rapidly evolving technologies are reshaping the landscape of agriculture in the Golden State.

This panel, recorded on January 30, 2025 and presented as part of the UC Berkeley Social Science Matrix California Spotlight series, brought together experts to analyze these changes and explore their implications for agricultural communities and rural economies. The panel featured Federico Castillo, Lecturer in the Department of Ethnic Studies at UC Berkeley and Project Scientist at the College of Natural Resources; Julie Guthman, Distinguished Professor Emerita at UC Santa Cruz; and Eric Edwards, Assistant Professor in Agricultural and Resource Economics at UC Davis. Timothy Bowles, Associate Professor in the Department of Environmental Science, Policy, and Management, moderated.

The panel was co-sponsored by the Center for Science, Technology, Medicine, & Society (CSTMS); the Berkeley Food Institute; the Berkeley Interdisciplinary Migration Initiative (BIMI); and the Institute for Research on Labor and Employment (IRLE).

Podcast and Transcript

Listen to this event as a podcast below, or on Apple Podcasts.

[MUSIC PLAYING]

WOMAN’S VOICE: The Matrix Podcast is a production of Social Science Matrix, an interdisciplinary research center at the University of California, Berkeley.

CORI HAYDEN: Hi, everyone. Welcome to Matrix. My name is Cori Hayden. I’m the interim director this semester of Social Science Matrix, and it’s a real delight to welcome you all here for our inaugural panel of the spring semester. As I don’t need to emphasize to you all in this room, California agriculture is at an absolutely critical juncture right now between climate change, shifting labor dynamics, and rapid technological change.

We’re seeing a real reshaping of the landscape of one of our most vital industries. We’ve assembled here a really wonderful panel to help us navigate these transformations and their far-reaching implications not just for agricultural communities, but also for the economy writ large. So we’re going to explore how farmers, policymakers, tech innovators are grappling with the changing climate and are embracing or questioning new technologies.

So together, as a panel, we’re going to examine how these trends are reshaping the fabric of California agriculture and what it means for the future of food sustainability and our collective livelihood. Now, this event is cosponsored by the UC Berkeley Center for Science, Technology, Medicine and Society, the Berkeley Food Institute, the Berkeley Interdisciplinary Migration Initiative, and the Institute for Research on Labor and Employment. Thanks to all of our partners in bringing this event to fruition.

Now, before I turn it over to the panelists, I just want to give you a quick preview of some other events we have coming up at matrix. Next week, in fact– starting February 4, a new directions panel with emerging research from advanced graduate students on the study of fringe politics. On February 10, an Author Meets Critics Panel on society, despite the state reimagining geographies of order with the author, Jeronimo Barrera de La Torre in geography. Matrix on point event on Los Angeles wildfires and more.

So we were just saying here with Tim that there are very few things right now that are not timely in an emergency footing. But I hope you will join us for a bunch of these events, and we’ll see where we’re going in this world of ours right now. Let me now introduce the moderator for this panel, Professor Tim Bowles. Tim Bowles is an associate professor in the Department of Environmental Science, Policy and Management, a member of the Berkeley Agroecology Lab. And by virtue of sitting at this table as a moderator, an honorary member of the social sciences.

His research focuses on supporting transformations of our agricultural system from one that is currently reliant on intensive synthetic inputs to one based on ecological processes. He’s interested in how diversified biologically-based farms affect soil health, resource use efficiency, and resilience to environmental change, especially drought. He has a PhD in Ecology from UC Davis and a BA in Molecular and Cell Biology from Vanderbilt University. So without further ado, I will turn the panel over to Timothy– Tim’s capable hands.

TIMOTHY BOWLES: Thank you Cori, and welcome everybody. In many ways, agriculture in California is really a study in apparent contradictions and extremes. It’s where water makes crops blossom in the desert but leaves behind soils too salty to farm. It’s where some farmers can get rich growing high value crops, but farm workers are left as among the most vulnerable and marginalized people in our society.

Where the largest synchronous bloom of flowers occurs in the world in the Central Valley with almonds every spring, but where the loss of habitat and pesticides make much of the landscape too toxic for bees. And where some of the most advanced and innovative agroecological farmers, who have inspired generations of other farmers and activists are neighbors with some of the most intensive, chemically-dependent farms in the world. So I could go on.

And so but the question we have for us today is, what does the future hold for California? Do the seeds of a more sustainable and equitable future for California agriculture lie somewhere in all of these contradictions and extremes? Is it waiting to germinate and grow? So I think our panelists will help us answer these important questions.

And just to give you a little bit of a preview, we’ll have three presentations from each of our panelists in turn, and then we’ll have time for questions and answers after that. And so I’ll introduce each of them prior to their presentation, and I want to start with Dr. Federico Castillo. And Dr. Castillo is a lecturer in the Department of Ethnic Studies here at UC Berkeley and a project scientist in the College of Natural Resources in my same department– environmental science, policy and management.

And he is an environmental and agricultural economist with graduate and undergraduate degrees, all from here at UC Berkeley so a long time, Cal Bear. And his research interests center on the socioeconomic impacts of climate change, particularly as it relates to the agricultural sector. He currently serves as deputy director of the University of California Planetary Health Center of Expertise, and is co-lead of Latinx in the Environment Program here at UC Berkeley. So with that, I’ll turn it over to Federico and hopefully get your slides launched, too.

FEDERICO CASTILLO: Thank you very much, and good afternoon, everybody, and thank you for taking the time to be here with us today. A brave Thursday at the end of the day, at the end of the week, so to speak. We know that some of us probably want to do something else, but I’m glad that you found this interesting enough to be here.

I would just say that, yes, I’m a project scientist here. My research centers on labor issues, agricultural labor issues– I’m also part of an evaluation team for the Farm to School program– California Farm to School Program. There I look a little bit more into ag production rather than the labor issue, although, of course, labor is an important component of AG production, as I will share with you.

I took to heart the issue of the future of California agriculture, and I will talk about that but probably– and I know, basically, from a labor– agricultural labor perspective, what’s in store for labor and what are the implications of issues related to climate change, for example, in regards to labor for California agriculture? So further ado, we’ll– this is the outline of what I will be saying.

Basically, we’re just going to spend a couple of minutes looking at what agriculture in California means. We will talk about what farm labor, what the hazards the farm labor face. What are the socioeconomic conditions of farm labor? And then we will get on to talk about climate change and the compound impacts of the different environmental hazards the farm labor faces.

By the way, I say farm labor because that’s what I do, but other outdoor labor folks face similar situation. Construction workers and folks who work on the highways, fixing potholes or whatever they do, they are also exposed to these environmental hazards. And then we’re just going to close with a few remarks. OK. So this is what California agriculture looks to you– looks nowadays. These are the principal crops in California, the California Rural sector so to speak.

So milk and cream is the biggest value. These are at least by value. Cattle and calves is number three. Pistachios is– I don’t know, number 6 or something like this. But the most important thing that I want to point out is that on the right column, it looks pretty much like the left column. So California’s main crops have not vary greatly over the last few years. They remain pretty steady. Pistachios– they were– they’re number six. There were– now, they’re number five.

And so some– did you have a new comer? Carrots, for example, or one that left the top 10. But basically, California Agriculture looks very similar. Why is it relevant? Because there is labor associated with these crops. And some of these crops are labor intensive, where others are not. And so it just set the stage. These are the counties with the highest value on agricultural production. And as you can see, a lot of these ones are– well, in fact, except Ventura and Imperial, they all are in the Central Valley or the North part of the country. Right? Yolo County– or Yolo is not even there. San Joaquin, Merced.

And so, again, if you were to look at this table 20 or 15 years ago, it would look very similar. The Central Valley has remained the main agricultural production section, geographical area, together with Imperial. So what does agricultural labor look like in the state of California? And by the way, if you were to look at North Carolina or you were to look at other states, it would pretty much look like this. Most of the farm workers are from Mexico.

There is a fairly significant number– 7% of Central Americans. Although I will say Central Americans are probably heavily undercounted for all kinds of reasons. And then there is a few United States, but in these United States citizens, there is a bunch, of course, Latinos and Latinas present in that labor force. It just means that they were born here. This is what the demographic picture looks like.

Most of the folks are fairly young– between 20 and 50 years of age– as you can see here, I will say that– that said, the agricultural labor force in California is becoming older for all kinds of reasons. The militarized border implies that there is less flux of individuals coming in. And so that means that there is no– that renovation, that revolving door that used to be from the rural areas to Oakland or to San Francisco to do something else is just not happening. Folks are pretty steady there.

The agricultural labor force is becoming less first generation. Meaning children don’t want to work in the fields, where their parents worked. And so they go elsewhere, and that also contributes to an older labor force. The average age is 41 years old. If we had taken that number, if you look at the agricultural census about 20 years ago, that means that’s about 10 or 11 years younger. I mean, for the– although it doesn’t look like a big change, demographers will, like, blink at this, right? Change of that.

And about 50% do not have authorization to work in the United States. And that probably is also– that number is probably an undercount. With all the implications that we have today with the new administration– I mean, we can talk about that. There is a big debate whether Trump actually is going to go after labor in agriculture because his constituency is farmers, and he didn’t want to mess around with that or say that, yes, he will do that. That’s a different conversation, of course.

This is the research team that I work with. One of them here present, Michael Wehner, in the hat, but I like to work with a lot of different folks. So we work with demographers– Professor Carr on the left, and Armando Sanchez, an economist. And of course, we have our stellar undergrad student working with us, Montserrat Hernandez on the top– on the bottom right.

Most of my work is funded for these folks– by Alianza and the University of California Global Health Institute. But again, I do a lot of work with the state of California through the grant on the Farm to School Evaluation Team. So this is the– I’m going to share with you, and then talk about the future here. These are some of the top producing counties in the state of California on the left, and on the right, you see the heat incidence.

And as you can see, heat incidence matches almost to a tilt where the most agricultural production in California is. That means that the labor force is very exposed to heat in those states. So what we did there was we looked at how agricultural production. And you will see a progression and what it means, in my opinion, for California agriculture. Here we look at how heat impacts agricultural productivity through a measure called a metric that we call the farm labor requirement.

And what does it mean for agricultural production? In other words, farm workers are exposed to heat. They in turn become less efficient for obvious reasons. They are more prone to accidents. They might even miss days of work. And so that means that there is less tons of stuff being harvested out there. And we did this. This is the method that we did– a very simple thing. And what we find is that for crops that are highly labor intensive, there is a 5% incidence in agricultural production. Meaning if there is a lot of labor use on these crops, they are impacted the most. That kind of makes sense. We just happened to quantify the obvious from an economic perspective.

For crops, this means onions, watermelons. And 5% doesn’t seem a lot, but when you start adding things up, it’s on the millions of dollars. And for other crops, less labor intensive, such as say, onions that are now being mechanized and others– the impact is less. So what does it mean? It means that with a very steady labor force in the future, with the current steady labor force, farmers can expect to become less and less able to hire, and that the only salvation for agriculture will be technological change. Meaning some crops will have to become more capital intensive in terms of machinery.

And if that doesn’t happen, then there’s going to be some adjustment because you cannot even– even if you have more land available to you, you don’t have the labor to satisfy that, then you cannot just produce. And we do that in another study later. But the most important thing for me is the farm workers are exposed to double whammies– double, double threats. In this case, we did COVID and heat because COVID we did a study in year 2021.

Early 2021, we surveyed 380 farm workers, and we asked them if they have been impacted by COVID and by heat and if they have reduced the number of hours and whatnot. We were surprised. We thought that farm workers were just going to decrease the number of hours due to disease, either COVID, or due to heat exposure. It turns out that that is not the case. Workers and– we did a lot of focus groups here and whatnot. Workers went on to work with COVID, and workers– even in the temperature or the heat index, which is what we use– was reaching, say, 105 or something. They were still out there.

And this is important to understand. Farm workers are in a very disadvantaged position. So although this seems contradictory– oh, well, farm workers are not reducing the number of hours. Well, guess what? They have to. They’re already low income. There is a power difference between the relationship– between either the labor contractor or the farmer and farm workers. In theory, they’re supposed to leave the field the moment the temperature reaches 90 degrees. But generally speaking, that is not the case.

So what that means is that the labor supply due to the occurrence of these two phenomena doesn’t change, and that has a social cost and a health cost, of course. You would think that this is good for agriculture. I argue that given the static supply of labor coming from other countries that that is actually not good for agriculture in the future. We’re now moving to heat and wildfires. I mean, all this happens because wildfires– they don’t stop because there is a heat day or heat doesn’t stop because there is a wildfire.

These things happen in conjunction, and farm workers are exposed to both of these. And we are actually writing a proposal at this point in time. We don’t know if with the new administration that’s going to happen, but we’re writing a proposal, where we move from COVID and heat to wildfire and heat. And we use a statistical method, the Heckman model, that I don’t have the– I have the results for COVID and heat, but I think they’re boringly numeric, so I will skip them.

The other thing with agriculture and the future of agriculture is information. And so I’m part of a team at the University of California, Santa Cruz. One of those climate action grants, where we generate information with the idea the providing that information to communities and to farm workers, they will be able to adapt better to climate change. And so you have not seen the naive– the kind of wishful thinking here. You probably should.

We develop a series of tools, and we realized that this was going to be the case, by the way. But we developed a series of tools, like maps and other digital things on cell phones, where people can check, OK, I’m going to be working in this area. It’s 95, right? So I probably shouldn’t be there. But do people really don’t go there. Of course, the answer is they go. They need the money. They have to pay the rent. They have to do stuff to make a living, like most of us, except that they’re in a very perilous, disadvantageous situation here.

And so we are developing a series of tools. We’re now trying to work heavily with communities. We have met with Promotoras de Salud. Thank you, Tim– and so on and so forth– to come up with ways that actually farmworkers can use these tools. We also have anonymous reporting tools. All this is about information. So in the future, information comes through all kinds of sources nowadays. Information used to be a privilege thing.

Farmers will have weather information, but now, farmworkers have weather information. Everybody has weather information. You actually look at your phone. It’s going to rain today. Should I take my raincoat? And one things that everybody acts on is information. So what’s the future for California in that sense? The future is that unless we empower some sections of society– some sectors of society– to act on that information, doesn’t matter what amount of information is there. Right?

So I don’t have a clear answer for that. We had a meeting today. And again, we’re consulting communities and our ministry of information and so on and so forth. This is one of the tools. It’s a map. It’s in Spanish and English, so this is the Spanish page. And you can go and check on air quality, heat conditions, water issues, and so on and so forth. And you can actually make a choice in terms of– I mean, you can think of actions that you can take, but not necessarily taken.

I always like to put this picture up because this is what the future of agriculture looks like. On the left, on the two graphs on the left, you have chemical use in agriculture. And as you can see, the change between 1991 and 2017 is not much. And if we were to have a 2024 map, it will look exactly like that. Probably redder. And on the right, you have a map that was developed by my colleague, Michael Wehner here, showing heat incidents in California. And as you can see, the redder areas of heat coincide almost to the tilt with the redder areas on pesticide use.

That means that farm workers, again, are exposed to a double whammy, if you will, and that is not likely to change. We know that organic, for example, production has increased steadily. The value of organic has increased as well. But that doesn’t mean that you change much in the future. I am a big believer in community-oriented solutions. That’s what we’re doing at the project that I just mentioned in regards to information. This is one example.

These are mobile stations that clean air and provide shade for farm workers. These are prototypes, of course. You can see there are solar power, and they help to cope with that double whammy. This was a product developed by the Leap institute– I’m almost done here– together with the California Department of Energy. And this is the kind of solution that will be into the future, where you have to come up with things that, otherwise, wouldn’t have been thought of in terms of solutions on climate change adaptability.

So what are the pros moving forward? What do we need to do with California in terms of policies and farm workers, which are a key component of the agricultural sector, of course? Must be grounded in community needs. In other words, consult, consult, consult. Sacramento is great with regulation, but in terms of what needs to be regulated, the matrices, the numbers, they need to be consulted. They need to be practical. Farmworkers need to be consulted about, hey, is 80 degrees OK to stay out there? Is 85? We don’t know. And the farmworkers tell us.

And we need to empower communities. In my case, farmworkers is a tough battle. Nobody wants to give up power. And empowering farm workers through one way or another is something that the folks don’t think too much of– either at the county level or at the state level. But that’s just the only way here to go about. And with that, I want to thank you, and I hope you didn’t go to sleep. Thank you very much.

[APPLAUSE]

All right. I don’t know if the QA–

TIMOTHY BOWLES: We’ll wait till–

FEDERICO CASTILLO: Until the end. OK. Well, thank you very much. And you know how to do this.

TIMOTHY BOWLES: Yeah. Thank you, Federico, and thanks, everybody. So next up we have Dr. Eric Edwards, who is an Assistant Professor in Agricultural and Resource Economics just down the road at UC Davis. And he holds a PhD in economics and environmental science from UC Santa Barbara and an MBA from the Simon Graduate School of Business at the University of Rochester.

And some of his recent publications include “The Capitalization of Property Rights to Groundwater” in the American Journal of Agricultural Economics. “Creating American Farmland, Institutional Evolution and the Development of Agricultural Drainage,” as well as another one, “Water, Dust and Environmental Justice, the Case of Agricultural Water Diversions.” And so let’s welcome Dr. Edwards, and I will get your slides launched.

[APPLAUSE]

ERIC EDWARDS: I’m a economist and agricultural economist, environmental economist, and also an economic historian. So you’re going to get some history, and you’re going to get economics, and you have to sit through it for 15 minutes. So taking the topic of the panel of the Future of California Agriculture, I thought, what a great way to start to just look at what’s happened since California started and think about what changes have happened since the mid-1800s and use that to motivate where we’re going.

So in my ag policy class, I talk about I’m from Northern Idaho. I’m from the region that has the largest wheat producing county in the country. And I asked my students, why don’t we produce much wheat in California? And of course they don’t know what we produce. But the answer is, well, we used to, right? 1878, 1889. California was actually number two, I think, in wheat producing behind Minnesota in those years.

And the question of what happened– and you can see the evolution over time from wheat and these other basic commodity crops that you see growing in the Midwest now to super high value crops essentially for export. And this change corresponded with dramatic changes with how we managed one particular resource in the state, which is one I study extensively, which is water.

So we have– I just drove from Davis, which is in the middle of this giant old floodplain that doesn’t flood anymore. Really rich soils that required extensive work to move into agricultural production. So diversions for irrigation, levees to prevent, protect against flooding and drainage to get these really flat soils to get the water off. And so when you look at what’s happened to California agriculture now– it’s a little small over there, but you can see these– prior to being at Davis, I was at North Carolina and then Utah before that.

They don’t grow this many of this type of crops really anywhere else in the world. So you can see the variety and just the kind of that– those colors are really representative of just the value and the sheer magnitude of the economic engine that agriculture is in the Central Valley. So there’s debate in the economic history, as it always is, of when this happened, why it happened, right? But I want to break it down in basic economics terms.

So we think about agricultural production via production function. And you take inputs, land, labor, capital, and you combine them, and you get wheat, grapes, whatever. And land is really a general term for all the fixed inputs that occur at a place, right? And so that’s going to be the climate of California, the water resources, and the soil. And so I want to emphasize– I’m going to talk about later is the climate and the water.

California is hot and sunny, which is really good for crops, provided you have enough water. And it turns out California also has a lot of water. And so the problem was just saving it up and reallocating it at the right time for agricultural production. The other thing that we talk about in economics always is markets. And if you think about where markets come in, firms are trying to maximize profit. Profit– revenue minus cost. The revenue side is price times quantity.

Wheat has a price. It’s a generic commodity. It’s a low price. Differentiated grapes from Napa have a different price, and its price is much higher. Almonds and pistachios have much higher prices. And then, of course, we get into, well, where are we going to go? What’s going to happen in the future? And there we can think about some of these cost factors.

California has really benefited from the abundance of natural resources and also human resources. The labor that we just spent 15 minutes talking about– that’s a distinct advantage. California employs about a third of the agricultural labor in the country. And that’s because a lot of these crops are very labor intensive. So that labor cost but also the water costs are important factors in production.

So I hadn’t really thought– when I agreed to do this in the early fall, I had thought I’ll just talk all about water. That talk has been preempted by events a little bit. So what do I see going for the future? Well, we have the underlying water and climate issues that you’re all already aware of right. But then we have these big looming issues that are maybe more near term issues of potential trade wars and potential changes in immigration policy.

So I’m going to talk about those two quickly here and then get into the water stuff. So we talked a lot about ag labor. I just want to emphasize a couple points from an agricultural production side. One third of the US agricultural workforce is employed in California. And part of the reason is– and I just ran by some vineyards being right hand trimmed yesterday. A lot of these high value crops are more labor intensive than growing corn in Iowa, right?

And so you have a lot of ag labor here. And a lot of that ag labor is what we would call undocumented, right? And you can see that evolution over time. And I was discussing this and trying to explain it like– it seems to me that this is not just in terms of who’s being hired, but these are all due to policy changes, right?

The demand is there. There’s labor there, but over time, the forced use of this undocumented labor force, which, as Federico pointed out, puts the labor in a very vulnerable position for a variety of reasons. So what happened during the last Trump administration? What’s going to happen to this one? There was a pronounced effect on immigration during the last Trump administration. We expect that to probably happen again.

That raises the cost of agricultural production. In the long term, that’s less clear what’s going to happen. But these are important, large underlying factors that are changing in terms of markets. And we’ll go through this quickly. Last Trump administration starts a trade war with China. Don’t import certain things from China. What does China hit back at? Well, the US is the largest agricultural exporter in the world. So of course, if you’re in a trade war with the US, the thing you put tariffs on are agricultural products, right?

So China hits back with tarriffs on ag exports. And you can see the total cash receipts from California’s ag production are about $60 billion. The export value is about 20– almost $24 billion. Right? So a huge value added of California agriculture is the export, right? Almonds, pistachios, things like that are almost exclusively grown in California.

And so some economists in my department did an analysis and say, well, under certain tariff scenarios, retaliatory tariffs scenarios, California agriculture could lose up to $6 billion, so up to a quarter in some cases– more extreme cases of agricultural export value due to these tariffs. In the short term, again, that’s bad. What happens in the long term? Well, generally, other countries are going to shift away from US imports, and that’s going to be problematic for California agriculture.

All right. So moving beyond– those are the standard economist things, open markets. Better flow of labor makes everyone better off. Let’s talk about water, which is really what I study. I think as this image points out, you can see these circles on the right of the amount of water used for urban uses, agriculture, streams, and rivers. California is not a dry state, right? That’s 65, 74, 82 million acre feet of water.

An acre foot of water in California is going to be two, three, four person households it would support. That’s a lot of water. It’s just the timing and location isn’t necessarily where you want it. Most of the water comes in Northern California. A lot of the population– a lot of the agriculture is in the Southern Central Valley or in Southern California. So we move the water around. You see all that infrastructure there.

So the other important factor– and I’ve slowly come to appreciate this over time– is how important water is to adapting to heat in agriculture. From a crop physiology point of view, water and heat are inextricably linked. Water is how– just like us, water is how plants cool down. Water helps plants grow. If you spray them with water, it cools them off. You can even spray them with water to warm them up if it’s going to freeze.

So water’s a great way to be resilient to climate, but that means having water. And so in California, a lot of times we talk about markets, and the reason for that is because water was allocated back in those early times in 1878. And allocated under a variety of different doctrines but mostly under a prior appropriation doctrine of first in time, first in. Well, not necessarily the first person who started using water is the highest or most important use today– or highest value or most important use.

And so there needs to be a way to reallocate water. In particular, we’re thinking how do you reallocate scarce water resources during a drought from maybe senior water rights holders who are doing some low value agriculture to maybe higher value agriculture, trees, grapes that need water, or else they’re going to lose their full investment? Or to cities or to environmental uses, right? How do you maintain stream flows for salmon during the dry times and things like that?

All those later uses I’ve talked about tend to be higher value than the typical use in agriculture, even for productive or productive agriculture in the Central Valley. And so some of the work I’ve done on the Salton Sea offers an example. So water markets and markets in general work to reallocate goods and services in mutually beneficial exchanges. But the Salton Sea offers a key example of some of the risks associated with this as well, right?

So in the Salton Sea, which has one of the largest irrigation districts in the country, the Imperial Irrigation District near it, right in Imperial County, has been diverting water, owns a majority of California’s water rights to the Colorado River– about 3.1 million acre feet. And from that, those water rights, they irrigate a large amount of Imperial County. A portion of that– maybe about a third of that water that they irrigate– runs off the cropland and into the Salton Sea. And it’s been maintaining the Salton sea’s elevation for 100 years or more.

Well, imperial is under a lot of pressure because California is using too much Colorado River water to reallocate some of the water. So they conducted a huge water transfer to the city of San Diego, San Diego County. And after doing that, the way they did that was they upped the efficiency of their water use, which meant they lined their canals. They reused tail water that ran off the fields to irrigate again and became very efficient. That also meant the water went to crops, not to Salton Sea.

So Salton Sea has been shrinking. And what we’ve been showing is that there’s increasing dust pollution as a result, and that dust pollution disproportionately affects disadvantaged communities in the region. And so water– great adaptation to climate change, but there’s risks with reallocating water. And then groundwater, and I think in the near future, the implementation and whether it’s implemented of the Sustainable Groundwater Management Act is going to be the key driver of agricultural change in California.

So this figure over here shows the potential land flowing in the Central Valley as a result of the need to pull agricultural production out to reduce water use, to meet sustainability goals under the Sustainable Groundwater Management Act. So the blue on the right is without trading. The dark blue is without trading. The light blue is with trading. And so there’s going to be a reduction in farmland acres, and with that, a loss of agricultural jobs.

Reallocation of cutbacks using some form of market will reduce the economic effects. So the low-value agriculture will sell their water to the high value agriculture. There are key empirical questions. There’s not a theoretical answer. There’s key empirical questions of how these affect some of the equity goals you might have– maintenance of– wells for small communities, which size farms lose their water or gain their water and so on.

There’s some evidence that for certain– and to what extent do markets– we know that they’re going to increase value because that’s what they’re designed to do. To what extent do they increase or decrease the amount of agricultural jobs? These are all empirical questions because we don’t know. Does the water switch from low productivity to high productivity, low labor force to high labor crops or not?

And so there’s a lot of open empirical questions to understand in groundwater. And I’ll just add as a concluding remark here that we’ve done some work on the history of irrigation in the US. And groundwater has really been the key throughout the country to climate resilience. So you see areas that were able to put in wells– like the areas that were affected by the Dust Bowl in the 1930s. See virtually no losses, even in the most severe droughts because they’re able to tap that groundwater year in and year out. And that’s going to be true in the Central Valley as well because that’s a key adaptation to climate change is the accessibility of groundwater. All right? Thank you.

[APPLAUSE]

TIMOTHY BOWLES: Our last panelist, Dr. Julie Guthman, is a distinguished Professor Emerita at UC Santa Cruz and principal investigator in the UC Agrifood Food Technology Research Project. Her interests include California agriculture, alternative food movements, food and agricultural technology, international political economy of food and agriculture, environmental health, political ecology, race and food, and more.

And so some of her past books and publications include things like the Problem with Solutions, Why Silicon Valley can’t Hack the Future of Food, Agrarian Dreams, The Paradox of Organic Farming in California. So during my own PhD, that was a critical book that I read. Wilted Pathogens, Chemicals, and the Fragile Future of the Strawberry Industry. And Dr. Guthman received a PhD in Geography from here at UC Berkeley.

And she was the recipient of a 2023 Distinguished Career Award from the American Association of Geographers, as well as a number of other awards for her work. And so with that, I’d like to welcome Julie.

[APPLAUSE]

JULIE GUTHMAN: Thank you. I just retired, and I hear panel I think, OK, I get to sit. I don’t have to do slides. I have to get out of my sweatpants to be sure. So if you don’t mind, I’m going to sit here. Is that all right? OK. Thanks. And you can hear me. So Tim just mentioned a few of my books, and what I want to do today is position my thoughts in relationship to these three major research projects. Not the only research projects, but three major projects I’ve done over my career that really represent three different directions for California agriculture.

So what I’m going to do is just briefly review some of the findings, and then from each of those– and then do a little bit of prognostication for the future, for what it’s worth. So my first research– this feels loud to me. OK. OK. My first research project was on organics. It was my dissertation project that I conducted here at Berkeley. Now, it just went away. OK. I guess it turned out. And I did that research in the 1990s when organic had just evolved from being a more hippie social movement into more of an industry.

And at the time, I came in very empathetic to agroecological practices and still am, but as I found not a lot of organic growers, particularly those transitioning to organics, were really abiding by those practices. And I really identified two reasons for that. One is the whole system of regulation that developed around organics, about which I could talk for a very long time– but namely, standards and certification really encourage the least common denominator of organics.

And so a lot of– particularly the newer growers would find inputs that could substitute for their disallowed inputs in organic systems. But the other thing is it was really hard for organic growers to escape the legacies of industrial agriculture in California, and that includes high land values that keeps coming up in all of my research projects because crops are– I mean, agricultural land values are based on what kind of crops you can grow there.

And so over time, land values have become very high. Plus, with all the urban pressures on land values as well. Use of marginalized labor– this is how– this is also baked into organic agriculture. Low wage, politically marginalized labor. Crop specialization for historically– California agriculture was divided into different zones, where you’d grow different crops, and different marketers developed around those crops.

And so growers have worked with particular marketers and particular crops, so that’s anathema to a more diversified farming systems. So lots and lots of like legacies of industrial agriculture have made it really hard to do agroecology just because of these common existing relationships. But that said, I mean, some farmers have shown us a different path. And those that– and there’s quite a few organic growers in California. And those that are farm truer to agroecological ideals tend to have to really break those constraints in different ways.

They may farm in areas that are lower land values out of the main agricultural zones. They may have more diversified farming systems, and so that allows them to employ labor differently. Still often low wage undocumented workers, but maybe there’s more variety in the work patterns. They sell differently. They’ll sell– they sell more to restaurants and to direct farming to direct market. It’s like farmers markets and CSAs and so forth.

So and their own commitments have made them farm differently. So organics has been a mixed bag. Lots of industrial organics, as I’m sure you’re aware of, but lots of people showing different way. And even those who practice industrial organics at least are reducing their use of toxic pesticides. So the organic movement and industry has shown us better ways to farm– not perfect ways to farm, but better ways to farm.

But right now, it’s only 9% of farmland in California, which is actually quite significant compared to the US, which is only 1% of farmland or less is an organically produced crops. So that’s all I can have time to say about organics for now. Industrial– so as an agrifood scholar, as an agrifood geographer, I’ve studied and taught a lot about the history and political economy of industrial agriculture, and particularly in California.

My most intensive direct research on this topic has been a project– was a project on the strawberry industry and its dependence on highly toxic soil fumigants. So soil fumigants are used before you plant any crops to kill soil borne pathogens. And because farmers– fumigation was widely adopted in the 1960s. And it allowed farmers to grow strawberries that are very prone to pathogenic organisms.

They allow them to grow on the same blocks year after year, rather than rotate other crops around or just give the soil a rest. So fumigation really, really intensified the strawberry industry and allowed it to become the industry it is today. You saw on a slide that it was the seventh major crop in California. At one point, it was up to number four. Other things bestowed advantages to California strawberries. The coastal climate which creates this eternal spring, so strawberries can keep growing for a very long season.

It’s a three-week season in Massachusetts. It can be a 10-month season in Salinas or Watsonville and Santa Cruz County. The use of fumigants, of course, allowed the industry to intensify a breeding mechanism built in for productivity. Again, marginalized labor. Strawberry harvesting is one of the worst jobs in California agriculture. If you’ve ever driven through strawberry country, you see people running through the fields with crates because they’re paid on piece rates because the growers say that’s what the workers like.

But the workers like– only the workers that can pick fast enough to make a good wage actually like that at all. But it’s extremely intense labor. So they’re paid on piece rates, and that means as much as they pick they can get a decent wage, but it’s not a full time wage. So they end in five hours. Anyway, so all these things that bestowed all these advantages to the strawberry industry have now turned on their head.

Oh, yeah. And I already said it’s an intense pesticide regime. So there’s now tighter restrictions on these soil fumigants, and I’m actually working on a committee that’s sponsored by the Department of Pesticide Regulation, looking at maybe further restrictions on two other fumigants, which is totally freaking the strawberry industry out. Labor shortages– I mean, when I was doing my research five or six years ago, growers were bitterly complaining of labor shortages. And the labor shortages exist in part because they don’t want to pay decent wages but also because of our strict border policies.

And we’ve all been following the horrific news this week, and this is obviously going to get a lot worse. Land prices and shortages– there’s only– strawberries do really, really well on the Coast. They don’t do so well elsewhere, and the coastal land competes with housing. Strawberries are often seen as the last crop before housing. So that’s bearing on that. And climate change is bearing on the strawberry industry as well. And particularly hotter climates bring in those– the salt or make more salinization in the soil, but also make the strawberries less resistant to these soil-borne pathogens.

At the same time, it’s really hard to change these practices. Not because there’s a lack of options or ways to grow strawberries differently– and growers do it. They do it through very diversified systems. But again, these expectations of the monocropping of strawberries, which are a very high value crop, are built into the land values. So the system’s baked in. OK. Next project, my most recent project that gave birth to the problem with solutions– was on Silicon Valley’s interest in food and agriculture.

And I got interested in Silicon Valley’s forays into food and agriculture while doing the strawberry project. They were talking about introducing soilless substrate as a substitute for soil because soil was hosting these pathogens. They were talking about robots as a fix for the shortages, labor shortages, and they still are. But silicon– so that’s what got me into the project. And that was a big collaborative effort.

So the question became, what could Silicon Valley bring to agriculture writ large to a sector that’s long been subject to technological innovation, including innovations like soil fumigants that have caused all these problems? And it’s interesting because the Silicon Valley techies were all saying, oh, agriculture is under-invested, and there’s not enough technology here. It’s like, are you kidding? This is like one of the most technically– agriculture is highly technical, particularly in California agriculture. The technologies have come often from the land grant universities, not from the techies, who I’m really particularly mad at right now for all the reasons you understand.

So the tech people were, at least– at the beginning felt like they were presenting a third way. They used the language of sustainability and of course, disruption. Presumably wanting to disrupt big bad ag, but in practice, most of the technologies that Silicon Valley has brought to bear are either uninteresting or are completely far fetched, like protein made from air. Seriously. I should have brought the slides. I can show you that stuff.

Anyway, or they are really much more of the same in terms of supporting industrial agriculture. Federico mentioned these digital technologies. Digital technologies provide information. It’s great that they can provide information to farm workers, but they’re also providing information to farmers that are supposedly supposed to make things– encourage them to reduce their pesticide use. But that hasn’t borne out.

I mean, what farmers need to reduce pesticides, for example, are better treatments or to be able to rotate their crops. Information technologies don’t do that. And I could say a lot about alternative proteins, but that’s just completely different ball of wax. And it turns out that a lot of the startups are getting bought out by big agribusiness, and that’s what they are looking for anywhere. They want their exit. And so Silicon Valley is not very disruptive at all. Oh, God. I just– oh, I’m just so angry at them.

[LAUGHTER]

So given these dynamics, what is the future of California agriculture in my opinion? Well, it depends. It depends on how much of the existing fixes are going to continue to fail. That’s what my last book was about. These solutions are problems that create new problems for new solutions and new problems. They fail. How much the public resists and asks for something different?

I mean, when you do see major changes in California, agriculture is often come from the public. The specifics– how this Trump administration is going to play out, particularly the deportations. Obviously, so much hinges on that. But my crystal ball says that with– that, basically, things are going to be more of the same. Drawing from a little bit of each of these past technologies to create the future. So I think industrial agriculture is really cheap.

And one of the reasons that some of the Silicon Valley technologies have not taken off is they actually can’t compete with that cheapness. They’re banking on the system to fail, and it actually doesn’t fail very easily because it’s subsidized in all sorts of ways. And the tech sector, again, is just delivering more intensification in partnership with incumbent corporations– basically replacing or trying to– maybe usurping a little bit what universities have been doing.

But no, I don’t think we’re going to be eating food created in vats or meal in the pill again because I don’t think it can compete yet with the cheapness of industrial agriculture. And I do think the alternatives will continue to thrive. I mean, there is a significant alternative food sector that creates great food, in my opinion, sells beautiful produce– farmers market, et cetera. Raises cows differently– I like all that stuff, but it still depends on high end markets.

And so basically, there’s no regulatory or state mechanism to drive widespread adoption. So it’s all depending on people willing to pay more for their food. And what’s interesting about juxtaposing the organic sector from the tech sector is organics have gotten so much attention over the years. Everybody talks about organic food, but it’s still a small percentage. While the tech people, they got money thrown at them to do silly stuff.

So in short, no, I don’t think the new technologies can save us. We have to– we have to find ways to address the long-term legacies of industrial agriculture that are built in, are baked in. We have to find ways to address highly valued land. The use of politically vulnerable labor, specialized marketing arrangements. So we really can’t address any of that without some pretty dramatic policy changes. And we all know that and here we are. Here we are in this moment in 2025 trying to hold on to a sliver of humanity. So that’s not a very optimistic look, is it? But there you have it.

[LAUGHTER]

[APPLAUSE]

TIMOTHY BOWLES: Thanks so much, Julie. We’ve heard about so many of the challenges– water, heat, justice for farm workers, land values, the lock-ins that keep the legacy of industrial agriculture in its place here, constrain our options for change. And I think at least one thing is clear. There’s not an easy pathway forward. I certainly have plenty of questions, but I don’t want to be selfish. So let’s open it up to our audience. And my first hand I see is back there. Yeah.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: OK. Good afternoon. My industry specializes in consulting for cannabis in Northern California. And since this seminar is about the future of agriculture in California, I didn’t hear you mention cannabis at all. Just a rough cut. What do you guys think the future is? Crystal ball.

JULIE GUTHMAN: Take that briefly. I mean, the future is now. We’re already seeing the similar dynamics. Is a lot of the Industrial players are kind of– now, it’s legal. Now, the industrial players are taking over and squeezing out the craft producers, who were growing in Humboldt forests years ago. I mean, that’s what I know. I don’t know a lot about it, but I think that’s already happening.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: So many questions. [LAUGHS] But I will just say this one first. I guess certain people within the government would say that the future of agricultural labor lies in H-2A visas. And I wonder, maybe a brief explanation of those is worthy for the conversation. But I am curious about both your opinions of H-2A visas, but also whether they objectively could fill the gaps that certainly are going to come with much greater restriction on immigration.

FEDERICO CASTILLO: I could just say something quick about that. These visas what they do is they formalize, so to speak, in theory, in the paperwork sense. There’s a person who comes in with a particular contract and then performs a contract for a particular amount of time and then leaves. In theory returns and so on and so forth. Of course, the devil is in the details here.

Number one is what are the conditions that you leave that you actually you’re dwelling, but you are here? Housing for farm workers is a disaster to put it mildly. It’s actually an embarrassment. I have been on many– farm worker conditions in the Northern Central Valley. And it’s just that it’s unbelievable that folks live under these conditions, right?

Peeling paint with lead, critters of all kinds, shapes and forms, but water quality, sharing kitchens on families, et cetera, et cetera. I mean, it’s just a water quality is very bad. The buildings are not up to code and so on and so forth. So you’re bringing an H-2A visa folks to live under these conditions. Then there is not much change here, except that the person has a paper, and in theory is not undocumented.

So I have interviewed several farm workers, who have these visas. They place them in big hotels. So they basically– a labor contractor gets the whole 100 rooms in a motel in the Central Valley, and they live there. But again, they are living five to a room and so on and so forth, so the conditions are not that good. So I don’t think that those visas solved the problem in terms of quality of life. And if we want to see any precedent to that, that will be the Bracero program, which was a visa type of situation, where my wife’s relatives came with the Bracero program, and most of them passed away, but they tell a lot of very ugly stories when it comes down to entering the United States and the living conditions.

So I think that the visa program if done properly, yes, because you come with a contract guarantee salary and so on. But the living conditions and so on and so forth, in my opinion, are not necessarily there because of the visa program or that particular program. That’s just my– yeah. I don’t know if that helps. You want to say something?

JULIE GUTHMAN: We should take another question.

FEDERICO CASTILLO: OK. Sorry it took forever. Sorry.

TIMOTHY BOWLES: Red shirt, right here.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thank you. I’d like to thank the panelists. I’ve learned a lot today. And I also have a lot of questions. Federico, I’ll hit you up later. My question is for Eric. And you talked about groundwater, and my impression– and I can be very wrong on this. Is that a lot of the groundwater is ancient from aquifers, and it’s not really sustainable. Am I mistaken about that? Is groundwater a sustainable resource?

ERIC EDWARDS: So in California in general, yes, but basins vary. So for instance, in the Central US, the Panhandles of Texas and Oklahoma is over the High Plains or Ogallala Aquifer. That’s basically fossil water. So everything they’re pulling out– maybe a tiny bit of recharge. But there’s no way to make it sustainable and do agricultural production.

In California, a lot of the Central Valley aquifers are recharged from the overall hydrologic process coming off the Sierra Nevada. And they could be managed sustainably. They’re not in part because it’s difficult to reach agreements among all the users in a basin on how to do that. And so what you see is and– but it’s very spatially heterogeneous. So what you see is these areas where there’s rapid depletion.

And what a hydrologist will tell you is, yeah, those– essentially to get the water levels back up, you might have to wait 100 years. So the scale of our lifetimes maybe some of those are being mined essentially down, but other areas manage recharge. There’s much more potential to bring things into sustainable management. But I think overall, especially South of the Delta, there need to be cutbacks across uses to bring them back into sustainable levels of use.

TIMOTHY BOWLES: Up towards the back there I see a black sweater maybe.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thank you. We’ve talked obliquely about the federal government, but it strikes me that the state government is actually really, really important in all of your presentations. And it seems like– I really appreciated you saying, oh, Sacramento is good at creating regulations. They’re really bad at enforcing them, right?

On the one hand, they’re really good at enforcing at least somewhat the rules around pesticides and strawberries, right? Labor regulations, terrible. And so it seems like the real question about sigma and its eventual impact on California agriculture really comes down to, do you think the state will actually enforce it? It seems to me like the real unifying question for all of your presentations is, is California going to continue to have the get rich now strategy, or are they going to try and enforce regulations that would make California agriculture more sustainable?

ERIC EDWARDS: I guess I will just address that Sigma aspect. I think there is an open question of whether there’s a stick and so to speak of getting different basins to collectively manage their groundwater. And I think in some sense, the way Sigma is set up will make it difficult in the long run for California to enforce things because they’ve essentially said that basins get to choose what sustainability means.

But then they have an extensive set of rules that define what sustainability is. So be it’s not going to be clear IS a basin in sustainable use or not, which will leave a lot of questions unanswered. I think in my own research we’ve looked at what are the drivers of difficulties in managing groundwater basins across the US and across the world. And fundamentally, it’s that there’s just a lot of heterogeneity in what people want to do with the water.

And what you see with Sigma is what you see in a lot of cases, where you get fractionation across these basins. So you have one groundwater basin, but they split off into different groups, who want similar things. And maybe within their group they can choose we want to pump this much. We want to pump this much, but they’re trying to manage the whole basin together, and that makes it very challenging. I think the opportunity of sigma is to figure out a way to compel some negotiation and forced agreement, but whether that or how that will happen– I’m like, I’m with you. I’m not optimistic that it will be enforced in the way that I think that creators of the law intended.

TIMOTHY BOWLES: Just one quick editorial. So also we have to keep in mind that regulations have trade offs, and the cost of regulatory compliance will fall disproportionately for small and mid-sized producers. And it’s also harder for non-English speaking farmers to comply. So regulations, part of the mix but not everything. Sorry. I saw this hand here with the blue sweater.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: This question– I’m curious all your takes, but I think Julie would feel more impassioned about it. But I think we’d all like a future, where cost of this alternative food market is accessible and also regionally more accessible. But I wonder, what are your takes on– do you think that somehow in some mechanism, like, reducing the cost to grow food in a better way will actually be like one of the end solutions to improving its uptake or improving Consumers’ Perspectives on it, for example?

JULIE GUTHMAN: Well, sure. I mean, it has to be both from the supply and demand. I mean, if people have better wages, they can afford it. But I mean, the fact of the matter is that alternative systems are more expensive. For instance, if you’re using a diversified farming system, or you’re growing strawberries that way, you have to rotate it. Broccoli works really well as a fumigant, but broccoli doesn’t get as much in the market as strawberries do. So you have to rotate broccoli.

So the only way to break– maybe not making those kind of ways less expensive to grow but making– it’s like industrial agriculture is very cheap to grow, and it’s cheap because of the water subsidies. It’s cheap because of the subsidies of our immigration and border system. It’s cheap because of– it’s not cheap because of land. So it’s cheap because of the University has provided technology, not for free.

I mean, there’s patents, but develop the technology. So I think it’s really about finding the cheapness of industrial agriculture that’s the problem for the proliferation of alternatives. So I mean, that’s one of the things that’s so interesting to me about tech. Is that they think we need new technologies. We actually have the technologies. We know how to do this. We don’t have an economic system that supports it. I mean, I’m not saying there’s not things that you could develop that would be useful from time to time, but it’s not a technological problem. It’s a social– economic problem.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: This might be unfair, but I was dying to ask your thoughts on technology. This might cause a shock in the room, but I’m a dual major in agriculture and CS here, so my biggest question is how do we understand small farmers with diversified systems and try to make their lives a little bit easier if possible? So I’m curious from the perspectives and stories of you all. Is there a way we can make technology do that? Just help in any way, or should we focus our resources elsewhere?

FEDERICO CASTILLO: I just wanted to add something to the issue of breaking the logjam between supply and demand and cost and this and that. I’ve been doing some reading about institutional buyers, for example. So that’s one way to increase demand. Schools, districts, and the Farm to School Program, The Department of Defense– we don’t know Donald Trump– what’s going to happen there.

And other big large buyers could very well help to break this logjam, where there is not enough demand for products that are produced under our ecological system. So they could start demanding good quality food for our school kids, for example, which is something that can happen. But also the prison industry and so on and so forth. So that would be one way that probably some of the costs because of economies of scale could come down, if that applies for some particular crops.

I want to say about technology and small farmers. It is very difficult for a small farmer to adopt a technology, particularly if that technology is strictly tied to farm size. For example, irrigation systems. They are very proportional to the acreage, so you cannot buy more piping than you need or whatever. But for example, you look at– the other day I was looking at a apple harvester– a machine that actually goes along farm trees with suction cups and with sensors picking the right thing– the right apple.

Turns out that thing is 90% efficient. I saw it at a video during a conference at UC Davis. And it’s 90% efficient, but farm workers are 98% efficient. So they’re still not good enough against the farm worker. But when it becomes available. Say, suppose the machine becomes 98% efficient. It’s just definitely going to be a small apple growers– this thing costs money. It has patents. It’s just crazy to adopt. And so I don’t see a small farmer. So it really depends on the technology. So we have to be mindful of that.

TIMOTHY BOWLES: We have time for one more question. I think there was somebody maybe in the middle. Yeah, here. Had your hand up for a while. Yeah.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thank you. It was a very informative talk. And I’m a layman in the issue, but the two– all three of the panelists mentioned labors repeatedly, and I had two questions related to the labor issue. Number one, what is the labor productivity in the agricultural sector, particularly the industrial sector, compared to other economic sectors? And how is it trending through the ages? And what are the predictions on that?

And the other one was when– I’m quite old, as you can see. When I was young, we heard a lot about the unions in the United Farm Workers. What is the unionization environment today in the agricultural sector? Thank you.

ERIC EDWARDS: I’ll just make a quick point, and that is from a historical perspective. That first year, wheat year, I put up, probably over 50% of the labor force at that time would have been employed in agriculture. And in California today, it’s probably less than 3%. And so with substantially more production and more valued of production today. So maybe more than almost any other industry, agriculture has moved away from labor towards other means.

FEDERICO CASTILLO: I would agree with that. Technology has become far more– I mean– for example, you take onions. Used to be harvested by hand only. Now, you have some onion harvesting machines out there. Lettuce is another case. So of course, cotton, and tomatoes needless to say. But again, I think more and more agriculture will be more capital intensive if that’s the word to say here– more machine intensive, if you will, over time.

There are some crops that I don’t envision, right? Watermelons, for example. I just don’t see a machine picking big watermelons and putting them in crates or even the small– I don’t know how to call it the small melons, the water ones, the pink ones.

TIMOTHY BOWLES: Cantaloupes. Cantaloupes.

FEDERICO CASTILLO: Cantaloupe. Yes. Thank you. And so more and more– yeah. Historically, it has been declining. Absolutely correct. But we can see it in some of the crops. Citrus is by hand still. I don’t see citrus being mechanized anytime soon. But grapes are. Grapes are now becoming more mechanized. The trend is– the writing is on the wall.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Can I abuse the fact that I have the microphone in my hand to ask a follow up? So policy regulation came up, but at– what you’re all pointing to is that for there to be actual change, something different needs to happen. And the question about unionization, I think, is pointing us there. What kind of coalitional politics do you see being possible? I mean, obviously, undocumented labor is quite politically vulnerable. What kind of coalitional politics are in the mix here to push things? Because it’s not going to come from the top down. I don’t think.

FEDERICO CASTILLO: Well, it’s interesting. I’m sorry. I have to say this. When you look at the legislature, the California legislature today, I was talking to a member of the California legislature some time ago. And this person pointed out to me that the California legislature– meaning the state Senate and the assembly– were run by folks, White folks from the Coast– LA, San Diego, San Francisco folks were running the show.

Nowadays, you have far many more members, who are not White, who are Brown folks, mostly Latino and Latina members, who are from the Valley, from Imperial Valley, or from the Central Coast, whose parents were actually farm workers. There’s quite a few of those– or whose parents were janitors or something like this. So I think it doesn’t mean that these politicians are going to be more friendly to whatever it is that the farm workers go through, but they certainly are aware of the issues that janitors and farm workers go through. It’s not that they are not majority now, but some of them are president pro tem of the Senate or whatever.

So I think that there is a potential for a different kind of understanding between the policymakers, and the unions, and others in California. Of course, Oklahoma or whatever is a different ballgame. But I will say that at least, here, there is a potential for that kind of coalition, given the composition of the state and the [INAUDIBLE]. Yeah.

TIMOTHY BOWLES: Let’s thank our panelists and Social Science Matrix….

[APPLAUSE]

[MUSIC PLAYING]

WOMAN’S VOICE: Thank you for listening. To learn more about Social Science Matrix, please visit matrix.berkeley.edu.